Randomized Trial Evaluating a New 0.5% Fluorouracil Formulation Demonstrates Efficacy After 1-, 2-, or 4-Week Treatment in Patients With Actinic Keratosis

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 01/10/2019 - 11:57
Display Headline
Randomized Trial Evaluating a New 0.5% Fluorouracil Formulation Demonstrates Efficacy After 1-, 2-, or 4-Week Treatment in Patients With Actinic Keratosis

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorizzo J, Stewart D, Bucko A, Davis SA, Espy P, Hino P, Rodriguez D, Savin R, Stough D, Furst K, Connolly M, Levy S

Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
335-339
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorizzo J, Stewart D, Bucko A, Davis SA, Espy P, Hino P, Rodriguez D, Savin R, Stough D, Furst K, Connolly M, Levy S

Author and Disclosure Information

Jorizzo J, Stewart D, Bucko A, Davis SA, Espy P, Hino P, Rodriguez D, Savin R, Stough D, Furst K, Connolly M, Levy S

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Page Number
335-339
Page Number
335-339
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Randomized Trial Evaluating a New 0.5% Fluorouracil Formulation Demonstrates Efficacy After 1-, 2-, or 4-Week Treatment in Patients With Actinic Keratosis
Display Headline
Randomized Trial Evaluating a New 0.5% Fluorouracil Formulation Demonstrates Efficacy After 1-, 2-, or 4-Week Treatment in Patients With Actinic Keratosis
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Patients With Psoriasis Prefer Solution and Foam Vehicles: A Quantitative Assessment of Vehicle Preference

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 12/15/2022 - 15:15
Display Headline
Patients With Psoriasis Prefer Solution and Foam Vehicles: A Quantitative Assessment of Vehicle Preference

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, Fleischer AB Jr, Feldman SR

Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
327-332
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, Fleischer AB Jr, Feldman SR

Author and Disclosure Information

Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, Fleischer AB Jr, Feldman SR

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Issue
Cutis - 70(6)
Page Number
327-332
Page Number
327-332
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Patients With Psoriasis Prefer Solution and Foam Vehicles: A Quantitative Assessment of Vehicle Preference
Display Headline
Patients With Psoriasis Prefer Solution and Foam Vehicles: A Quantitative Assessment of Vehicle Preference
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Managing musculoskeletal complaints with rehabilitation therapy: Summary of the Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:08
Display Headline
Managing musculoskeletal complaints with rehabilitation therapy: Summary of the Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions
ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: The Philadelphia Panel recently formulated evidence-based guidelines for selected rehabilitation interventions in the management of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain.
STUDY DESIGN: The guidelines were developed with the use of a 5-step process: define the intervention, collect evidence, synthesize results, make recommendations based on the research, and grade the strength of the recommendations.
POPULATION: Outpatient adults with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain without vertebral disk involvement, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were included in the review.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Studies were identified and analyzed based on study type, clinical significance, and statistical significance.
CONCLUSIONS: The Philadelphia Panel guidelines recommend continued normal activity for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain; transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis; proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain; and the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • The Philadelphia Panel recommends continued normal activities for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain.
  • The Philadelphia Panel also recommends transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis.
  • For chronic neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel recommends proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise.
  • The Philadelphia Panel found evidence to support the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.
  • The main difficulty in determining the effectiveness of rehabilitation interventions is the lack of well-designed, prospective, randomized, controlled trials.
 

The Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions were published as 5 separate articles in the October 2001 issue of Physical Therapy, the journal of the American Physical Therapy Association.1-5 Originally convened on December 17, 1999, the panel included member representatives from the American Physical Therapy Association (Andrew A. Guccione, PT, PhD), the American College of Rheumatology (Scott M. Hasson, PT, PhD), the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons (John Albright, MD), the American Academy of Neurology (Bruce Dobkin, MD), the American College of Physicians (Richard Allman, MD, and Alicia Conill, MD), the Cochrane Back Group (Paul Shekelle, PhD), the American Society of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Randolph Russo, MD, and Richard Paul Bonfiglio, MD), and the American Academy of Family Physicians (Jeffrey L. Susman, MD). The purpose of the group was to create evidence-based practice guidelines that identify the clinical benefit of rehabilitation interventions for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder problems. The guidelines did not address medical or pharmacologic management of these conditions. Although the guidelines primarily benefit the rehabilitation specialist (physical therapists, occupational therapists, and sports therapists), family practitioners and other primary care physicians are responsible for managing these conditions and their treatments. By knowing which rehabilitation interventions have proven clinical benefit, physicians can better coordinate a patient’s care and make evidence-based decisions when ordering physical therapy. In this report, we summarize and disseminate these guidelines for specific rehabilitation modalities in the management of common conditions that cause back pain, knee pain, neck pain, or shoulder pain.

Background

The Philadelphia Panel is not a novel evaluation of evidence-based rehabilitation interventions. Previous assessments of therapies have been published by Disorders; the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (guidelines for low back problems); the British Medical Journal; Clinical Evidence; and the American College of Rheumatology (guidelines for knee osteoarthritis). However, those guidelines had significant limitations or have become outdated. The Philadelphia Panel set out to provide a structured and rigorous set of evidence-based clinical guidelines for the conservative (nonsurgical) management of conditions associated with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain.

Professional organizations of clinicians who routinely care for patients with back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain nominated members to create the Philadelphia Panel. Panelists were nominated based on their clinical expertise and previous experience developing evidence-based guidelines. Members of the panel included an orthopedic surgeon, a rheumatologist, an internist, a physiatrist, a neurologist, a family physician, a doctorate-level researcher from the Cochrane Back Group, and 2 physical therapists. The panel chair formed a research staff to identify and screen articles and construct evidence tables for pertinent references.

Development of guidelines

To provide evidence-based practice guidelines for each condition, a 5-step process was established: defining the intervention, collecting the evidence, synthesizing the results, making recommendations based on the research, and grading the strength of the recommendations. To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for the conditions of interest and specific interventions. Rehabilitation interventions frequently used in the care of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain were identified, and the patient population was defined. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS), thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Evidence from randomized controlled trials and observational studies such as controlled clinical trials, cohort studies, and case-control studies was identified and analyzed. Studies were included if they had evaluated outcome measures such as pain, function, strength, range of motion, return to work, patient satisfaction, activities of daily living, or quality of life. Data from studies that included outpatient adults with vertebral disk disease, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were excluded.

 

 

The data from pertinent articles were synthesized, and the relative clinical benefit between treatment and control groups was calculated for each condition for each intervention. The panel deemed a 15% or greater improvement between treatment and control groups to be clinically important. Relevant studies were then graded according to the type and clinical importance of the presented data. The grading scheme is summarized in Table 1. Once the panel compiled the intervention recommendations for each condition, external review by practitioners ensured the relevance of the recommendations. Interventions with a grade of A or B were to be included in the guidelines. No grade B recommendations were made. Grade C interventions could be neither included nor excluded in the final guidelines due to lack of demonstrated clinical benefit.

TABLE 1
Details of the Philadelphia Panel Classification System*

GradeClinical importanceStudy design type
A15%RCT (single or meta-analysis)
B15%CCT or observational study (single or meta-analysis)
C15%RCT or CCT or observational (single or meta-analysis)
IDNAInsufficient or no data
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.5
CCT, controlled clinical trial; NA, not applicable; RCT, randomized, controlled trial.

Recommendations for low back pain

Low back pain results in significant socioeconomic repercussions due to the restriction of occupational activities and functional ability in the activities of daily living. Treatment goals in the care of patients with low back pain include relief from pain, reduction of muscle spasm, improvement in range of motion and strength, correction of postural problems, and improvement of functional status at work and in daily life. The care of patients with low back pain can be a very frustrating process for physicians or therapists. Use of treatment modalities with proven effectiveness can provide structure and credibility to the recovery process. The Philadelphia Panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 2.

The panel found grade A evidence for improvement in the ability to return to work with continuation of normal activity vs enforced bedrest for acute low back pain (<4 weeks). Interestingly, no clinically important benefit was shown for the continuation of normal activity for the improvement, of pain (5% decrease) or function (10% improvement). It is important to note that the recommendations for low back pain are based on studies that excluded patients with disk involvement; therefore, the effects of continuing normal activity in patients with acute back pain and disk involvement were not assessed. The Philadelphia Panel chose not to evaluate data from studies with vertebral disk involvement in their patient population.

With regard to acute low back pain, data from randomized controlled trials demonstrated no clinically important benefit (<15% from control) of stretching or strengthening exercises, mechanical traction, or TENS. Likewise, a study of therapeutic ultrasound showed no demonstrable clinical benefit. There was poor evidence to include or exclude these modalities alone as an intervention for acute low back pain. No study with an acceptable research design was identified for thermotherapy, electrical stimulation, therapeutic massage, or electromyographic biofeedback as interventions for low back pain.

For subacute low back pain (4–12 weeks), data from randomized controlled trials showed a clinically significant improvement in pain, function, and global assessment from therapeutic exercise. Mechanical traction for subacute low back pain was given a grade C rating for patient global improvement and return to work. Consequently, there is poor evidence to include or exclude mechanical traction alone for low back pain.

The assessment of chronic low back pain (>12 weeks) identified 1 grade A guideline. Therapeutic exercise, including stretching, strengthening, and mobility exercises, resulted in clinically significant improvement in pain and function but had no clinical benefit in facilitating return to work. Mechanical traction, TENS, electromyographic biofeedback, and therapeutic ultrasound showed no clinical benefit. No studies assessed efficacy of thermotherapy, massage, or electrical stimulation.

Back pain due to prior back surgery was considered separately from other conditions. A grade A guideline was given to therapeutic exercise for pain due to prior back surgery.

Combinations of rehabilitation interventions for acute and chronic low back pain produced insufficient data to make a recommendation. Although most patients who are referred to physical therapy undergo combination therapy, the panel could not formalize a guideline for combination therapy.

TABLE 2
Summary grid of low back pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteSubacuteChronicPostsurgery
ExerciseCAAA
Continue normal activitiesAIDIDID
TractionCCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
TENSCIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDCID
MassageIDIDIDID
ThermotherapyIDIDIDID
Electrical stimulationIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.4
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for knee pain

Chronic knee pain is one of the more common complaints presented to primary care physicians. Acute and chronic pain can be related to acute injury, osteoarthritis, overuse injuries, or knee surgery. Due to the frequency of knee pain and its tendency to improve with time, there is a need to provide clinicians with the ability to make informed decisions regarding treatment options. The panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 3.

 

 

The Philadelphia Panel identified two interventions that demonstrated grade A data for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Therapeutic exercise and TENS showed clinically important benefit for pain and patient global assessment in osteoarthritis. Thermotherapy, ultrasound, and electrical stimulation demonstrated no clinically important benefit for knee osteoarthritis. In summary, there is poor evidence to include or exclude thermotherapy, ultrasound, or electrical stimulation in the treatment of knee osteoarthritis.

With regard to knee tendonitis, the only intervention with significant data was deep transverse friction massage, which showed no clinical benefit. Patellofemoral pain also had 1 grade C intervention recommendation for the use of ultrasound. Further, preoperative exercise, thermotherapy, and TENS showed no clinical benefit for the management of postsurgical knee pain.

The remaining interventions for osteoarthritis of the knee, patellofemoral pain, tendonitis of the knee, and postsurgical pain showed insufficient evidence for the Philadelphia Panel to make guideline recommendations. The major implication of this analysis is that there is poor evidence to support the use of several widely accepted interventions in the treatment of knee pain.

TABLE 3
Summary grid of knee pain guidelines*

TherapyPatellofemoralPostsurgeryOsteoarthritisKneetendinitis
ExerciseIDCAID
TENSIDCAID
MassageIDIDIDC
ThermotherapyIDCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
Electrical stimulationIDIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.3
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for neck pain

Acute neck pain is often associated with injury or accident, whereas chronic neck pain is related to repetitive injury. Neck pain is commonly managed with analgesics and rest, but referrals to rehabilitation are increasing. The Philadelphia Panel sought to improve the appropriate use of rehabilitation interventions for neck pain by providing evidence-based guidelines. A summary of the Panel’s recommendations can be found in Table 4.

Only 8 trials met all selection criteria for the management of neck pain. Of these trials, only proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain showed clinical benefit for pain and function. The remaining studies showed no clinical benefit or insufficient data. Mechanical traction showed no clinically important benefit in the treatment of acute or chronic neck pain. No further studies that met selection criteria were found with regard to rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Clearly there are insufficient data in the medical literature with regard to neck pain.

TABLE 4
Summary grid of neck pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteChronic
Exercise/neuro-muscular reeducationIDA
TractionCC
UltrasoundIDC
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Combined rehabilitation interventionsIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.2
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for shoulder pain

Rehabilitation specialists offer several conservative interventions for the management of shoulder pain. There are few published guidelines for the management of shoulder pain. Results of the analysis are shown in Table 5. As in the analysis of neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel was able to develop a single recommendation with clinical benefit. Clinically important benefit was shown for ultrasound for calcific tendonitis. There was no evidence of clinically important benefit for the use of ultrasound for capsulitis, bursitis, or tendonitis.

TABLE 5
Summary grid of shoulder pain guidelines*

TherapyCalcific tendinitis,Capsulitis, bursitis, tendinitis nonspecific pain
UltrasoundAC
ExerciseIDID
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.1
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Discussion

By using a rigorous methodology, the Philadelphia Panel has created evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain rehabilitation based on the current medical literature. Despite the thorough techniques used to create the guidelines, there are methodologic limitations, as with all such reviews. The panel identified many problems with the current body of evidence in the medical literature. The main difficulty with the current literature is the lack of standardization of outcome measurements used in different studies. Future studies need to develop standards of measurement that are valid, reliable, and sensitive to changes in outcome. Further, current studies have used broad inclusion criteria and enrolled patients with diverse etiologies for their pain. Problems with selection and description of patients, definitions of conditions, and standardizations of treatments and outcome measures need to be solved to properly demonstrate benefit from a rehabilitation intervention and remove misclassification bias.

Another limitation is the inherent difficulty of studying rehabilitation interventions. The effectiveness of physical rehabilitation interventions is affected by psychosocial, physical, and occupational factors. These factors can be minimized by fully randomizing large patient groups, thus minimizing selection bias. Another difficulty with developing high-quality randomized controlled trials in the area of rehabilitation is the blinding of patients or caregivers to interventions.

 

 

In future studies, it will be necessary to specifically clarify the type and manner of an intervention, intervention intensity and duration, and progression of the intervention according to patient-specific outcomes. Further, a patient typically receives several rehabilitation interventions during a therapy session. These modalities change depending on the phase of recovery (ie, ice, rest, and compression initially, evolving to strengthening, stretching, and electrotherapy with progress). A more thorough means of standardizing this progression in a patient’s care is needed.

In addition, the guidelines did not address cost, patient preferences, or potential harm associated with each intervention for the specific conditions.

Overall, there is a pressing need for further work in the study of rehabilitation interventions, due especially to the increased use of physical therapy for the management of low back pain, knee pain, neck pain, and shoulder pain.

References

 

1. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for shoulder pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1719-30.

2. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1701-17.

3. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for knee pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1675-700.

4. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for low back pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1641-74.

5. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions: overview and methodology. Phys Ther 2001;81:1629-40.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

GEOFFREY R. HARRIS, MD
JEFFREY L. SUSMAN, MD
Cincinnati, Ohio
From the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute, Oakland, California, and the Prostitution Research and Education, San Francisco Women’s Centers, Inc., San Francisco, California (M.F); Institute for Health & Aging, University of California, San Francisco (J.M.G.); Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, Santa Rosa, California, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of California, San Francisco (J.R.M.). This project was sponsored by the Direct Community Benefit Investment Program, Kaiser Foundation Hospitals California Division, and the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute. An earlier version of this paper was presented at the 109th annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, August 25, 2001. Please address requests for reprints to Jerome R. Minkoff, MD, Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, 401 Bicentennial Way, Santa Rosa, CA 95403. E-mail: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
1042-1046
Legacy Keywords
Arthralgia/rehabilitation, evidence-based medicine, low back pain/rehabilitation, neck pain/rehabilitation, osteoarthritis, knee/rehabilitation, physical therapy techniques/standards, practice guidelines, shoulder pain/rehabilitation. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1042–1046)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

GEOFFREY R. HARRIS, MD
JEFFREY L. SUSMAN, MD
Cincinnati, Ohio
From the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute, Oakland, California, and the Prostitution Research and Education, San Francisco Women’s Centers, Inc., San Francisco, California (M.F); Institute for Health & Aging, University of California, San Francisco (J.M.G.); Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, Santa Rosa, California, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of California, San Francisco (J.R.M.). This project was sponsored by the Direct Community Benefit Investment Program, Kaiser Foundation Hospitals California Division, and the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute. An earlier version of this paper was presented at the 109th annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, August 25, 2001. Please address requests for reprints to Jerome R. Minkoff, MD, Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, 401 Bicentennial Way, Santa Rosa, CA 95403. E-mail: [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

GEOFFREY R. HARRIS, MD
JEFFREY L. SUSMAN, MD
Cincinnati, Ohio
From the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute, Oakland, California, and the Prostitution Research and Education, San Francisco Women’s Centers, Inc., San Francisco, California (M.F); Institute for Health & Aging, University of California, San Francisco (J.M.G.); Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, Santa Rosa, California, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of California, San Francisco (J.R.M.). This project was sponsored by the Direct Community Benefit Investment Program, Kaiser Foundation Hospitals California Division, and the Kaiser Foundation Research Institute. An earlier version of this paper was presented at the 109th annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, August 25, 2001. Please address requests for reprints to Jerome R. Minkoff, MD, Kaiser Permanente Family Medicine Services, Division of Endocrinology, 401 Bicentennial Way, Santa Rosa, CA 95403. E-mail: [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF
ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: The Philadelphia Panel recently formulated evidence-based guidelines for selected rehabilitation interventions in the management of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain.
STUDY DESIGN: The guidelines were developed with the use of a 5-step process: define the intervention, collect evidence, synthesize results, make recommendations based on the research, and grade the strength of the recommendations.
POPULATION: Outpatient adults with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain without vertebral disk involvement, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were included in the review.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Studies were identified and analyzed based on study type, clinical significance, and statistical significance.
CONCLUSIONS: The Philadelphia Panel guidelines recommend continued normal activity for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain; transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis; proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain; and the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • The Philadelphia Panel recommends continued normal activities for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain.
  • The Philadelphia Panel also recommends transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis.
  • For chronic neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel recommends proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise.
  • The Philadelphia Panel found evidence to support the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.
  • The main difficulty in determining the effectiveness of rehabilitation interventions is the lack of well-designed, prospective, randomized, controlled trials.
 

The Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions were published as 5 separate articles in the October 2001 issue of Physical Therapy, the journal of the American Physical Therapy Association.1-5 Originally convened on December 17, 1999, the panel included member representatives from the American Physical Therapy Association (Andrew A. Guccione, PT, PhD), the American College of Rheumatology (Scott M. Hasson, PT, PhD), the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons (John Albright, MD), the American Academy of Neurology (Bruce Dobkin, MD), the American College of Physicians (Richard Allman, MD, and Alicia Conill, MD), the Cochrane Back Group (Paul Shekelle, PhD), the American Society of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Randolph Russo, MD, and Richard Paul Bonfiglio, MD), and the American Academy of Family Physicians (Jeffrey L. Susman, MD). The purpose of the group was to create evidence-based practice guidelines that identify the clinical benefit of rehabilitation interventions for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder problems. The guidelines did not address medical or pharmacologic management of these conditions. Although the guidelines primarily benefit the rehabilitation specialist (physical therapists, occupational therapists, and sports therapists), family practitioners and other primary care physicians are responsible for managing these conditions and their treatments. By knowing which rehabilitation interventions have proven clinical benefit, physicians can better coordinate a patient’s care and make evidence-based decisions when ordering physical therapy. In this report, we summarize and disseminate these guidelines for specific rehabilitation modalities in the management of common conditions that cause back pain, knee pain, neck pain, or shoulder pain.

Background

The Philadelphia Panel is not a novel evaluation of evidence-based rehabilitation interventions. Previous assessments of therapies have been published by Disorders; the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (guidelines for low back problems); the British Medical Journal; Clinical Evidence; and the American College of Rheumatology (guidelines for knee osteoarthritis). However, those guidelines had significant limitations or have become outdated. The Philadelphia Panel set out to provide a structured and rigorous set of evidence-based clinical guidelines for the conservative (nonsurgical) management of conditions associated with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain.

Professional organizations of clinicians who routinely care for patients with back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain nominated members to create the Philadelphia Panel. Panelists were nominated based on their clinical expertise and previous experience developing evidence-based guidelines. Members of the panel included an orthopedic surgeon, a rheumatologist, an internist, a physiatrist, a neurologist, a family physician, a doctorate-level researcher from the Cochrane Back Group, and 2 physical therapists. The panel chair formed a research staff to identify and screen articles and construct evidence tables for pertinent references.

Development of guidelines

To provide evidence-based practice guidelines for each condition, a 5-step process was established: defining the intervention, collecting the evidence, synthesizing the results, making recommendations based on the research, and grading the strength of the recommendations. To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for the conditions of interest and specific interventions. Rehabilitation interventions frequently used in the care of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain were identified, and the patient population was defined. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS), thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Evidence from randomized controlled trials and observational studies such as controlled clinical trials, cohort studies, and case-control studies was identified and analyzed. Studies were included if they had evaluated outcome measures such as pain, function, strength, range of motion, return to work, patient satisfaction, activities of daily living, or quality of life. Data from studies that included outpatient adults with vertebral disk disease, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were excluded.

 

 

The data from pertinent articles were synthesized, and the relative clinical benefit between treatment and control groups was calculated for each condition for each intervention. The panel deemed a 15% or greater improvement between treatment and control groups to be clinically important. Relevant studies were then graded according to the type and clinical importance of the presented data. The grading scheme is summarized in Table 1. Once the panel compiled the intervention recommendations for each condition, external review by practitioners ensured the relevance of the recommendations. Interventions with a grade of A or B were to be included in the guidelines. No grade B recommendations were made. Grade C interventions could be neither included nor excluded in the final guidelines due to lack of demonstrated clinical benefit.

TABLE 1
Details of the Philadelphia Panel Classification System*

GradeClinical importanceStudy design type
A15%RCT (single or meta-analysis)
B15%CCT or observational study (single or meta-analysis)
C15%RCT or CCT or observational (single or meta-analysis)
IDNAInsufficient or no data
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.5
CCT, controlled clinical trial; NA, not applicable; RCT, randomized, controlled trial.

Recommendations for low back pain

Low back pain results in significant socioeconomic repercussions due to the restriction of occupational activities and functional ability in the activities of daily living. Treatment goals in the care of patients with low back pain include relief from pain, reduction of muscle spasm, improvement in range of motion and strength, correction of postural problems, and improvement of functional status at work and in daily life. The care of patients with low back pain can be a very frustrating process for physicians or therapists. Use of treatment modalities with proven effectiveness can provide structure and credibility to the recovery process. The Philadelphia Panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 2.

The panel found grade A evidence for improvement in the ability to return to work with continuation of normal activity vs enforced bedrest for acute low back pain (<4 weeks). Interestingly, no clinically important benefit was shown for the continuation of normal activity for the improvement, of pain (5% decrease) or function (10% improvement). It is important to note that the recommendations for low back pain are based on studies that excluded patients with disk involvement; therefore, the effects of continuing normal activity in patients with acute back pain and disk involvement were not assessed. The Philadelphia Panel chose not to evaluate data from studies with vertebral disk involvement in their patient population.

With regard to acute low back pain, data from randomized controlled trials demonstrated no clinically important benefit (<15% from control) of stretching or strengthening exercises, mechanical traction, or TENS. Likewise, a study of therapeutic ultrasound showed no demonstrable clinical benefit. There was poor evidence to include or exclude these modalities alone as an intervention for acute low back pain. No study with an acceptable research design was identified for thermotherapy, electrical stimulation, therapeutic massage, or electromyographic biofeedback as interventions for low back pain.

For subacute low back pain (4–12 weeks), data from randomized controlled trials showed a clinically significant improvement in pain, function, and global assessment from therapeutic exercise. Mechanical traction for subacute low back pain was given a grade C rating for patient global improvement and return to work. Consequently, there is poor evidence to include or exclude mechanical traction alone for low back pain.

The assessment of chronic low back pain (>12 weeks) identified 1 grade A guideline. Therapeutic exercise, including stretching, strengthening, and mobility exercises, resulted in clinically significant improvement in pain and function but had no clinical benefit in facilitating return to work. Mechanical traction, TENS, electromyographic biofeedback, and therapeutic ultrasound showed no clinical benefit. No studies assessed efficacy of thermotherapy, massage, or electrical stimulation.

Back pain due to prior back surgery was considered separately from other conditions. A grade A guideline was given to therapeutic exercise for pain due to prior back surgery.

Combinations of rehabilitation interventions for acute and chronic low back pain produced insufficient data to make a recommendation. Although most patients who are referred to physical therapy undergo combination therapy, the panel could not formalize a guideline for combination therapy.

TABLE 2
Summary grid of low back pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteSubacuteChronicPostsurgery
ExerciseCAAA
Continue normal activitiesAIDIDID
TractionCCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
TENSCIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDCID
MassageIDIDIDID
ThermotherapyIDIDIDID
Electrical stimulationIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.4
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for knee pain

Chronic knee pain is one of the more common complaints presented to primary care physicians. Acute and chronic pain can be related to acute injury, osteoarthritis, overuse injuries, or knee surgery. Due to the frequency of knee pain and its tendency to improve with time, there is a need to provide clinicians with the ability to make informed decisions regarding treatment options. The panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 3.

 

 

The Philadelphia Panel identified two interventions that demonstrated grade A data for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Therapeutic exercise and TENS showed clinically important benefit for pain and patient global assessment in osteoarthritis. Thermotherapy, ultrasound, and electrical stimulation demonstrated no clinically important benefit for knee osteoarthritis. In summary, there is poor evidence to include or exclude thermotherapy, ultrasound, or electrical stimulation in the treatment of knee osteoarthritis.

With regard to knee tendonitis, the only intervention with significant data was deep transverse friction massage, which showed no clinical benefit. Patellofemoral pain also had 1 grade C intervention recommendation for the use of ultrasound. Further, preoperative exercise, thermotherapy, and TENS showed no clinical benefit for the management of postsurgical knee pain.

The remaining interventions for osteoarthritis of the knee, patellofemoral pain, tendonitis of the knee, and postsurgical pain showed insufficient evidence for the Philadelphia Panel to make guideline recommendations. The major implication of this analysis is that there is poor evidence to support the use of several widely accepted interventions in the treatment of knee pain.

TABLE 3
Summary grid of knee pain guidelines*

TherapyPatellofemoralPostsurgeryOsteoarthritisKneetendinitis
ExerciseIDCAID
TENSIDCAID
MassageIDIDIDC
ThermotherapyIDCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
Electrical stimulationIDIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.3
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for neck pain

Acute neck pain is often associated with injury or accident, whereas chronic neck pain is related to repetitive injury. Neck pain is commonly managed with analgesics and rest, but referrals to rehabilitation are increasing. The Philadelphia Panel sought to improve the appropriate use of rehabilitation interventions for neck pain by providing evidence-based guidelines. A summary of the Panel’s recommendations can be found in Table 4.

Only 8 trials met all selection criteria for the management of neck pain. Of these trials, only proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain showed clinical benefit for pain and function. The remaining studies showed no clinical benefit or insufficient data. Mechanical traction showed no clinically important benefit in the treatment of acute or chronic neck pain. No further studies that met selection criteria were found with regard to rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Clearly there are insufficient data in the medical literature with regard to neck pain.

TABLE 4
Summary grid of neck pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteChronic
Exercise/neuro-muscular reeducationIDA
TractionCC
UltrasoundIDC
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Combined rehabilitation interventionsIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.2
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for shoulder pain

Rehabilitation specialists offer several conservative interventions for the management of shoulder pain. There are few published guidelines for the management of shoulder pain. Results of the analysis are shown in Table 5. As in the analysis of neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel was able to develop a single recommendation with clinical benefit. Clinically important benefit was shown for ultrasound for calcific tendonitis. There was no evidence of clinically important benefit for the use of ultrasound for capsulitis, bursitis, or tendonitis.

TABLE 5
Summary grid of shoulder pain guidelines*

TherapyCalcific tendinitis,Capsulitis, bursitis, tendinitis nonspecific pain
UltrasoundAC
ExerciseIDID
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.1
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Discussion

By using a rigorous methodology, the Philadelphia Panel has created evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain rehabilitation based on the current medical literature. Despite the thorough techniques used to create the guidelines, there are methodologic limitations, as with all such reviews. The panel identified many problems with the current body of evidence in the medical literature. The main difficulty with the current literature is the lack of standardization of outcome measurements used in different studies. Future studies need to develop standards of measurement that are valid, reliable, and sensitive to changes in outcome. Further, current studies have used broad inclusion criteria and enrolled patients with diverse etiologies for their pain. Problems with selection and description of patients, definitions of conditions, and standardizations of treatments and outcome measures need to be solved to properly demonstrate benefit from a rehabilitation intervention and remove misclassification bias.

Another limitation is the inherent difficulty of studying rehabilitation interventions. The effectiveness of physical rehabilitation interventions is affected by psychosocial, physical, and occupational factors. These factors can be minimized by fully randomizing large patient groups, thus minimizing selection bias. Another difficulty with developing high-quality randomized controlled trials in the area of rehabilitation is the blinding of patients or caregivers to interventions.

 

 

In future studies, it will be necessary to specifically clarify the type and manner of an intervention, intervention intensity and duration, and progression of the intervention according to patient-specific outcomes. Further, a patient typically receives several rehabilitation interventions during a therapy session. These modalities change depending on the phase of recovery (ie, ice, rest, and compression initially, evolving to strengthening, stretching, and electrotherapy with progress). A more thorough means of standardizing this progression in a patient’s care is needed.

In addition, the guidelines did not address cost, patient preferences, or potential harm associated with each intervention for the specific conditions.

Overall, there is a pressing need for further work in the study of rehabilitation interventions, due especially to the increased use of physical therapy for the management of low back pain, knee pain, neck pain, and shoulder pain.

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: The Philadelphia Panel recently formulated evidence-based guidelines for selected rehabilitation interventions in the management of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain.
STUDY DESIGN: The guidelines were developed with the use of a 5-step process: define the intervention, collect evidence, synthesize results, make recommendations based on the research, and grade the strength of the recommendations.
POPULATION: Outpatient adults with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain without vertebral disk involvement, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were included in the review.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Studies were identified and analyzed based on study type, clinical significance, and statistical significance.
CONCLUSIONS: The Philadelphia Panel guidelines recommend continued normal activity for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain; transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis; proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain; and the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • The Philadelphia Panel recommends continued normal activities for acute, uncomplicated low back pain and therapeutic exercise for chronic, subacute, and postsurgical low back pain.
  • The Philadelphia Panel also recommends transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation and exercise for knee osteoarthritis.
  • For chronic neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel recommends proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise.
  • The Philadelphia Panel found evidence to support the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of calcific tendonitis of the shoulder.
  • The main difficulty in determining the effectiveness of rehabilitation interventions is the lack of well-designed, prospective, randomized, controlled trials.
 

The Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions were published as 5 separate articles in the October 2001 issue of Physical Therapy, the journal of the American Physical Therapy Association.1-5 Originally convened on December 17, 1999, the panel included member representatives from the American Physical Therapy Association (Andrew A. Guccione, PT, PhD), the American College of Rheumatology (Scott M. Hasson, PT, PhD), the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons (John Albright, MD), the American Academy of Neurology (Bruce Dobkin, MD), the American College of Physicians (Richard Allman, MD, and Alicia Conill, MD), the Cochrane Back Group (Paul Shekelle, PhD), the American Society of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Randolph Russo, MD, and Richard Paul Bonfiglio, MD), and the American Academy of Family Physicians (Jeffrey L. Susman, MD). The purpose of the group was to create evidence-based practice guidelines that identify the clinical benefit of rehabilitation interventions for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder problems. The guidelines did not address medical or pharmacologic management of these conditions. Although the guidelines primarily benefit the rehabilitation specialist (physical therapists, occupational therapists, and sports therapists), family practitioners and other primary care physicians are responsible for managing these conditions and their treatments. By knowing which rehabilitation interventions have proven clinical benefit, physicians can better coordinate a patient’s care and make evidence-based decisions when ordering physical therapy. In this report, we summarize and disseminate these guidelines for specific rehabilitation modalities in the management of common conditions that cause back pain, knee pain, neck pain, or shoulder pain.

Background

The Philadelphia Panel is not a novel evaluation of evidence-based rehabilitation interventions. Previous assessments of therapies have been published by Disorders; the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research (guidelines for low back problems); the British Medical Journal; Clinical Evidence; and the American College of Rheumatology (guidelines for knee osteoarthritis). However, those guidelines had significant limitations or have become outdated. The Philadelphia Panel set out to provide a structured and rigorous set of evidence-based clinical guidelines for the conservative (nonsurgical) management of conditions associated with low back, knee, neck, or shoulder pain.

Professional organizations of clinicians who routinely care for patients with back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain nominated members to create the Philadelphia Panel. Panelists were nominated based on their clinical expertise and previous experience developing evidence-based guidelines. Members of the panel included an orthopedic surgeon, a rheumatologist, an internist, a physiatrist, a neurologist, a family physician, a doctorate-level researcher from the Cochrane Back Group, and 2 physical therapists. The panel chair formed a research staff to identify and screen articles and construct evidence tables for pertinent references.

Development of guidelines

To provide evidence-based practice guidelines for each condition, a 5-step process was established: defining the intervention, collecting the evidence, synthesizing the results, making recommendations based on the research, and grading the strength of the recommendations. To prepare the data, systematic reviews were performed for the conditions of interest and specific interventions. Rehabilitation interventions frequently used in the care of low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain were identified, and the patient population was defined. Therapeutic exercise, massage, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS), thermotherapy, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, and combinations of these therapies were included in the literature search. Evidence from randomized controlled trials and observational studies such as controlled clinical trials, cohort studies, and case-control studies was identified and analyzed. Studies were included if they had evaluated outcome measures such as pain, function, strength, range of motion, return to work, patient satisfaction, activities of daily living, or quality of life. Data from studies that included outpatient adults with vertebral disk disease, scoliosis, cancer, or pulmonary, neurologic, cardiac, dermatologic, or psychiatric conditions were excluded.

 

 

The data from pertinent articles were synthesized, and the relative clinical benefit between treatment and control groups was calculated for each condition for each intervention. The panel deemed a 15% or greater improvement between treatment and control groups to be clinically important. Relevant studies were then graded according to the type and clinical importance of the presented data. The grading scheme is summarized in Table 1. Once the panel compiled the intervention recommendations for each condition, external review by practitioners ensured the relevance of the recommendations. Interventions with a grade of A or B were to be included in the guidelines. No grade B recommendations were made. Grade C interventions could be neither included nor excluded in the final guidelines due to lack of demonstrated clinical benefit.

TABLE 1
Details of the Philadelphia Panel Classification System*

GradeClinical importanceStudy design type
A15%RCT (single or meta-analysis)
B15%CCT or observational study (single or meta-analysis)
C15%RCT or CCT or observational (single or meta-analysis)
IDNAInsufficient or no data
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.5
CCT, controlled clinical trial; NA, not applicable; RCT, randomized, controlled trial.

Recommendations for low back pain

Low back pain results in significant socioeconomic repercussions due to the restriction of occupational activities and functional ability in the activities of daily living. Treatment goals in the care of patients with low back pain include relief from pain, reduction of muscle spasm, improvement in range of motion and strength, correction of postural problems, and improvement of functional status at work and in daily life. The care of patients with low back pain can be a very frustrating process for physicians or therapists. Use of treatment modalities with proven effectiveness can provide structure and credibility to the recovery process. The Philadelphia Panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 2.

The panel found grade A evidence for improvement in the ability to return to work with continuation of normal activity vs enforced bedrest for acute low back pain (<4 weeks). Interestingly, no clinically important benefit was shown for the continuation of normal activity for the improvement, of pain (5% decrease) or function (10% improvement). It is important to note that the recommendations for low back pain are based on studies that excluded patients with disk involvement; therefore, the effects of continuing normal activity in patients with acute back pain and disk involvement were not assessed. The Philadelphia Panel chose not to evaluate data from studies with vertebral disk involvement in their patient population.

With regard to acute low back pain, data from randomized controlled trials demonstrated no clinically important benefit (<15% from control) of stretching or strengthening exercises, mechanical traction, or TENS. Likewise, a study of therapeutic ultrasound showed no demonstrable clinical benefit. There was poor evidence to include or exclude these modalities alone as an intervention for acute low back pain. No study with an acceptable research design was identified for thermotherapy, electrical stimulation, therapeutic massage, or electromyographic biofeedback as interventions for low back pain.

For subacute low back pain (4–12 weeks), data from randomized controlled trials showed a clinically significant improvement in pain, function, and global assessment from therapeutic exercise. Mechanical traction for subacute low back pain was given a grade C rating for patient global improvement and return to work. Consequently, there is poor evidence to include or exclude mechanical traction alone for low back pain.

The assessment of chronic low back pain (>12 weeks) identified 1 grade A guideline. Therapeutic exercise, including stretching, strengthening, and mobility exercises, resulted in clinically significant improvement in pain and function but had no clinical benefit in facilitating return to work. Mechanical traction, TENS, electromyographic biofeedback, and therapeutic ultrasound showed no clinical benefit. No studies assessed efficacy of thermotherapy, massage, or electrical stimulation.

Back pain due to prior back surgery was considered separately from other conditions. A grade A guideline was given to therapeutic exercise for pain due to prior back surgery.

Combinations of rehabilitation interventions for acute and chronic low back pain produced insufficient data to make a recommendation. Although most patients who are referred to physical therapy undergo combination therapy, the panel could not formalize a guideline for combination therapy.

TABLE 2
Summary grid of low back pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteSubacuteChronicPostsurgery
ExerciseCAAA
Continue normal activitiesAIDIDID
TractionCCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
TENSCIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDCID
MassageIDIDIDID
ThermotherapyIDIDIDID
Electrical stimulationIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.4
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for knee pain

Chronic knee pain is one of the more common complaints presented to primary care physicians. Acute and chronic pain can be related to acute injury, osteoarthritis, overuse injuries, or knee surgery. Due to the frequency of knee pain and its tendency to improve with time, there is a need to provide clinicians with the ability to make informed decisions regarding treatment options. The panel’s recommendations are summarized in Table 3.

 

 

The Philadelphia Panel identified two interventions that demonstrated grade A data for the treatment of osteoarthritis. Therapeutic exercise and TENS showed clinically important benefit for pain and patient global assessment in osteoarthritis. Thermotherapy, ultrasound, and electrical stimulation demonstrated no clinically important benefit for knee osteoarthritis. In summary, there is poor evidence to include or exclude thermotherapy, ultrasound, or electrical stimulation in the treatment of knee osteoarthritis.

With regard to knee tendonitis, the only intervention with significant data was deep transverse friction massage, which showed no clinical benefit. Patellofemoral pain also had 1 grade C intervention recommendation for the use of ultrasound. Further, preoperative exercise, thermotherapy, and TENS showed no clinical benefit for the management of postsurgical knee pain.

The remaining interventions for osteoarthritis of the knee, patellofemoral pain, tendonitis of the knee, and postsurgical pain showed insufficient evidence for the Philadelphia Panel to make guideline recommendations. The major implication of this analysis is that there is poor evidence to support the use of several widely accepted interventions in the treatment of knee pain.

TABLE 3
Summary grid of knee pain guidelines*

TherapyPatellofemoralPostsurgeryOsteoarthritisKneetendinitis
ExerciseIDCAID
TENSIDCAID
MassageIDIDIDC
ThermotherapyIDCCID
UltrasoundCIDCID
Electrical stimulationIDIDCID
EMG biofeedbackIDIDIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDIDIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.3
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for neck pain

Acute neck pain is often associated with injury or accident, whereas chronic neck pain is related to repetitive injury. Neck pain is commonly managed with analgesics and rest, but referrals to rehabilitation are increasing. The Philadelphia Panel sought to improve the appropriate use of rehabilitation interventions for neck pain by providing evidence-based guidelines. A summary of the Panel’s recommendations can be found in Table 4.

Only 8 trials met all selection criteria for the management of neck pain. Of these trials, only proprioceptive and therapeutic exercise for chronic neck pain showed clinical benefit for pain and function. The remaining studies showed no clinical benefit or insufficient data. Mechanical traction showed no clinically important benefit in the treatment of acute or chronic neck pain. No further studies that met selection criteria were found with regard to rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Clearly there are insufficient data in the medical literature with regard to neck pain.

TABLE 4
Summary grid of neck pain guidelines*

TherapyAcuteChronic
Exercise/neuro-muscular reeducationIDA
TractionCC
UltrasoundIDC
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Combined rehabilitation interventionsIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.2
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Recommendations for shoulder pain

Rehabilitation specialists offer several conservative interventions for the management of shoulder pain. There are few published guidelines for the management of shoulder pain. Results of the analysis are shown in Table 5. As in the analysis of neck pain, the Philadelphia Panel was able to develop a single recommendation with clinical benefit. Clinically important benefit was shown for ultrasound for calcific tendonitis. There was no evidence of clinically important benefit for the use of ultrasound for capsulitis, bursitis, or tendonitis.

TABLE 5
Summary grid of shoulder pain guidelines*

TherapyCalcific tendinitis,Capsulitis, bursitis, tendinitis nonspecific pain
UltrasoundAC
ExerciseIDID
TENSIDID
MassageIDID
ThermotherapyIDID
EMG biofeedbackIDID
Electrical stimulationIDID
Combined rehabilitation modalitiesIDID
*Adapted from the Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group.1
A, benefit demonstrated; C, no benefit demonstrated; EMG, electromyographic; ID, insufficient or no data; TENS, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation.

Discussion

By using a rigorous methodology, the Philadelphia Panel has created evidence-based clinical practice guidelines for low back, knee, neck, and shoulder pain rehabilitation based on the current medical literature. Despite the thorough techniques used to create the guidelines, there are methodologic limitations, as with all such reviews. The panel identified many problems with the current body of evidence in the medical literature. The main difficulty with the current literature is the lack of standardization of outcome measurements used in different studies. Future studies need to develop standards of measurement that are valid, reliable, and sensitive to changes in outcome. Further, current studies have used broad inclusion criteria and enrolled patients with diverse etiologies for their pain. Problems with selection and description of patients, definitions of conditions, and standardizations of treatments and outcome measures need to be solved to properly demonstrate benefit from a rehabilitation intervention and remove misclassification bias.

Another limitation is the inherent difficulty of studying rehabilitation interventions. The effectiveness of physical rehabilitation interventions is affected by psychosocial, physical, and occupational factors. These factors can be minimized by fully randomizing large patient groups, thus minimizing selection bias. Another difficulty with developing high-quality randomized controlled trials in the area of rehabilitation is the blinding of patients or caregivers to interventions.

 

 

In future studies, it will be necessary to specifically clarify the type and manner of an intervention, intervention intensity and duration, and progression of the intervention according to patient-specific outcomes. Further, a patient typically receives several rehabilitation interventions during a therapy session. These modalities change depending on the phase of recovery (ie, ice, rest, and compression initially, evolving to strengthening, stretching, and electrotherapy with progress). A more thorough means of standardizing this progression in a patient’s care is needed.

In addition, the guidelines did not address cost, patient preferences, or potential harm associated with each intervention for the specific conditions.

Overall, there is a pressing need for further work in the study of rehabilitation interventions, due especially to the increased use of physical therapy for the management of low back pain, knee pain, neck pain, and shoulder pain.

References

 

1. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for shoulder pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1719-30.

2. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1701-17.

3. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for knee pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1675-700.

4. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for low back pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1641-74.

5. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions: overview and methodology. Phys Ther 2001;81:1629-40.

References

 

1. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for shoulder pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1719-30.

2. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1701-17.

3. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for knee pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1675-700.

4. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for low back pain. Phys Ther 2001;81:1641-74.

5. The Philadelphia Panel Members and Ottawa Methods Group. Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions: overview and methodology. Phys Ther 2001;81:1629-40.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1042-1046
Page Number
1042-1046
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Managing musculoskeletal complaints with rehabilitation therapy: Summary of the Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions
Display Headline
Managing musculoskeletal complaints with rehabilitation therapy: Summary of the Philadelphia Panel evidence-based clinical practice guidelines on musculoskeletal rehabilitation interventions
Legacy Keywords
Arthralgia/rehabilitation, evidence-based medicine, low back pain/rehabilitation, neck pain/rehabilitation, osteoarthritis, knee/rehabilitation, physical therapy techniques/standards, practice guidelines, shoulder pain/rehabilitation. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1042–1046)
Legacy Keywords
Arthralgia/rehabilitation, evidence-based medicine, low back pain/rehabilitation, neck pain/rehabilitation, osteoarthritis, knee/rehabilitation, physical therapy techniques/standards, practice guidelines, shoulder pain/rehabilitation. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1042–1046)
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Improved detection of depression in primary care through severity evaluation

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:08
Display Headline
Improved detection of depression in primary care through severity evaluation

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • Existing instruments designed to improve primary care detection of depression carry significant associated burdens that may make their use difficult to sustain in routine practice.
  • A brief instrument designed to assess symptom severity can effectively target severely symptomatic patients for evaluation with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for depression.
  • A strategy of initial assessment of symptom severity, followed by assessment for DSM depression criteria in the most symptomatic patients, can decrease the burden on primary care clinicians by accurately identifying depressed patients most in need of treatment.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: To determine whether the use of a symptom severity measure to augment an existing Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders–Third Edition, Revised (DSM-III-R) criteria–based depression screener (PRIME-MD) would decrease the difficulties associated with depression screening in primary care by filtering out patients with minimal impairment.
  • STUDY DESIGN: The study design was secondary data analysis.
  • POPULATION: The study sample comprised 1317 patients, with intentional oversampling by ethnicity and sex, presenting for routine care at a university family practice center in Galveston, Texas.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: The primary outcomes were cross-sectional, health-related quality-of-life outcomes of subjects who met symptom severity criteria as well as criteria for a DSM-III-R mood disorder. Health care utilization outcomes were examined as secondary outcomes.
  • RESULTS: The combination of a 6-item depression severity instrument and the PRIME-MD resulted in 71% of depressed subjects being categorized as severely symptomatic and 29% as minimally symptomatic. Severely symptomatic subjects had significantly worse SF-36 Mental Health Component Summary scale (MCS) scores than did minimally symptomatic subjects (32.8 vs 43.5, P < .05). Minimally symptomatic subjects had MCS scores similar to those of a third group of subjects who did not meet DSM-III-R “threshold” criteria for mood disorder but who were severely symptomatic. Adjusted health care utilization was higher for the initial 3-month charge period in the severely symptomatic depressed subjects compared with minimally symptomatic depressed subjects ($679.20 vs $462.38, P < .05).
  • CONCLUSIONS: The 6-item depression severity measure effectively separated patients meeting DSM-III-R “threshold” depression criteria into 2 groups: one presenting with severe symptoms and impairment and the other presenting with mild symptoms and significantly less impairment. A strategy of initial screening using a brief depression severity instrument, followed with a DSM criteria–based instrument, could decrease the immediate clinician workload by one third and focus treatment on those most likely to benefit.

Numerous efforts have been directed toward improving primary care clinicians’ detection of depression since the report of early findings that depressive disorders are common yet often unrecognized in primary care.1,2 Despite the recent release of a new United States Preventive Task Force recommendation,3 controversy exists about the benefits and cost-effectiveness of routine screening.47

Despite the controversies around depression screening, it is clear that there is significant room for improvement in detection of and treatment outcomes for depression in primary care. Additionally, there is ample evidence from clinical trials that depressed patients with higher severity of illness receive the highest benefit from pharmacological treatment. Therefore, it makes sense to target these highly impaired, depressed patients for detection and treatment.

In previous studies exploring the relationships between symptom severity and diagnostic criteria in a large sample of primary care patients, we found that (1) the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for major depression were nonspecific at low levels of impairment but more accurate at high levels, and (2) mood symptom severity assessment performed better than DSM criteria as an independent predictor of impairment and utilization.8,9 These findings lend support to the notion that case-finding methods incorporating severity in addition to criteria can improve the efficiency of screening in primary care. This study represents our initial exploration of the potential impact of severity-enhanced screening for depression.

We used a retrospective cohort design to answer the following study questions: (1) Can the administration of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but who have less impairment (and may therefore not need treatment)? (2) Does this filtering strategy inappropriately “filter out” patients who are in need of treatment?

Methods

Population and setting

Our sample consisted of 1317 patients presenting for routine care in a university-based family medicine center at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) in Galveston. The sample, originally recruited for a National Institute for Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism–funded study of primary care alcohol screening, has been previously described.10 The study methods and additional data collection methods were reviewed and approved by the UTMB Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Evaluation measures

We used the Medical Outcomes Study SF-36 subscales and component summary scale11,12 to assess health-related quality of life (HRQOL) in all subjects. Medical comorbidity was assessed using electronic medical record review as described previously.8 We also examined health care utilization using charge data from the billing system of UTMB. As previously described,8 we obtained all inpatient and outpatient charge data for a 15-month period beginning 3 months before the visit at which each subject was surveyed. Outpatient pharmacy data were not included. The results of the charge data subanalysis are presented online in Figure W1, at www.jfponline.com.

Analytic strategy

All subjects were screened with the Clinician Evaluation Guide mood module from the Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Disorders (PRIME-MD).13 A “DSM criteria positive” screen included major depressive disorder (MDD), dysthymia, and partial remission of MDD. Symptom severity was assessed using a 6-item Brief Depression Rating (BDR) scale (Table 1) derived from a principal components analysis of 15 mood and anxiety symptom severity questions used in the original study and our subsequent investigations.8 Factor analysis of the 6 BDR items confirmed that they occupy a domain distinct from the somatic symptoms included as PRIME-MD depression criteria.

Cronbach’s alpha for the BDR in our sample was 0.8911. Because the distribution of subjects was skewed toward lower severity (median = 9, mean = 10.47, skewness = 1.415), we chose the 75th percentile score13 as our cut point for a “positive” BDR. This choice reflected a more conservative definition of severity than the use of a standard cut point of 1 standard deviation above the mean (in this case, a score of 15).

We “filtered out” low-severity patients by matching BDR scores and DSM criteria to create 4 groups for comparison: “low severity and DSM negative,” “high severity only,” “DSM positive only,” and “high severity and DSM positive.”

TABLE 1
Brief Depression Rating*

 

Over the LAST 2 WEEKS, how often have you experienced any of the following?*
  • Feeling sad.
  • Having no interest in being with other people.
  • Feeling like a failure as a person.
  • Having trouble making decisions.
  • Feeling so down that nothing could cheer you up.
  • Feeling depressed.
*Responses to questions are on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from “none of the time” to “all of the time.”

Data analysis

We used analysis of variance to compare the 4 groups on demographic and outcome measures of interest. We made adjustments where demographic variables or medical comorbidity contributed significantly to the differences between groups by using analysis of covariance (ANCOVA). We examined interaction effects between the covariates and the severity/DSM groups. Where possible and appropriate, we used Bonferroni or Games-Howell adjustments for multiple comparisons between groups.

Results

Size and demographic comparisons

The distribution of the 1317 subjects available for analysis is depicted in Table 2. Fully 75% of the total sample fell below the BDR severity threshold. The BDR filtered out 29% of those subjects meeting DSM criteria because of low symptom severity. Conversely, 17% of subjects who did not meet DSM criteria had high symptom severity based on the BDR. Although the groups had similar demographic characteristics, subjects in the “high severity and DSM positive” group were significantly younger than subjects in the “low severity and DSM negative” group. The distribution of women in all groups was significantly higher than expected except for the “low severity and DSM negative” group. We found even distributions of subjects by ethnicity.

TABLE 2
Group demographics

 

CharacteristicPRIME-MD criteria ()PRIME-MD criteria (+)
BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)
Subjects, n89311991214
Female subjects, %66.272.374.484.1
Race, %
  White38.335.341.740.2
  African American34.541.228.636.9
  Hispanic27.223.529.722.9
Mean age, y43.9*4342.540.0*
Chi-square is significant for sex (P < .001) but not for racial distributions (P = .500).
*Significant differences exist for mean age by analysis of variance using Bonferroni adjustment (P = .012).
BDR, Brief Depression Rating; Prime-MD, Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Diseases.

Mean HRQOL score comparisons

Figure 1 shows mean Mental Health Component Summary (MCS) scores for subjects in the 4 groups, after ANCOVA adjustments for significant covariates (age and African-American ethnicity, P = .003 for both). The groups of subjects that scored either positively or negatively on both the BDR and PRIME-MD occupy opposite poles of very low and very high functional status, respectively. The groups of subjects that scored positively on only the BDR or only the PRIME-MD share the middle ground with no significant difference in MCS-related functional status.

A similar pattern was seen for the Physical Component Summary (PCS) scores from the SF-36. PCS score means ranged from 41.60 to 44.17 among the 4 groups after ANCOVA adjustment for significant covariates (income, medical comorbidity, and Hispanic ethnicity, P < .001 for each). Only the “low severity and DSM negative” and “high severity and DSM positive” groups differed significantly at either end of this range; however, the absolute difference of 2.57 points carries minimal, if any, clinical significance.

 

 

Unadjusted mean values from SF-36 subscale scores across the 4 study groups are shown in Figure 2. Although we saw no differences in the “physical functioning” and “role-physical” subscale scores among the groups, a consistent pattern emerged for the remaining 6 subscales. The “high severity and DSM positive” group had significantly lower mean scores (indicating more impairment) than each of the other 3 groups, whereas the “low severity and DSM negative” group had significantly higher scores than each of the other 3 groups. The other 2 groups’ means were in the middle and almost identical across all 8 subscales, indicating that these 2 groups were similar on each SF-36 measure of physical and mental health functioning.

 

FIGURE 1
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

FIGURE 2
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

Mean health care charge comparisons

Briefly, adjusted mean health care charges for each group of subjects showed significant charge differences between groups for the period 3 months before the index visit. The adjusted mean health care charges for this period are shown in Figure W1.

Discussion

We believe that the central findings of this study support a severity-targeted screening strategy. The answer to our first study question—Can the addition of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but have less impairment?—is “yes.” We were able to separate patients meeting criteria for depression into 2 groups, roughly one third with mild symptom severity and roughly two thirds with moderate to severe symptom severity.

The answer to our second question—Does this filtering strategy filter out patients who are in need of treatment?—appears to be “no.” The patterns of HRQOL scores and health care utilization seen for the “filtered-out” patients were indistinguishable from those of a third group of more severely symptomatic patients who did not meet depression criteria at the time of screening and who would not routinely be considered candidates for antidepressant treatment. The presence of a cohort of “middle-ground” patients has been noted in other cross-sectional primary care samples.14 Whether these patients represent persons with “major depression-in-waiting” or simply distressed and sad individuals is debatable, but there is no evidence to suggest that immediate detection and treatment lead to improved outcomes for these patients. Therefore, in routine clinical practice there would appear to be little risk in failing to identify and treat these patients unless or until their symptom severity increases.

This study does contain some important limitations. First, its cross-sectional nature does not allow us to address important questions about the middle-ground (“high severity only” and “DSM positive only”) patients, such as when they might warrant treatment, whether or when rescreening is useful, or whether “watchful waiting” is the appropriate clinical strategy for these 2 groups. Also, our decision to include as “DSM positive” those patients meeting criteria for dysthymia and MDD in remission deserves a brief explanation. Our previous work with this sample suggested that many patients meeting criteria for these 2 syndromes had high levels of distress and might be thought of as “depressed” by clinicians in routine practice. We included them to make our stratification strategy more closely representative of usual primary care practice. Repeat analyses including only MDD patients as “DSM positive” did not change our primary findings and conclusions, but they did—as expected—decrease the number of subjects in the “positive severity and criteria” group as well as increase the number of subjects in the “high severity only” group.

Despite these limitations, we believe that the results of this study offer hope to practicing physicians trying to cope with the growing depression screening mandate. Primary care physicians seeking to implement depression screening must deal with the fact that depression-screening protocols impose significant burdens on busy clinicians. In the setting of high competing demand15,16 in primary care, this additional effort—or “cognitive burden”— may render such screening impossible to accomplish in a routine clinical encounter. Several studies support this notion. Rost et al17,18 found that a screening protocol was not sustainable in primary care, in large part because primary care clinicians were unable to determine which screened patients were most in need of treatment. Dobscha et al19 found that clinicians failed to adhere to even a limited practice-based screening protocol. Williams et al20 found no difference in treatment rates or short-term outcomes when comparing brief (1-question) and comprehensive (20-question) case-finding protocols with customary clinical care.

Our results suggest that a simple refinement to a screening protocol—ie, using a brief severity measure to target the patients most appropriate for further DSM diagnostic evaluation—could help clinicians in 2 ways. First, it could decrease the burden of positive screening results by one third according to this study. Second, it could provide a more specific “prompt to act” rather than the “prompt to consider” provided by the use of current DSM criteria–based instruments. The importance of this last point should not be underestimated. Valenstein et al21 demonstrated that clinicians’ perceptions of the value of positive screen results are closely linked to their likelihood to initiate treatment. If we can enhance the value of the positive prompt, we can improve the rate of response to prompting.

 

 

Although we believe that the principle of severity targeting, rather than the specific instrument chosen, will improve screening performance, the instrument must nonetheless be chosen carefully. Kroenke et al22 examined the utility of using the quantitative score from the Patient Health Questionnaire, 9-item version, (PHQ-9) as a severity measure and found that higher scores correlated with lower functional status scores, greater numbers of sick days, and greater health care utilization. However, their methodology included as “positive” only those patients who met diagnostic criteria for MDD. Our use of an independent severity instrument identified an additional 17% of middle-ground patients who might benefit from close observation (“watchful waiting”) without the need for active management.

In summary, we believe that severity-targeted screening represents a promising “next step” in the evolution of office-based screening for depression in primary care. Much more work is needed to determine whether this “prompt to act” will be followed by improved treatment adherence and better treatment outcomes.

Acknowledgments

This project was supported in part by grants from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (No. AA09496) and the Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration (Nos. D32-PE16033 and D32-PE10158). The authors gratefully acknowledge the valuable feedback of James E. Aikens, PhD, during the preparation of this manuscript.

References

 

1. Regier DA, Goldberg ID, Taube CA. The de facto US Mental Health Services system: a public health perspective. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35:685-93.

2. Katon W, Schulberg H. Epidemiology of depression in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1992;14:237-47.

3. Pignone MP, Gaynes BN, Rushton JL, Burchell CM, Orleans CT, Mulrow CD, et al. Screening for depression in adults: a summary of the evidence for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2002;136:765-76.

4. Gilbody SM, House AO, Sheldon TA. Routinely administered questionnaires for depression and anxiety: systematic review. Br Med J 2001;322:406-9.

5. Valenstein M, Vijan S, Zeber JE, Boehm K, Buttar A. The cost-utility of screening for depression in primary care. Ann Intern Med 2001;134:345-60.

6. Schoenbaum M, Unutzer J, Sherbourne C, Duan N, Rubenstein LV, Miranda J, et al. Cost-effectiveness of practice-initiated quality improvement for depression: results of a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2001;286:1325-30.

7. Simon GE, Manning WG, Katzelnick DJ, Pearson SD, Henk HJ, Helstad CS. Cost-effectiveness of systematic depression treatment for high utilizers of general medical care. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58:181-7.

8. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Investigation of a severity-based classification of mood and anxiety symptoms in primary care patients. J Am Board Fam Pract 1999;12:21-31.

9. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Does the severity of mood and anxiety symptoms predict high health care utilization? J Fam Pract 1999;48:769-77.

10. Volk RJ, Cantor SB, Steinbauer JR, Cass AR. Alcohol use disorders, consumption patterns, and health-related quality of life of primary care patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1997;21:899-905.

11. Ware JE, Jr, Kosinski M, Bayliss MS, McHorney CA, Rogers WH, Raczek A. Comparison of methods for the scoring and statistical analysis of SF-36 health profile and summary measures: summary of results from the Medical Outcomes Study. Med Care 1995;33(suppl 4):AS264-79.

12. Ware JE Jr, Sherbourne CD. The MOS 36-item short-form health survey (SF-36). I. Conceptual framework and item selection. Med Care 1992;30:473-83.

13. Spitzer RL, Williams J, Kroenke K, Linzer M, deGruy FV, Hann SR, et al. Utility of a new procedure for diagnosing mental disorders in primary care: the PRIME-MD 1000 study. JAMA 1994;272:1749-56.

14. Klinkman MS, Coyne JC, Gallo S, Schwenk TL. False positives, false negatives, and the validity of the diagnosis of major depression in primary care. Arch Fam Med 1998;7:451-61.

15. Jaen CR, Stange KC, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract 1994;38:166-71.

16. Klinkman MS. Competing demands in psychosocial care.A model for the identification and treatment of depressive disorders in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:98-111.

17. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Coyne JC, Cooper-Patrick L, Rubenstein L. The role of competing demands in the treatment provided primary care patients with major depression. Arch Fam Med 2000;9:150-4.

18. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Werner J, Duan N. Improving depression outcomes in community primary care practice: a randomized trial of the QuEST intervention. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:143-9.

19. Dobscha SK, Gerrity MS, Ward MF. Effectiveness of an intervention to improve primary care provider recognition of depression. Eff Clin Pract 2001;4:163-71.

20. Williams JW, Mulrow CD, Kroenke K, Dhanda R, Badgett RG, Omori D, et al. Case-finding for depression in primary care: a randomized trial. Am J Med 1999;106:36-43.

21. Valenstein M, Dalack G, Blow F, Figueroa S, Standiford C, Douglass A. Screening for psychiatric illness with a combined screening and diagnostic instrument. J Gen Intern Med 1997;12:679-85.

22. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:606-13.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

DONALD E. NEASE,, JR, MD
MICHAEL S. KLINKMAN, MD, MS
ROBERT J. VOLK, PHD
Ann Arbor, Michigan, and Houston, Texas
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX. Portions of this work were presented at the National Institute of Mental Health’s Thirteenth International Conference on Mental Health Problems in the General Health Sector, Washington, DC, July 12–13, 1999 and the 27th Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group, San Diego, CA, November 7–10, 1999. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Donald E. Nease, Jr, MD, Department of Family Medicine,

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
1065-1070
Legacy Keywords
,Depressionhealth care utilizationpredictive value of testsprimary health carescreening. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1065–1070)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

DONALD E. NEASE,, JR, MD
MICHAEL S. KLINKMAN, MD, MS
ROBERT J. VOLK, PHD
Ann Arbor, Michigan, and Houston, Texas
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX. Portions of this work were presented at the National Institute of Mental Health’s Thirteenth International Conference on Mental Health Problems in the General Health Sector, Washington, DC, July 12–13, 1999 and the 27th Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group, San Diego, CA, November 7–10, 1999. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Donald E. Nease, Jr, MD, Department of Family Medicine,

Author and Disclosure Information

 

DONALD E. NEASE,, JR, MD
MICHAEL S. KLINKMAN, MD, MS
ROBERT J. VOLK, PHD
Ann Arbor, Michigan, and Houston, Texas
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, and the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX. Portions of this work were presented at the National Institute of Mental Health’s Thirteenth International Conference on Mental Health Problems in the General Health Sector, Washington, DC, July 12–13, 1999 and the 27th Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group, San Diego, CA, November 7–10, 1999. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Donald E. Nease, Jr, MD, Department of Family Medicine,

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • Existing instruments designed to improve primary care detection of depression carry significant associated burdens that may make their use difficult to sustain in routine practice.
  • A brief instrument designed to assess symptom severity can effectively target severely symptomatic patients for evaluation with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for depression.
  • A strategy of initial assessment of symptom severity, followed by assessment for DSM depression criteria in the most symptomatic patients, can decrease the burden on primary care clinicians by accurately identifying depressed patients most in need of treatment.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: To determine whether the use of a symptom severity measure to augment an existing Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders–Third Edition, Revised (DSM-III-R) criteria–based depression screener (PRIME-MD) would decrease the difficulties associated with depression screening in primary care by filtering out patients with minimal impairment.
  • STUDY DESIGN: The study design was secondary data analysis.
  • POPULATION: The study sample comprised 1317 patients, with intentional oversampling by ethnicity and sex, presenting for routine care at a university family practice center in Galveston, Texas.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: The primary outcomes were cross-sectional, health-related quality-of-life outcomes of subjects who met symptom severity criteria as well as criteria for a DSM-III-R mood disorder. Health care utilization outcomes were examined as secondary outcomes.
  • RESULTS: The combination of a 6-item depression severity instrument and the PRIME-MD resulted in 71% of depressed subjects being categorized as severely symptomatic and 29% as minimally symptomatic. Severely symptomatic subjects had significantly worse SF-36 Mental Health Component Summary scale (MCS) scores than did minimally symptomatic subjects (32.8 vs 43.5, P < .05). Minimally symptomatic subjects had MCS scores similar to those of a third group of subjects who did not meet DSM-III-R “threshold” criteria for mood disorder but who were severely symptomatic. Adjusted health care utilization was higher for the initial 3-month charge period in the severely symptomatic depressed subjects compared with minimally symptomatic depressed subjects ($679.20 vs $462.38, P < .05).
  • CONCLUSIONS: The 6-item depression severity measure effectively separated patients meeting DSM-III-R “threshold” depression criteria into 2 groups: one presenting with severe symptoms and impairment and the other presenting with mild symptoms and significantly less impairment. A strategy of initial screening using a brief depression severity instrument, followed with a DSM criteria–based instrument, could decrease the immediate clinician workload by one third and focus treatment on those most likely to benefit.

Numerous efforts have been directed toward improving primary care clinicians’ detection of depression since the report of early findings that depressive disorders are common yet often unrecognized in primary care.1,2 Despite the recent release of a new United States Preventive Task Force recommendation,3 controversy exists about the benefits and cost-effectiveness of routine screening.47

Despite the controversies around depression screening, it is clear that there is significant room for improvement in detection of and treatment outcomes for depression in primary care. Additionally, there is ample evidence from clinical trials that depressed patients with higher severity of illness receive the highest benefit from pharmacological treatment. Therefore, it makes sense to target these highly impaired, depressed patients for detection and treatment.

In previous studies exploring the relationships between symptom severity and diagnostic criteria in a large sample of primary care patients, we found that (1) the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for major depression were nonspecific at low levels of impairment but more accurate at high levels, and (2) mood symptom severity assessment performed better than DSM criteria as an independent predictor of impairment and utilization.8,9 These findings lend support to the notion that case-finding methods incorporating severity in addition to criteria can improve the efficiency of screening in primary care. This study represents our initial exploration of the potential impact of severity-enhanced screening for depression.

We used a retrospective cohort design to answer the following study questions: (1) Can the administration of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but who have less impairment (and may therefore not need treatment)? (2) Does this filtering strategy inappropriately “filter out” patients who are in need of treatment?

Methods

Population and setting

Our sample consisted of 1317 patients presenting for routine care in a university-based family medicine center at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) in Galveston. The sample, originally recruited for a National Institute for Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism–funded study of primary care alcohol screening, has been previously described.10 The study methods and additional data collection methods were reviewed and approved by the UTMB Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Evaluation measures

We used the Medical Outcomes Study SF-36 subscales and component summary scale11,12 to assess health-related quality of life (HRQOL) in all subjects. Medical comorbidity was assessed using electronic medical record review as described previously.8 We also examined health care utilization using charge data from the billing system of UTMB. As previously described,8 we obtained all inpatient and outpatient charge data for a 15-month period beginning 3 months before the visit at which each subject was surveyed. Outpatient pharmacy data were not included. The results of the charge data subanalysis are presented online in Figure W1, at www.jfponline.com.

Analytic strategy

All subjects were screened with the Clinician Evaluation Guide mood module from the Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Disorders (PRIME-MD).13 A “DSM criteria positive” screen included major depressive disorder (MDD), dysthymia, and partial remission of MDD. Symptom severity was assessed using a 6-item Brief Depression Rating (BDR) scale (Table 1) derived from a principal components analysis of 15 mood and anxiety symptom severity questions used in the original study and our subsequent investigations.8 Factor analysis of the 6 BDR items confirmed that they occupy a domain distinct from the somatic symptoms included as PRIME-MD depression criteria.

Cronbach’s alpha for the BDR in our sample was 0.8911. Because the distribution of subjects was skewed toward lower severity (median = 9, mean = 10.47, skewness = 1.415), we chose the 75th percentile score13 as our cut point for a “positive” BDR. This choice reflected a more conservative definition of severity than the use of a standard cut point of 1 standard deviation above the mean (in this case, a score of 15).

We “filtered out” low-severity patients by matching BDR scores and DSM criteria to create 4 groups for comparison: “low severity and DSM negative,” “high severity only,” “DSM positive only,” and “high severity and DSM positive.”

TABLE 1
Brief Depression Rating*

 

Over the LAST 2 WEEKS, how often have you experienced any of the following?*
  • Feeling sad.
  • Having no interest in being with other people.
  • Feeling like a failure as a person.
  • Having trouble making decisions.
  • Feeling so down that nothing could cheer you up.
  • Feeling depressed.
*Responses to questions are on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from “none of the time” to “all of the time.”

Data analysis

We used analysis of variance to compare the 4 groups on demographic and outcome measures of interest. We made adjustments where demographic variables or medical comorbidity contributed significantly to the differences between groups by using analysis of covariance (ANCOVA). We examined interaction effects between the covariates and the severity/DSM groups. Where possible and appropriate, we used Bonferroni or Games-Howell adjustments for multiple comparisons between groups.

Results

Size and demographic comparisons

The distribution of the 1317 subjects available for analysis is depicted in Table 2. Fully 75% of the total sample fell below the BDR severity threshold. The BDR filtered out 29% of those subjects meeting DSM criteria because of low symptom severity. Conversely, 17% of subjects who did not meet DSM criteria had high symptom severity based on the BDR. Although the groups had similar demographic characteristics, subjects in the “high severity and DSM positive” group were significantly younger than subjects in the “low severity and DSM negative” group. The distribution of women in all groups was significantly higher than expected except for the “low severity and DSM negative” group. We found even distributions of subjects by ethnicity.

TABLE 2
Group demographics

 

CharacteristicPRIME-MD criteria ()PRIME-MD criteria (+)
BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)
Subjects, n89311991214
Female subjects, %66.272.374.484.1
Race, %
  White38.335.341.740.2
  African American34.541.228.636.9
  Hispanic27.223.529.722.9
Mean age, y43.9*4342.540.0*
Chi-square is significant for sex (P < .001) but not for racial distributions (P = .500).
*Significant differences exist for mean age by analysis of variance using Bonferroni adjustment (P = .012).
BDR, Brief Depression Rating; Prime-MD, Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Diseases.

Mean HRQOL score comparisons

Figure 1 shows mean Mental Health Component Summary (MCS) scores for subjects in the 4 groups, after ANCOVA adjustments for significant covariates (age and African-American ethnicity, P = .003 for both). The groups of subjects that scored either positively or negatively on both the BDR and PRIME-MD occupy opposite poles of very low and very high functional status, respectively. The groups of subjects that scored positively on only the BDR or only the PRIME-MD share the middle ground with no significant difference in MCS-related functional status.

A similar pattern was seen for the Physical Component Summary (PCS) scores from the SF-36. PCS score means ranged from 41.60 to 44.17 among the 4 groups after ANCOVA adjustment for significant covariates (income, medical comorbidity, and Hispanic ethnicity, P < .001 for each). Only the “low severity and DSM negative” and “high severity and DSM positive” groups differed significantly at either end of this range; however, the absolute difference of 2.57 points carries minimal, if any, clinical significance.

 

 

Unadjusted mean values from SF-36 subscale scores across the 4 study groups are shown in Figure 2. Although we saw no differences in the “physical functioning” and “role-physical” subscale scores among the groups, a consistent pattern emerged for the remaining 6 subscales. The “high severity and DSM positive” group had significantly lower mean scores (indicating more impairment) than each of the other 3 groups, whereas the “low severity and DSM negative” group had significantly higher scores than each of the other 3 groups. The other 2 groups’ means were in the middle and almost identical across all 8 subscales, indicating that these 2 groups were similar on each SF-36 measure of physical and mental health functioning.

 

FIGURE 1
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

FIGURE 2
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

Mean health care charge comparisons

Briefly, adjusted mean health care charges for each group of subjects showed significant charge differences between groups for the period 3 months before the index visit. The adjusted mean health care charges for this period are shown in Figure W1.

Discussion

We believe that the central findings of this study support a severity-targeted screening strategy. The answer to our first study question—Can the addition of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but have less impairment?—is “yes.” We were able to separate patients meeting criteria for depression into 2 groups, roughly one third with mild symptom severity and roughly two thirds with moderate to severe symptom severity.

The answer to our second question—Does this filtering strategy filter out patients who are in need of treatment?—appears to be “no.” The patterns of HRQOL scores and health care utilization seen for the “filtered-out” patients were indistinguishable from those of a third group of more severely symptomatic patients who did not meet depression criteria at the time of screening and who would not routinely be considered candidates for antidepressant treatment. The presence of a cohort of “middle-ground” patients has been noted in other cross-sectional primary care samples.14 Whether these patients represent persons with “major depression-in-waiting” or simply distressed and sad individuals is debatable, but there is no evidence to suggest that immediate detection and treatment lead to improved outcomes for these patients. Therefore, in routine clinical practice there would appear to be little risk in failing to identify and treat these patients unless or until their symptom severity increases.

This study does contain some important limitations. First, its cross-sectional nature does not allow us to address important questions about the middle-ground (“high severity only” and “DSM positive only”) patients, such as when they might warrant treatment, whether or when rescreening is useful, or whether “watchful waiting” is the appropriate clinical strategy for these 2 groups. Also, our decision to include as “DSM positive” those patients meeting criteria for dysthymia and MDD in remission deserves a brief explanation. Our previous work with this sample suggested that many patients meeting criteria for these 2 syndromes had high levels of distress and might be thought of as “depressed” by clinicians in routine practice. We included them to make our stratification strategy more closely representative of usual primary care practice. Repeat analyses including only MDD patients as “DSM positive” did not change our primary findings and conclusions, but they did—as expected—decrease the number of subjects in the “positive severity and criteria” group as well as increase the number of subjects in the “high severity only” group.

Despite these limitations, we believe that the results of this study offer hope to practicing physicians trying to cope with the growing depression screening mandate. Primary care physicians seeking to implement depression screening must deal with the fact that depression-screening protocols impose significant burdens on busy clinicians. In the setting of high competing demand15,16 in primary care, this additional effort—or “cognitive burden”— may render such screening impossible to accomplish in a routine clinical encounter. Several studies support this notion. Rost et al17,18 found that a screening protocol was not sustainable in primary care, in large part because primary care clinicians were unable to determine which screened patients were most in need of treatment. Dobscha et al19 found that clinicians failed to adhere to even a limited practice-based screening protocol. Williams et al20 found no difference in treatment rates or short-term outcomes when comparing brief (1-question) and comprehensive (20-question) case-finding protocols with customary clinical care.

Our results suggest that a simple refinement to a screening protocol—ie, using a brief severity measure to target the patients most appropriate for further DSM diagnostic evaluation—could help clinicians in 2 ways. First, it could decrease the burden of positive screening results by one third according to this study. Second, it could provide a more specific “prompt to act” rather than the “prompt to consider” provided by the use of current DSM criteria–based instruments. The importance of this last point should not be underestimated. Valenstein et al21 demonstrated that clinicians’ perceptions of the value of positive screen results are closely linked to their likelihood to initiate treatment. If we can enhance the value of the positive prompt, we can improve the rate of response to prompting.

 

 

Although we believe that the principle of severity targeting, rather than the specific instrument chosen, will improve screening performance, the instrument must nonetheless be chosen carefully. Kroenke et al22 examined the utility of using the quantitative score from the Patient Health Questionnaire, 9-item version, (PHQ-9) as a severity measure and found that higher scores correlated with lower functional status scores, greater numbers of sick days, and greater health care utilization. However, their methodology included as “positive” only those patients who met diagnostic criteria for MDD. Our use of an independent severity instrument identified an additional 17% of middle-ground patients who might benefit from close observation (“watchful waiting”) without the need for active management.

In summary, we believe that severity-targeted screening represents a promising “next step” in the evolution of office-based screening for depression in primary care. Much more work is needed to determine whether this “prompt to act” will be followed by improved treatment adherence and better treatment outcomes.

Acknowledgments

This project was supported in part by grants from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (No. AA09496) and the Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration (Nos. D32-PE16033 and D32-PE10158). The authors gratefully acknowledge the valuable feedback of James E. Aikens, PhD, during the preparation of this manuscript.

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • Existing instruments designed to improve primary care detection of depression carry significant associated burdens that may make their use difficult to sustain in routine practice.
  • A brief instrument designed to assess symptom severity can effectively target severely symptomatic patients for evaluation with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for depression.
  • A strategy of initial assessment of symptom severity, followed by assessment for DSM depression criteria in the most symptomatic patients, can decrease the burden on primary care clinicians by accurately identifying depressed patients most in need of treatment.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: To determine whether the use of a symptom severity measure to augment an existing Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders–Third Edition, Revised (DSM-III-R) criteria–based depression screener (PRIME-MD) would decrease the difficulties associated with depression screening in primary care by filtering out patients with minimal impairment.
  • STUDY DESIGN: The study design was secondary data analysis.
  • POPULATION: The study sample comprised 1317 patients, with intentional oversampling by ethnicity and sex, presenting for routine care at a university family practice center in Galveston, Texas.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: The primary outcomes were cross-sectional, health-related quality-of-life outcomes of subjects who met symptom severity criteria as well as criteria for a DSM-III-R mood disorder. Health care utilization outcomes were examined as secondary outcomes.
  • RESULTS: The combination of a 6-item depression severity instrument and the PRIME-MD resulted in 71% of depressed subjects being categorized as severely symptomatic and 29% as minimally symptomatic. Severely symptomatic subjects had significantly worse SF-36 Mental Health Component Summary scale (MCS) scores than did minimally symptomatic subjects (32.8 vs 43.5, P < .05). Minimally symptomatic subjects had MCS scores similar to those of a third group of subjects who did not meet DSM-III-R “threshold” criteria for mood disorder but who were severely symptomatic. Adjusted health care utilization was higher for the initial 3-month charge period in the severely symptomatic depressed subjects compared with minimally symptomatic depressed subjects ($679.20 vs $462.38, P < .05).
  • CONCLUSIONS: The 6-item depression severity measure effectively separated patients meeting DSM-III-R “threshold” depression criteria into 2 groups: one presenting with severe symptoms and impairment and the other presenting with mild symptoms and significantly less impairment. A strategy of initial screening using a brief depression severity instrument, followed with a DSM criteria–based instrument, could decrease the immediate clinician workload by one third and focus treatment on those most likely to benefit.

Numerous efforts have been directed toward improving primary care clinicians’ detection of depression since the report of early findings that depressive disorders are common yet often unrecognized in primary care.1,2 Despite the recent release of a new United States Preventive Task Force recommendation,3 controversy exists about the benefits and cost-effectiveness of routine screening.47

Despite the controversies around depression screening, it is clear that there is significant room for improvement in detection of and treatment outcomes for depression in primary care. Additionally, there is ample evidence from clinical trials that depressed patients with higher severity of illness receive the highest benefit from pharmacological treatment. Therefore, it makes sense to target these highly impaired, depressed patients for detection and treatment.

In previous studies exploring the relationships between symptom severity and diagnostic criteria in a large sample of primary care patients, we found that (1) the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) criteria for major depression were nonspecific at low levels of impairment but more accurate at high levels, and (2) mood symptom severity assessment performed better than DSM criteria as an independent predictor of impairment and utilization.8,9 These findings lend support to the notion that case-finding methods incorporating severity in addition to criteria can improve the efficiency of screening in primary care. This study represents our initial exploration of the potential impact of severity-enhanced screening for depression.

We used a retrospective cohort design to answer the following study questions: (1) Can the administration of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but who have less impairment (and may therefore not need treatment)? (2) Does this filtering strategy inappropriately “filter out” patients who are in need of treatment?

Methods

Population and setting

Our sample consisted of 1317 patients presenting for routine care in a university-based family medicine center at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) in Galveston. The sample, originally recruited for a National Institute for Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism–funded study of primary care alcohol screening, has been previously described.10 The study methods and additional data collection methods were reviewed and approved by the UTMB Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Evaluation measures

We used the Medical Outcomes Study SF-36 subscales and component summary scale11,12 to assess health-related quality of life (HRQOL) in all subjects. Medical comorbidity was assessed using electronic medical record review as described previously.8 We also examined health care utilization using charge data from the billing system of UTMB. As previously described,8 we obtained all inpatient and outpatient charge data for a 15-month period beginning 3 months before the visit at which each subject was surveyed. Outpatient pharmacy data were not included. The results of the charge data subanalysis are presented online in Figure W1, at www.jfponline.com.

Analytic strategy

All subjects were screened with the Clinician Evaluation Guide mood module from the Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Disorders (PRIME-MD).13 A “DSM criteria positive” screen included major depressive disorder (MDD), dysthymia, and partial remission of MDD. Symptom severity was assessed using a 6-item Brief Depression Rating (BDR) scale (Table 1) derived from a principal components analysis of 15 mood and anxiety symptom severity questions used in the original study and our subsequent investigations.8 Factor analysis of the 6 BDR items confirmed that they occupy a domain distinct from the somatic symptoms included as PRIME-MD depression criteria.

Cronbach’s alpha for the BDR in our sample was 0.8911. Because the distribution of subjects was skewed toward lower severity (median = 9, mean = 10.47, skewness = 1.415), we chose the 75th percentile score13 as our cut point for a “positive” BDR. This choice reflected a more conservative definition of severity than the use of a standard cut point of 1 standard deviation above the mean (in this case, a score of 15).

We “filtered out” low-severity patients by matching BDR scores and DSM criteria to create 4 groups for comparison: “low severity and DSM negative,” “high severity only,” “DSM positive only,” and “high severity and DSM positive.”

TABLE 1
Brief Depression Rating*

 

Over the LAST 2 WEEKS, how often have you experienced any of the following?*
  • Feeling sad.
  • Having no interest in being with other people.
  • Feeling like a failure as a person.
  • Having trouble making decisions.
  • Feeling so down that nothing could cheer you up.
  • Feeling depressed.
*Responses to questions are on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from “none of the time” to “all of the time.”

Data analysis

We used analysis of variance to compare the 4 groups on demographic and outcome measures of interest. We made adjustments where demographic variables or medical comorbidity contributed significantly to the differences between groups by using analysis of covariance (ANCOVA). We examined interaction effects between the covariates and the severity/DSM groups. Where possible and appropriate, we used Bonferroni or Games-Howell adjustments for multiple comparisons between groups.

Results

Size and demographic comparisons

The distribution of the 1317 subjects available for analysis is depicted in Table 2. Fully 75% of the total sample fell below the BDR severity threshold. The BDR filtered out 29% of those subjects meeting DSM criteria because of low symptom severity. Conversely, 17% of subjects who did not meet DSM criteria had high symptom severity based on the BDR. Although the groups had similar demographic characteristics, subjects in the “high severity and DSM positive” group were significantly younger than subjects in the “low severity and DSM negative” group. The distribution of women in all groups was significantly higher than expected except for the “low severity and DSM negative” group. We found even distributions of subjects by ethnicity.

TABLE 2
Group demographics

 

CharacteristicPRIME-MD criteria ()PRIME-MD criteria (+)
BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)BDR severity ()BDR severity (+)
Subjects, n89311991214
Female subjects, %66.272.374.484.1
Race, %
  White38.335.341.740.2
  African American34.541.228.636.9
  Hispanic27.223.529.722.9
Mean age, y43.9*4342.540.0*
Chi-square is significant for sex (P < .001) but not for racial distributions (P = .500).
*Significant differences exist for mean age by analysis of variance using Bonferroni adjustment (P = .012).
BDR, Brief Depression Rating; Prime-MD, Primary Care Evaluation of Mental Diseases.

Mean HRQOL score comparisons

Figure 1 shows mean Mental Health Component Summary (MCS) scores for subjects in the 4 groups, after ANCOVA adjustments for significant covariates (age and African-American ethnicity, P = .003 for both). The groups of subjects that scored either positively or negatively on both the BDR and PRIME-MD occupy opposite poles of very low and very high functional status, respectively. The groups of subjects that scored positively on only the BDR or only the PRIME-MD share the middle ground with no significant difference in MCS-related functional status.

A similar pattern was seen for the Physical Component Summary (PCS) scores from the SF-36. PCS score means ranged from 41.60 to 44.17 among the 4 groups after ANCOVA adjustment for significant covariates (income, medical comorbidity, and Hispanic ethnicity, P < .001 for each). Only the “low severity and DSM negative” and “high severity and DSM positive” groups differed significantly at either end of this range; however, the absolute difference of 2.57 points carries minimal, if any, clinical significance.

 

 

Unadjusted mean values from SF-36 subscale scores across the 4 study groups are shown in Figure 2. Although we saw no differences in the “physical functioning” and “role-physical” subscale scores among the groups, a consistent pattern emerged for the remaining 6 subscales. The “high severity and DSM positive” group had significantly lower mean scores (indicating more impairment) than each of the other 3 groups, whereas the “low severity and DSM negative” group had significantly higher scores than each of the other 3 groups. The other 2 groups’ means were in the middle and almost identical across all 8 subscales, indicating that these 2 groups were similar on each SF-36 measure of physical and mental health functioning.

 

FIGURE 1
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

FIGURE 2
Mean deviations from standardized SF-36 subscale norms

Mean health care charge comparisons

Briefly, adjusted mean health care charges for each group of subjects showed significant charge differences between groups for the period 3 months before the index visit. The adjusted mean health care charges for this period are shown in Figure W1.

Discussion

We believe that the central findings of this study support a severity-targeted screening strategy. The answer to our first study question—Can the addition of a symptom severity scale effectively “filter out” a group of patients who meet diagnostic criteria for “threshold” depression but have less impairment?—is “yes.” We were able to separate patients meeting criteria for depression into 2 groups, roughly one third with mild symptom severity and roughly two thirds with moderate to severe symptom severity.

The answer to our second question—Does this filtering strategy filter out patients who are in need of treatment?—appears to be “no.” The patterns of HRQOL scores and health care utilization seen for the “filtered-out” patients were indistinguishable from those of a third group of more severely symptomatic patients who did not meet depression criteria at the time of screening and who would not routinely be considered candidates for antidepressant treatment. The presence of a cohort of “middle-ground” patients has been noted in other cross-sectional primary care samples.14 Whether these patients represent persons with “major depression-in-waiting” or simply distressed and sad individuals is debatable, but there is no evidence to suggest that immediate detection and treatment lead to improved outcomes for these patients. Therefore, in routine clinical practice there would appear to be little risk in failing to identify and treat these patients unless or until their symptom severity increases.

This study does contain some important limitations. First, its cross-sectional nature does not allow us to address important questions about the middle-ground (“high severity only” and “DSM positive only”) patients, such as when they might warrant treatment, whether or when rescreening is useful, or whether “watchful waiting” is the appropriate clinical strategy for these 2 groups. Also, our decision to include as “DSM positive” those patients meeting criteria for dysthymia and MDD in remission deserves a brief explanation. Our previous work with this sample suggested that many patients meeting criteria for these 2 syndromes had high levels of distress and might be thought of as “depressed” by clinicians in routine practice. We included them to make our stratification strategy more closely representative of usual primary care practice. Repeat analyses including only MDD patients as “DSM positive” did not change our primary findings and conclusions, but they did—as expected—decrease the number of subjects in the “positive severity and criteria” group as well as increase the number of subjects in the “high severity only” group.

Despite these limitations, we believe that the results of this study offer hope to practicing physicians trying to cope with the growing depression screening mandate. Primary care physicians seeking to implement depression screening must deal with the fact that depression-screening protocols impose significant burdens on busy clinicians. In the setting of high competing demand15,16 in primary care, this additional effort—or “cognitive burden”— may render such screening impossible to accomplish in a routine clinical encounter. Several studies support this notion. Rost et al17,18 found that a screening protocol was not sustainable in primary care, in large part because primary care clinicians were unable to determine which screened patients were most in need of treatment. Dobscha et al19 found that clinicians failed to adhere to even a limited practice-based screening protocol. Williams et al20 found no difference in treatment rates or short-term outcomes when comparing brief (1-question) and comprehensive (20-question) case-finding protocols with customary clinical care.

Our results suggest that a simple refinement to a screening protocol—ie, using a brief severity measure to target the patients most appropriate for further DSM diagnostic evaluation—could help clinicians in 2 ways. First, it could decrease the burden of positive screening results by one third according to this study. Second, it could provide a more specific “prompt to act” rather than the “prompt to consider” provided by the use of current DSM criteria–based instruments. The importance of this last point should not be underestimated. Valenstein et al21 demonstrated that clinicians’ perceptions of the value of positive screen results are closely linked to their likelihood to initiate treatment. If we can enhance the value of the positive prompt, we can improve the rate of response to prompting.

 

 

Although we believe that the principle of severity targeting, rather than the specific instrument chosen, will improve screening performance, the instrument must nonetheless be chosen carefully. Kroenke et al22 examined the utility of using the quantitative score from the Patient Health Questionnaire, 9-item version, (PHQ-9) as a severity measure and found that higher scores correlated with lower functional status scores, greater numbers of sick days, and greater health care utilization. However, their methodology included as “positive” only those patients who met diagnostic criteria for MDD. Our use of an independent severity instrument identified an additional 17% of middle-ground patients who might benefit from close observation (“watchful waiting”) without the need for active management.

In summary, we believe that severity-targeted screening represents a promising “next step” in the evolution of office-based screening for depression in primary care. Much more work is needed to determine whether this “prompt to act” will be followed by improved treatment adherence and better treatment outcomes.

Acknowledgments

This project was supported in part by grants from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (No. AA09496) and the Bureau of Health Professions, Health Resources and Services Administration (Nos. D32-PE16033 and D32-PE10158). The authors gratefully acknowledge the valuable feedback of James E. Aikens, PhD, during the preparation of this manuscript.

References

 

1. Regier DA, Goldberg ID, Taube CA. The de facto US Mental Health Services system: a public health perspective. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35:685-93.

2. Katon W, Schulberg H. Epidemiology of depression in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1992;14:237-47.

3. Pignone MP, Gaynes BN, Rushton JL, Burchell CM, Orleans CT, Mulrow CD, et al. Screening for depression in adults: a summary of the evidence for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2002;136:765-76.

4. Gilbody SM, House AO, Sheldon TA. Routinely administered questionnaires for depression and anxiety: systematic review. Br Med J 2001;322:406-9.

5. Valenstein M, Vijan S, Zeber JE, Boehm K, Buttar A. The cost-utility of screening for depression in primary care. Ann Intern Med 2001;134:345-60.

6. Schoenbaum M, Unutzer J, Sherbourne C, Duan N, Rubenstein LV, Miranda J, et al. Cost-effectiveness of practice-initiated quality improvement for depression: results of a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2001;286:1325-30.

7. Simon GE, Manning WG, Katzelnick DJ, Pearson SD, Henk HJ, Helstad CS. Cost-effectiveness of systematic depression treatment for high utilizers of general medical care. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58:181-7.

8. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Investigation of a severity-based classification of mood and anxiety symptoms in primary care patients. J Am Board Fam Pract 1999;12:21-31.

9. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Does the severity of mood and anxiety symptoms predict high health care utilization? J Fam Pract 1999;48:769-77.

10. Volk RJ, Cantor SB, Steinbauer JR, Cass AR. Alcohol use disorders, consumption patterns, and health-related quality of life of primary care patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1997;21:899-905.

11. Ware JE, Jr, Kosinski M, Bayliss MS, McHorney CA, Rogers WH, Raczek A. Comparison of methods for the scoring and statistical analysis of SF-36 health profile and summary measures: summary of results from the Medical Outcomes Study. Med Care 1995;33(suppl 4):AS264-79.

12. Ware JE Jr, Sherbourne CD. The MOS 36-item short-form health survey (SF-36). I. Conceptual framework and item selection. Med Care 1992;30:473-83.

13. Spitzer RL, Williams J, Kroenke K, Linzer M, deGruy FV, Hann SR, et al. Utility of a new procedure for diagnosing mental disorders in primary care: the PRIME-MD 1000 study. JAMA 1994;272:1749-56.

14. Klinkman MS, Coyne JC, Gallo S, Schwenk TL. False positives, false negatives, and the validity of the diagnosis of major depression in primary care. Arch Fam Med 1998;7:451-61.

15. Jaen CR, Stange KC, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract 1994;38:166-71.

16. Klinkman MS. Competing demands in psychosocial care.A model for the identification and treatment of depressive disorders in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:98-111.

17. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Coyne JC, Cooper-Patrick L, Rubenstein L. The role of competing demands in the treatment provided primary care patients with major depression. Arch Fam Med 2000;9:150-4.

18. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Werner J, Duan N. Improving depression outcomes in community primary care practice: a randomized trial of the QuEST intervention. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:143-9.

19. Dobscha SK, Gerrity MS, Ward MF. Effectiveness of an intervention to improve primary care provider recognition of depression. Eff Clin Pract 2001;4:163-71.

20. Williams JW, Mulrow CD, Kroenke K, Dhanda R, Badgett RG, Omori D, et al. Case-finding for depression in primary care: a randomized trial. Am J Med 1999;106:36-43.

21. Valenstein M, Dalack G, Blow F, Figueroa S, Standiford C, Douglass A. Screening for psychiatric illness with a combined screening and diagnostic instrument. J Gen Intern Med 1997;12:679-85.

22. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:606-13.

References

 

1. Regier DA, Goldberg ID, Taube CA. The de facto US Mental Health Services system: a public health perspective. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35:685-93.

2. Katon W, Schulberg H. Epidemiology of depression in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1992;14:237-47.

3. Pignone MP, Gaynes BN, Rushton JL, Burchell CM, Orleans CT, Mulrow CD, et al. Screening for depression in adults: a summary of the evidence for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med 2002;136:765-76.

4. Gilbody SM, House AO, Sheldon TA. Routinely administered questionnaires for depression and anxiety: systematic review. Br Med J 2001;322:406-9.

5. Valenstein M, Vijan S, Zeber JE, Boehm K, Buttar A. The cost-utility of screening for depression in primary care. Ann Intern Med 2001;134:345-60.

6. Schoenbaum M, Unutzer J, Sherbourne C, Duan N, Rubenstein LV, Miranda J, et al. Cost-effectiveness of practice-initiated quality improvement for depression: results of a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2001;286:1325-30.

7. Simon GE, Manning WG, Katzelnick DJ, Pearson SD, Henk HJ, Helstad CS. Cost-effectiveness of systematic depression treatment for high utilizers of general medical care. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2001;58:181-7.

8. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Investigation of a severity-based classification of mood and anxiety symptoms in primary care patients. J Am Board Fam Pract 1999;12:21-31.

9. Nease DE, Jr, Volk RJ, Cass AR. Does the severity of mood and anxiety symptoms predict high health care utilization? J Fam Pract 1999;48:769-77.

10. Volk RJ, Cantor SB, Steinbauer JR, Cass AR. Alcohol use disorders, consumption patterns, and health-related quality of life of primary care patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1997;21:899-905.

11. Ware JE, Jr, Kosinski M, Bayliss MS, McHorney CA, Rogers WH, Raczek A. Comparison of methods for the scoring and statistical analysis of SF-36 health profile and summary measures: summary of results from the Medical Outcomes Study. Med Care 1995;33(suppl 4):AS264-79.

12. Ware JE Jr, Sherbourne CD. The MOS 36-item short-form health survey (SF-36). I. Conceptual framework and item selection. Med Care 1992;30:473-83.

13. Spitzer RL, Williams J, Kroenke K, Linzer M, deGruy FV, Hann SR, et al. Utility of a new procedure for diagnosing mental disorders in primary care: the PRIME-MD 1000 study. JAMA 1994;272:1749-56.

14. Klinkman MS, Coyne JC, Gallo S, Schwenk TL. False positives, false negatives, and the validity of the diagnosis of major depression in primary care. Arch Fam Med 1998;7:451-61.

15. Jaen CR, Stange KC, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract 1994;38:166-71.

16. Klinkman MS. Competing demands in psychosocial care.A model for the identification and treatment of depressive disorders in primary care. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:98-111.

17. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Coyne JC, Cooper-Patrick L, Rubenstein L. The role of competing demands in the treatment provided primary care patients with major depression. Arch Fam Med 2000;9:150-4.

18. Rost K, Nutting P, Smith J, Werner J, Duan N. Improving depression outcomes in community primary care practice: a randomized trial of the QuEST intervention. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:143-9.

19. Dobscha SK, Gerrity MS, Ward MF. Effectiveness of an intervention to improve primary care provider recognition of depression. Eff Clin Pract 2001;4:163-71.

20. Williams JW, Mulrow CD, Kroenke K, Dhanda R, Badgett RG, Omori D, et al. Case-finding for depression in primary care: a randomized trial. Am J Med 1999;106:36-43.

21. Valenstein M, Dalack G, Blow F, Figueroa S, Standiford C, Douglass A. Screening for psychiatric illness with a combined screening and diagnostic instrument. J Gen Intern Med 1997;12:679-85.

22. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med 2001;16:606-13.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1065-1070
Page Number
1065-1070
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Improved detection of depression in primary care through severity evaluation
Display Headline
Improved detection of depression in primary care through severity evaluation
Legacy Keywords
,Depressionhealth care utilizationpredictive value of testsprimary health carescreening. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1065–1070)
Legacy Keywords
,Depressionhealth care utilizationpredictive value of testsprimary health carescreening. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1065–1070)
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Cancer recurrence and mortality in women using hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: Meta-analysis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:08
Display Headline
Cancer recurrence and mortality in women using hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: Meta-analysis

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • This meta-analysis of observational studies found no increased risk of breast cancer recurrence and a statistically significant reduction in mortality for breast cancer survivors who take hormone replacement therapy compared with those who do not.
  • Because of biases inherent in the designs of these studies, randomized controlled trials are warranted.
  • There is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women who have survived low-stage breast cancer and who suffer from symptomatic menopause.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: We compared the risk of cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality among users and nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy (ERT) after the diagnosis of breast cancer.
  • STUDY DESIGN: This was a systematic review of original research. Eligible studies were reviewed by 2 investigators who independently extracted data from each study according to a predetermined form and assessed each study for validity on standard characteristics. Meta-analyses were performed with Review Manager 4.1 to provide a summary of relative risks of cancer recurrence and mortality.
  • POPULATION: Studies included 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy (HRT) at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer, as well as 2545 subjects who did not use HRT.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Outcomes included breast cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality.
  • RESULTS: Nine independent cohort studies and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial were identified. Studies were of variable quality. Breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with controls (relative risk, 0.72; 95% confidence interval, 0.47–1.10) and had significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than did the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (relative risk, 0.18; 95% confidence interval, 0.10–0.31). All tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Although limited by observational design, existing research does not support the universal withholding of ERT from well-informed women with a previous diagnosis of low-stage breast cancer. Long-term randomized controlled trials are needed.

Estrogen-containing hormone replacement therapy (ERT) after menopause has been implicated as a causal factor in the development of primary breast cancer.1,2 Fearing cancer recurrence, most physicians do not offer ERT to postmenopausal women with a history of breast cancer. However, estrogen deficiency, which is especially common in women after chemotherapy, can be associated with severe symptoms, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of osteoporosis and possibly coronary artery disease. Although there are theoretical justifications to discourage the use of ERT by women at high risk for breast cancer, there is little objective evidence that hormone replacement increases the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence or of mortality among survivors of primary breast cancer. It is difficult for clinicians and patients to make rational decisions regarding ERT in these patients, given the paucity of studies and the difficulty of interpreting the few studies available.

Several observational studies have been published on the use of estrogen and/or combined estrogen–progesterone hormone replacement therapy in women who have had breast cancer. Many of these studies have reported single-institution series of outcomes among survivors who opted to take ERT for their menopausal symptoms. These studies tend to demonstrate rather unimpressive incidences of recurrence and mortality events. However, it is possible that such studies underestimate the risks because patients who are given ERT may represent a subgroup with a better prognosis than other patients (bias by indication). A smaller number of studies has used comparison groups and attempted to control for disease severity and other factors associated with recurrence.

We conducted a meta-analysis of studies comparing women who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer with a control group of non-ERT users to determine whether ERT is associated with an increased risk of cancer recurrence or all-cause mortality among breast cancer survivors.

Methods

Search strategy

We identified relevant studies through independent literature searches of Medline (from 1966 to August 2001) and Cancerlit (from 1986 to August 2001) with the use of OVID software and the following search terms: estrogen replacement therapy, hormone replacement therapy, breast neoplasms, neoplasm recurrence, survivors. No language restriction was imposed. A careful review of titles and abstracts was done to identify relevant articles, and for these, the full articles were retrieved for review. Bibliographies of identified studies and review articles were examined for additional citations. Medline and Cancerlit databases were also searched by the names of authors of relevant studies to identify any missed articles. The authors of large studies and experts from our institution were asked to review the reference list for completeness and to suggest sources of unpublished data.

Inclusion criteria

Studies were considered for inclusion into the meta-analysis if they met the following criteria: (1) the population studied was women with a previous diagnosis of breast cancer, (2) the risk factor considered was the use of systemic estrogen or any combination hormone replacement therapy that included estrogen, (3) the outcome measured included the recurrence of breast cancer (whether a new or recurring primary cancer) and/or mortality, and (4) the study design was a randomized controlled trial or cohort study comparing women who used ERT after their breast cancer diagnosis with a concurrent, historical, or population-based control group of women who did not. Single-arm cohort studies were retrieved and summarized qualitatively but not included in the statistical analysis. If more than 1 publication was identified which reported the same data, the study with the most recent or complete data was selected for the analysis. We independently reviewed all studies for inclusion, and any differences were resolved through consensus.

 

 

Validity assessment

All included studies were assessed for validity by 2 independent reviewers, blinded to study results, for the following characteristics: (1) prospective data collection, (2) clear subject inclusion criteria, (3) reliability of exposure, (4) similarity between exposed and unexposed groups, (5) loss to follow-up, and (6) reliability of outcome assessment. When threats to study validity were identified, attempts were made to determine whether these threats were likely to significantly influence the results of the study and to estimate the direction of the influence of these threats on the resulting data. Because baseline differences between the study groups are such an important threat to the validity of these studies, the studies were graded as higher quality and lower quality based on whether significant differences in known prognostic factors existed.

Data management and analysis

A data extraction form was created to aid consistent recording of data from all studies, and both investigators extracted data independently. Any discrepancies in data interpretation or abstraction were resolved through consensus. Study characteristics and results for single-arm cohort studies were presented descriptively. For controlled studies, data were entered as dichotomous variables into Review Manager 4.1 software, as distributed by the Cochrane Collaboration. Summary relative risk (RR) estimates were calculated by using a fixed effects model (Mantel-Haenszel method) unless the results were found to be statistically heterogeneous (P < .1) through the use of a Q statistic, in which case the more conservative random effects model (DerSimonian-Laird method) was used. A subanalysis was performed based on the quality ratings, with a lower rating given to studies in which the exposed and unexposed groups differed significantly on important prognostic factors such as age, tumor stage, and time since diagnosis. Funnel plots were constructed to identify possible publication bias.

Results

Description of studies

The original search yielded 24 relevant reports, including 1 unpublished report (Bluming AZ, personal communication, 2000) with 2 separate studies. One of these and 12 published single-arm cohort studies3-14 were excluded because they lacked a control group, but a summary of these studies can be found online (Table W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com). Twelve reports15-25 met the inclusion criteria and provided data comparing the rates of recurrence or mortality among patients who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer and users vs controls. Among these studies were 8 independent cohort studies from the published literature,15-17,20,21,23-25 one set of unpublished data from Bluming et al, and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial.19 One matched cohort study18 presented recurrence data for 90 patients and 180 controls who were later included in a larger, non-matched study reporting recurrence and mortality.15 Another small study22 reported only deaths from breast cancer from a data set included at least in part in another report16 and was therefore excluded. Overall, the included studies accounted for 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer compared with 2545 nonusers. Characteristics of included studies are summarized in the Table.

TABLE
Characteristics of included studies

 

StudyDesign (matched variables, when applicable)ERT/ controls, no.Disease, stage includedMedian DFI, mo*Median ERT use, mo*Median follow-up for users/ controls, mo*groups similar at baselineRecurrenceDeath
Beckmann et al25Cohort study; local controls64/1210–IIINR33 (3–60)37 (3–60)/ 42 (3–60)NoYesYes
Bluming et al (personal communication)Cohort study; local controls95/64T1N060 (NR)46 (1–88)107 (3–400)/ 206 (17–251)NoYes0
Dew et al15Cohort study; local controls167/1305Anyl36 (0–312)19 (3–264)NRNoNoYes
DiSaia et al16Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)41/820–IIINRNRNR NR (6–114)YesYesYes
DiSaia et al17Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)125/3620–IV46 (0–401)*22 (NR)*NRYesNoYes
Eden et al18Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)90/1800–IV60 (0–300)18 (4–144)84 (4–360)/ 72 (4–348)YesYesYes
Habel et al23Retrospective cohort; population sample; exposure identified through mailed survey64/222DCIS onlyNR24 (NR)NRNoYesNo
Marsden et al19RCT51/490–II40 (2–215)6 (6)6 (6)YesYes0
Natrajan et al20Cohort study; local controls50/18I–IINR65 (6–384)*83 (6–384)/ 50 (6–120)*NoYesYes
Ursic-Vrscaj and Bebar24Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)21/42I–III62 (1–180)28 (3–72)100 (18–234)/ 100 (18–230)YesYesYes
Vassilopoulou-Sellin et al21Prospective cohort study; local controls39/280I–II114NR (24–234)40 (24–99)YesYes0
*Values presented as mean (range).
Based on matching or demonstrated similarity in age at diagnosis, disease stage, and DFI. Estrogen receptor status not available for most subjects, and race was not reported in any study.
0, no deaths occurred; DCIS, ductal carcinoma in situ; DFI, disease-free interval, or number of months between the diagnosis of breast cancer and the initiation of ERT; ERT; estrogen replacement therapy; NR, not reported; RCT, randomized controlled trial.

Methodologic quality

The quality of the studies was variable. The only randomized controlled trial19 was a 6-month pilot study, after which the allocation code was broken and patients were free to choose whether to be on treatment. Of the cohort studies, only 1 trial21 began with an inception cohort that combined data from 62 patients who elected to be part of a randomized controlled trial with that from another 257 who declined to be randomized but chose on their own whether to take ERT.21 One study was clearly retrospective23 ; patients with ductal carcinoma in situ were identified through a cancer registry, and their exposures and recurrences were determined through a mailed questionnaire. The remaining studies used clinic records to identify patients who had been prescribed ERT and compared those recurrence and mortality rates with those of a control group comprising the remaining clinic patients15,18,20,24,25 or matched subjects selected from a regional cancer surveillance database.15,16 Although the matching process controlled for some important prognostic factors (age, stage, and time since diagnosis), post-diagnosis ERT use was not recorded in the surveillance database, so these control groups may have contained patients who took ERT at some time, thereby diluting any differences that might be observed. Conversely, none of the cohort studies reported means confirming that those for whom HRT had been prescribed actually took it regularly.

 

 

Across all studies, the studied interventions included a systemic estrogen, usually in combination with progesterone unless the subject had had a hysterectomy. The mean age at diagnosis of cancer varied among studies, from 42 to 65 years. There was also wide variability among subjects between and within the studies with regard to disease-free interval (the time between diagnosis of cancer and initiating ERT), duration of ERT use, and length of follow-up (Table). A few studies matched controls to ERT users based on these variables16-18,24 or demonstrated that the groups were comparable.19,21 In no study were subjects matched on type of treatment, race, estrogen receptor status, smoking, or other potentially important prognostic factors. Estrogen receptor status was unavailable for a large number of patients in these studies and could not be used for comparison.

Several studies contained methodologic flaws that resulted in important differences between comparison groups. Bluming and colleagues provided an unpublished analysis of recurrences in a sample of ERT users with previous T1N0 (stage I) cancers compared with a separate data set of similar patients who did not use ERT. In that study, tumor size was not known for 62% of the control group and 36% of the ERT group. Median follow-up was shorter in the ERT group, the tumors were smaller, the diagnoses were later, and patients were more likely to have received chemotherapy. Natrajan et al20 compared 50 ERT users with 18 nonusers who left their clinic and were followed elsewhere. ERT users were younger than the nonusers and had longer follow-up. Little information was given regarding the cancer stages of the nonusers, and this was the only study primarily using hormone pellets and combining estrogen with testosterone in most patients. Habel et al23 included only patients with ductal carcinoma in situ in a retrospective cohort study in which exposure was ascertained by mailed survey. Only 67% responded to the survey, and no baseline data comparing the ERT users with nonusers on important prognostic factors were provided. In a study by Beckman et al,25 users were younger and less likely than nonusers to have grade 3 cancer (16% vs 30%), although this difference was reported to be nonsignificant. Median duration of follow-up was also longer in nonusers than in users (42 vs 37 months). In an unmatched study15 of ERT users and nonusers from the same practices in Australia, significant differences were found between groups in age, stage, and type of treatment rendered.

Because of the strong potential for bias due to baseline differences in risk of breast cancer recurrence, subanalyses included only those studies for which differences in important prognostic factors were not apparent.16-19,21,24 In the case of the Australian study, a subset of the data, matched 2:1 on age, node status, tumor diameter, disease-free interval, and year of diagnosis, was found in an earlier report18 and used in the subanalysis.

Meta-analysis results

Overall, 8 studies reported the recurrence of breast cancer as an outcome. A meta-analysis of these studies showed that breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with nonusers (8.2% vs 10.2%; RR, 0.72, 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.47–1.10). Because no statistical heterogeneity was demonstrated, a fixed effects model was used. Studies were analyzed separately depending on whether patients were matched or reportedly similar on factors such as age at diagnosis, tumor stage, and disease-free interval. Results were similar (Figure 1).

Six studies were included in a combined analysis of overall mortality (Figure 2). The ERT users in these studies experienced significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (RR, 0.18; 95% CI, 0.10–0.31; numbers needed to treat = 12). Subanalyses of those studies in which groups were comparable showed similar results (RR, 0.21; 95% CI, 0.10–0.46).

Despite the variability in study designs and subjects, all tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant. In addition, funnel plots showed no evidence of publication bias (Figure W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com).

All studies, controlled or not, that reported data on control of menopausal symptoms reported significant benefit with ERT.2,7-9,11,19,25

 

FIGURE 1
Graphic summary of studies on recurrence of breast cancer in ERT users vs nonusers

FIGURE 2
Graphic summary of studies of total mortality among users vs nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy

Discussion

This meta-analysis of observational studies in breast cancer survivors refutes the hypothesis that ERT increases the risk of breast cancer recurrence and suggests that it may in fact reduce all-cause mortality. However, conclusions drawn from observational studies can be seriously limited by potential sources of bias. For example, the studies likely had a bias by indication. That is, patients with more aggressive prognostic factors may not have been prescribed ERT, thereby making the treatment group likely to have represented a subgroup with a lower risk of recurrence than the general population used for comparison. However, several studies matched controls on important prognostic factors, and elimination of the unmatched study did not significantly affect study results. Similarly, in the absence of randomization, unmeasured confounders may have played a role. The treatment and control groups might have differed on other predictors of mortality that were not considered, such as in a healthy user effect in which subjects on ERT may have been more informed of its benefits and followed other, more healthy lifestyle behaviors than the comparison groups. They also may have been followed more closely by their physicians than the average breast cancer survivor.

 

 

In general, the subjects of the included studies over-represented patients with lower severity of disease than the general population of breast cancer survivors. Few studies included any subjects with a history of stage IV cancer (1 case with distant metastases), and several included patients with stage II or lower. Therefore, the results of this systematic review may be best generalized only to patients with lower stage disease. In addition, although subjects used ERT for as long as 32 years, the average duration of ERT use was shorter than 4 years in all but 1 study; longer follow-up is needed to truly assess the long-term effects of ERT in these high-risk patients. Available published studies also do not provide the detail needed to explore the potential contributions of estrogen receptor status or concomitant tamoxifen use.

Our finding of no significant difference in cancer recurrence associated with ERT use among patients with breast cancer is consistent with that of another recent meta-analysis.26 Those researchers constructed expected control groups by using the average disease free interval before starting ERT, and known nodal status distribution from several single-arm cohort studies to calculate relative risks of recurrence for these studies. This method introduces additional bias and several assumptions that may not be warranted. For instance, risk of recurrence is much higher in the first few years after treatment for primary breast cancer. Therefore, the remarkable variability in the disease-free intervals and duration of follow-up among subjects within each of these studies make it very difficult to estimate expected recurrence rates without the detailed individual data from the original studies. Despite the “within-study” and “between-study” variabilities, the results of the individual studies are quite similar.

Observational studies, although limited, do not hold the ethical problems inherent to randomized controlled trials and are especially appropriate with a treatment as controversial as estrogen in breast cancer survivors. Available studies have produced findings contrary to conventional belief and to the theory that likens ERT to “fuel on the fire” in breast cancer. Such a theory has, until recently, made it seem unethical to justify a randomized controlled trial of ERT in these patients. However, data from some of these individual studies have provided enough support that enrollment for such trials have begun.27 Previous studies of breast cancer risk with estrogen use have suggested that more than 10 years of treatment are required to see an increase in primary breast cancer,28 so we may not have definitive evidence for some time. Meanwhile, there is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women with symptomatic menopause, particularly among survivors of low-stage breast cancer.

References

 

1. Schairer C, Lubin J, Troisi R, Sturgeon S, Brinton L. Menopausal estrogen and estrogen–progestin replacement therapy and breast cancer risk. JAMA 2000;283:485-91.

2. Writing Group for the Women’s Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. JAMA 2002;288:321-33.

3. Bluming AZ, Waisman JR, Dosik GM, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in women with previously treated primary breast cancer. Update VII. Proc ASCO 2001;20:12b.-

4. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000;183:517.-

5. Brewster WR, DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, McGonigle KF, Kuykendall JL, Creasman WT. An experience with estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Fertil Womens Med 1999;44(4):186-92.

6. DiSaia PJ, Odicino F, Grosen EA, Cowan B, Pecorelli S, Wile AG. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:1232.-

7. Decker D, Cox T, Burdakin J, Jaiyesimi I, Pettinga J, Benitez P. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in breast cancer survivors. Proc ASCO 1996;15:208.-

8. Guidozzi F. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 1999;64:59-63.

9. Powles TJ, Hickish T, Casey S, O’Brien M. Hormone replacement after breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:60-1.

10. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Theriault R, Klein MJ. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with prior diagnosis and treatment for breast cancer. Gynecol Oncol 1997;65:89-93.

11. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA. Hormone replacement therapy in previously treated breast cancer patients. Am J Surg 1993;165:372-5.

12. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Odicino F, et al. Replacement therapy for breast cancer survivors. A pilot study. Cancer 1995;76(suppl):2075-8.

13. Espie M, Gorins A, Perret F, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in patients treated for breast cancer: Analysis of a cohort of 120 patients [abstract]. Proc ASCO 1999;18:586a.-

14. Peters GN, Jones SE. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer patients: a time for change? [abstract]. J Clin Oncol 1996;15:121.-

15. Dew J, Eden J, Beller E, et al. A cohort study of hormone replacement therapy given to women previously treated for breast cancer. Climacteric 1998;1:137-42.

16. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Kurosaki T, Gildea M, Cowan B, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors: a cohort study [see comments]. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;174:1494-8.

17. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR, Ziogas A, Anton-Culver H. Breast cancer survival and hormone replacement therapy: a cohort analysis. Am J Clin Oncol 2000;23:541-5.

18. Eden J, Bush T, Natrajan PK, Wren B. A case-control study of combined continuous estrogen–progestin replacement therapy among women with a personal history of breast cancer. Menopause 1995;2:67-72.

19. Marsden J, Whitehead M, A’Hern R, Baum M, Sacks N. Are randomized trials of hormone replacement therapy in symptomatic women with breast cancer feasible? Fertil Steril 2000;73:292-9.

20. Natrajan PK, Soumakis K, Gambrell RD, Jr. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with previous breast cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;181:288-95.

21. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Asmar L, Hortobagyi GN, et al. Estrogen replacement therapy after localized breast cancer: clinical outcome of 319 women followed prospectively. J Clin Oncol 1999;17:1482-7.

22. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy does not effect breast cancer outcome. Proc ASCO 1991;10:58.-

23. Habel LA, Daling JR, Newcoomb PA, et al. Risk of recurrence after ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1998;7:689-96.

24. Ursic-Vrscaj M, Bebar S. A case-control study of hormone replacement therapy after primary surgical breast cancer treatment. Eur J Surg Oncol 1999;25:146-51.

25. Beckmann MW, Jap D, Djahansouzi S, et al. Hormone replacement therapy after treatment of breast cancer: effects on postmenopausal symptoms, bone mineral density and recurrence rates. Oncology 2001;60:199-206.

26. Col NF, Hirota LK, Orr RK, Erban JK, Wong JB, Lau J. Hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: a systematic review and quantitative assessment of risk. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:2357-63.

27. Cobleigh MA. Hormone replacement therapy and nonhormonal control of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors. In: Biological and Hormonal Therapies of Cancer. Foon Ka, Muss HB (eds.): Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, 1998;209-230.

28. Steinberg KK, Smith SJ, Thacker SB, Stroup DF. Breast cancer risk and duration of estrogen use: the role of study design in meta-analysis. Epidemiology 1994;5:415-21.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

LINDA N. MEURER, MD, MPH
SARAH LENÁ
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI. This paper was presented in part at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine Annual Spring Meeting; April 2001; Denver, CO. The project was funded in part by a training grant from the National Cancer Institute. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Linda N. Meurer, MD, MPH, Associate Professor, Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226. E-mail: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
1056-1062
Legacy Keywords
,Estrogen replacement therapyhormone replacement therapybreast cancersurvivorsmeta-analysis. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1056–1062)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

LINDA N. MEURER, MD, MPH
SARAH LENÁ
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI. This paper was presented in part at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine Annual Spring Meeting; April 2001; Denver, CO. The project was funded in part by a training grant from the National Cancer Institute. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Linda N. Meurer, MD, MPH, Associate Professor, Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226. E-mail: [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

 

LINDA N. MEURER, MD, MPH
SARAH LENÁ
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI. This paper was presented in part at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine Annual Spring Meeting; April 2001; Denver, CO. The project was funded in part by a training grant from the National Cancer Institute. The authors report no competing interests. Address reprint requests to Linda N. Meurer, MD, MPH, Associate Professor, Department of Family and Community Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226. E-mail: [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • This meta-analysis of observational studies found no increased risk of breast cancer recurrence and a statistically significant reduction in mortality for breast cancer survivors who take hormone replacement therapy compared with those who do not.
  • Because of biases inherent in the designs of these studies, randomized controlled trials are warranted.
  • There is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women who have survived low-stage breast cancer and who suffer from symptomatic menopause.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: We compared the risk of cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality among users and nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy (ERT) after the diagnosis of breast cancer.
  • STUDY DESIGN: This was a systematic review of original research. Eligible studies were reviewed by 2 investigators who independently extracted data from each study according to a predetermined form and assessed each study for validity on standard characteristics. Meta-analyses were performed with Review Manager 4.1 to provide a summary of relative risks of cancer recurrence and mortality.
  • POPULATION: Studies included 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy (HRT) at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer, as well as 2545 subjects who did not use HRT.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Outcomes included breast cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality.
  • RESULTS: Nine independent cohort studies and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial were identified. Studies were of variable quality. Breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with controls (relative risk, 0.72; 95% confidence interval, 0.47–1.10) and had significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than did the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (relative risk, 0.18; 95% confidence interval, 0.10–0.31). All tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Although limited by observational design, existing research does not support the universal withholding of ERT from well-informed women with a previous diagnosis of low-stage breast cancer. Long-term randomized controlled trials are needed.

Estrogen-containing hormone replacement therapy (ERT) after menopause has been implicated as a causal factor in the development of primary breast cancer.1,2 Fearing cancer recurrence, most physicians do not offer ERT to postmenopausal women with a history of breast cancer. However, estrogen deficiency, which is especially common in women after chemotherapy, can be associated with severe symptoms, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of osteoporosis and possibly coronary artery disease. Although there are theoretical justifications to discourage the use of ERT by women at high risk for breast cancer, there is little objective evidence that hormone replacement increases the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence or of mortality among survivors of primary breast cancer. It is difficult for clinicians and patients to make rational decisions regarding ERT in these patients, given the paucity of studies and the difficulty of interpreting the few studies available.

Several observational studies have been published on the use of estrogen and/or combined estrogen–progesterone hormone replacement therapy in women who have had breast cancer. Many of these studies have reported single-institution series of outcomes among survivors who opted to take ERT for their menopausal symptoms. These studies tend to demonstrate rather unimpressive incidences of recurrence and mortality events. However, it is possible that such studies underestimate the risks because patients who are given ERT may represent a subgroup with a better prognosis than other patients (bias by indication). A smaller number of studies has used comparison groups and attempted to control for disease severity and other factors associated with recurrence.

We conducted a meta-analysis of studies comparing women who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer with a control group of non-ERT users to determine whether ERT is associated with an increased risk of cancer recurrence or all-cause mortality among breast cancer survivors.

Methods

Search strategy

We identified relevant studies through independent literature searches of Medline (from 1966 to August 2001) and Cancerlit (from 1986 to August 2001) with the use of OVID software and the following search terms: estrogen replacement therapy, hormone replacement therapy, breast neoplasms, neoplasm recurrence, survivors. No language restriction was imposed. A careful review of titles and abstracts was done to identify relevant articles, and for these, the full articles were retrieved for review. Bibliographies of identified studies and review articles were examined for additional citations. Medline and Cancerlit databases were also searched by the names of authors of relevant studies to identify any missed articles. The authors of large studies and experts from our institution were asked to review the reference list for completeness and to suggest sources of unpublished data.

Inclusion criteria

Studies were considered for inclusion into the meta-analysis if they met the following criteria: (1) the population studied was women with a previous diagnosis of breast cancer, (2) the risk factor considered was the use of systemic estrogen or any combination hormone replacement therapy that included estrogen, (3) the outcome measured included the recurrence of breast cancer (whether a new or recurring primary cancer) and/or mortality, and (4) the study design was a randomized controlled trial or cohort study comparing women who used ERT after their breast cancer diagnosis with a concurrent, historical, or population-based control group of women who did not. Single-arm cohort studies were retrieved and summarized qualitatively but not included in the statistical analysis. If more than 1 publication was identified which reported the same data, the study with the most recent or complete data was selected for the analysis. We independently reviewed all studies for inclusion, and any differences were resolved through consensus.

 

 

Validity assessment

All included studies were assessed for validity by 2 independent reviewers, blinded to study results, for the following characteristics: (1) prospective data collection, (2) clear subject inclusion criteria, (3) reliability of exposure, (4) similarity between exposed and unexposed groups, (5) loss to follow-up, and (6) reliability of outcome assessment. When threats to study validity were identified, attempts were made to determine whether these threats were likely to significantly influence the results of the study and to estimate the direction of the influence of these threats on the resulting data. Because baseline differences between the study groups are such an important threat to the validity of these studies, the studies were graded as higher quality and lower quality based on whether significant differences in known prognostic factors existed.

Data management and analysis

A data extraction form was created to aid consistent recording of data from all studies, and both investigators extracted data independently. Any discrepancies in data interpretation or abstraction were resolved through consensus. Study characteristics and results for single-arm cohort studies were presented descriptively. For controlled studies, data were entered as dichotomous variables into Review Manager 4.1 software, as distributed by the Cochrane Collaboration. Summary relative risk (RR) estimates were calculated by using a fixed effects model (Mantel-Haenszel method) unless the results were found to be statistically heterogeneous (P < .1) through the use of a Q statistic, in which case the more conservative random effects model (DerSimonian-Laird method) was used. A subanalysis was performed based on the quality ratings, with a lower rating given to studies in which the exposed and unexposed groups differed significantly on important prognostic factors such as age, tumor stage, and time since diagnosis. Funnel plots were constructed to identify possible publication bias.

Results

Description of studies

The original search yielded 24 relevant reports, including 1 unpublished report (Bluming AZ, personal communication, 2000) with 2 separate studies. One of these and 12 published single-arm cohort studies3-14 were excluded because they lacked a control group, but a summary of these studies can be found online (Table W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com). Twelve reports15-25 met the inclusion criteria and provided data comparing the rates of recurrence or mortality among patients who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer and users vs controls. Among these studies were 8 independent cohort studies from the published literature,15-17,20,21,23-25 one set of unpublished data from Bluming et al, and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial.19 One matched cohort study18 presented recurrence data for 90 patients and 180 controls who were later included in a larger, non-matched study reporting recurrence and mortality.15 Another small study22 reported only deaths from breast cancer from a data set included at least in part in another report16 and was therefore excluded. Overall, the included studies accounted for 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer compared with 2545 nonusers. Characteristics of included studies are summarized in the Table.

TABLE
Characteristics of included studies

 

StudyDesign (matched variables, when applicable)ERT/ controls, no.Disease, stage includedMedian DFI, mo*Median ERT use, mo*Median follow-up for users/ controls, mo*groups similar at baselineRecurrenceDeath
Beckmann et al25Cohort study; local controls64/1210–IIINR33 (3–60)37 (3–60)/ 42 (3–60)NoYesYes
Bluming et al (personal communication)Cohort study; local controls95/64T1N060 (NR)46 (1–88)107 (3–400)/ 206 (17–251)NoYes0
Dew et al15Cohort study; local controls167/1305Anyl36 (0–312)19 (3–264)NRNoNoYes
DiSaia et al16Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)41/820–IIINRNRNR NR (6–114)YesYesYes
DiSaia et al17Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)125/3620–IV46 (0–401)*22 (NR)*NRYesNoYes
Eden et al18Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)90/1800–IV60 (0–300)18 (4–144)84 (4–360)/ 72 (4–348)YesYesYes
Habel et al23Retrospective cohort; population sample; exposure identified through mailed survey64/222DCIS onlyNR24 (NR)NRNoYesNo
Marsden et al19RCT51/490–II40 (2–215)6 (6)6 (6)YesYes0
Natrajan et al20Cohort study; local controls50/18I–IINR65 (6–384)*83 (6–384)/ 50 (6–120)*NoYesYes
Ursic-Vrscaj and Bebar24Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)21/42I–III62 (1–180)28 (3–72)100 (18–234)/ 100 (18–230)YesYesYes
Vassilopoulou-Sellin et al21Prospective cohort study; local controls39/280I–II114NR (24–234)40 (24–99)YesYes0
*Values presented as mean (range).
Based on matching or demonstrated similarity in age at diagnosis, disease stage, and DFI. Estrogen receptor status not available for most subjects, and race was not reported in any study.
0, no deaths occurred; DCIS, ductal carcinoma in situ; DFI, disease-free interval, or number of months between the diagnosis of breast cancer and the initiation of ERT; ERT; estrogen replacement therapy; NR, not reported; RCT, randomized controlled trial.

Methodologic quality

The quality of the studies was variable. The only randomized controlled trial19 was a 6-month pilot study, after which the allocation code was broken and patients were free to choose whether to be on treatment. Of the cohort studies, only 1 trial21 began with an inception cohort that combined data from 62 patients who elected to be part of a randomized controlled trial with that from another 257 who declined to be randomized but chose on their own whether to take ERT.21 One study was clearly retrospective23 ; patients with ductal carcinoma in situ were identified through a cancer registry, and their exposures and recurrences were determined through a mailed questionnaire. The remaining studies used clinic records to identify patients who had been prescribed ERT and compared those recurrence and mortality rates with those of a control group comprising the remaining clinic patients15,18,20,24,25 or matched subjects selected from a regional cancer surveillance database.15,16 Although the matching process controlled for some important prognostic factors (age, stage, and time since diagnosis), post-diagnosis ERT use was not recorded in the surveillance database, so these control groups may have contained patients who took ERT at some time, thereby diluting any differences that might be observed. Conversely, none of the cohort studies reported means confirming that those for whom HRT had been prescribed actually took it regularly.

 

 

Across all studies, the studied interventions included a systemic estrogen, usually in combination with progesterone unless the subject had had a hysterectomy. The mean age at diagnosis of cancer varied among studies, from 42 to 65 years. There was also wide variability among subjects between and within the studies with regard to disease-free interval (the time between diagnosis of cancer and initiating ERT), duration of ERT use, and length of follow-up (Table). A few studies matched controls to ERT users based on these variables16-18,24 or demonstrated that the groups were comparable.19,21 In no study were subjects matched on type of treatment, race, estrogen receptor status, smoking, or other potentially important prognostic factors. Estrogen receptor status was unavailable for a large number of patients in these studies and could not be used for comparison.

Several studies contained methodologic flaws that resulted in important differences between comparison groups. Bluming and colleagues provided an unpublished analysis of recurrences in a sample of ERT users with previous T1N0 (stage I) cancers compared with a separate data set of similar patients who did not use ERT. In that study, tumor size was not known for 62% of the control group and 36% of the ERT group. Median follow-up was shorter in the ERT group, the tumors were smaller, the diagnoses were later, and patients were more likely to have received chemotherapy. Natrajan et al20 compared 50 ERT users with 18 nonusers who left their clinic and were followed elsewhere. ERT users were younger than the nonusers and had longer follow-up. Little information was given regarding the cancer stages of the nonusers, and this was the only study primarily using hormone pellets and combining estrogen with testosterone in most patients. Habel et al23 included only patients with ductal carcinoma in situ in a retrospective cohort study in which exposure was ascertained by mailed survey. Only 67% responded to the survey, and no baseline data comparing the ERT users with nonusers on important prognostic factors were provided. In a study by Beckman et al,25 users were younger and less likely than nonusers to have grade 3 cancer (16% vs 30%), although this difference was reported to be nonsignificant. Median duration of follow-up was also longer in nonusers than in users (42 vs 37 months). In an unmatched study15 of ERT users and nonusers from the same practices in Australia, significant differences were found between groups in age, stage, and type of treatment rendered.

Because of the strong potential for bias due to baseline differences in risk of breast cancer recurrence, subanalyses included only those studies for which differences in important prognostic factors were not apparent.16-19,21,24 In the case of the Australian study, a subset of the data, matched 2:1 on age, node status, tumor diameter, disease-free interval, and year of diagnosis, was found in an earlier report18 and used in the subanalysis.

Meta-analysis results

Overall, 8 studies reported the recurrence of breast cancer as an outcome. A meta-analysis of these studies showed that breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with nonusers (8.2% vs 10.2%; RR, 0.72, 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.47–1.10). Because no statistical heterogeneity was demonstrated, a fixed effects model was used. Studies were analyzed separately depending on whether patients were matched or reportedly similar on factors such as age at diagnosis, tumor stage, and disease-free interval. Results were similar (Figure 1).

Six studies were included in a combined analysis of overall mortality (Figure 2). The ERT users in these studies experienced significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (RR, 0.18; 95% CI, 0.10–0.31; numbers needed to treat = 12). Subanalyses of those studies in which groups were comparable showed similar results (RR, 0.21; 95% CI, 0.10–0.46).

Despite the variability in study designs and subjects, all tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant. In addition, funnel plots showed no evidence of publication bias (Figure W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com).

All studies, controlled or not, that reported data on control of menopausal symptoms reported significant benefit with ERT.2,7-9,11,19,25

 

FIGURE 1
Graphic summary of studies on recurrence of breast cancer in ERT users vs nonusers

FIGURE 2
Graphic summary of studies of total mortality among users vs nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy

Discussion

This meta-analysis of observational studies in breast cancer survivors refutes the hypothesis that ERT increases the risk of breast cancer recurrence and suggests that it may in fact reduce all-cause mortality. However, conclusions drawn from observational studies can be seriously limited by potential sources of bias. For example, the studies likely had a bias by indication. That is, patients with more aggressive prognostic factors may not have been prescribed ERT, thereby making the treatment group likely to have represented a subgroup with a lower risk of recurrence than the general population used for comparison. However, several studies matched controls on important prognostic factors, and elimination of the unmatched study did not significantly affect study results. Similarly, in the absence of randomization, unmeasured confounders may have played a role. The treatment and control groups might have differed on other predictors of mortality that were not considered, such as in a healthy user effect in which subjects on ERT may have been more informed of its benefits and followed other, more healthy lifestyle behaviors than the comparison groups. They also may have been followed more closely by their physicians than the average breast cancer survivor.

 

 

In general, the subjects of the included studies over-represented patients with lower severity of disease than the general population of breast cancer survivors. Few studies included any subjects with a history of stage IV cancer (1 case with distant metastases), and several included patients with stage II or lower. Therefore, the results of this systematic review may be best generalized only to patients with lower stage disease. In addition, although subjects used ERT for as long as 32 years, the average duration of ERT use was shorter than 4 years in all but 1 study; longer follow-up is needed to truly assess the long-term effects of ERT in these high-risk patients. Available published studies also do not provide the detail needed to explore the potential contributions of estrogen receptor status or concomitant tamoxifen use.

Our finding of no significant difference in cancer recurrence associated with ERT use among patients with breast cancer is consistent with that of another recent meta-analysis.26 Those researchers constructed expected control groups by using the average disease free interval before starting ERT, and known nodal status distribution from several single-arm cohort studies to calculate relative risks of recurrence for these studies. This method introduces additional bias and several assumptions that may not be warranted. For instance, risk of recurrence is much higher in the first few years after treatment for primary breast cancer. Therefore, the remarkable variability in the disease-free intervals and duration of follow-up among subjects within each of these studies make it very difficult to estimate expected recurrence rates without the detailed individual data from the original studies. Despite the “within-study” and “between-study” variabilities, the results of the individual studies are quite similar.

Observational studies, although limited, do not hold the ethical problems inherent to randomized controlled trials and are especially appropriate with a treatment as controversial as estrogen in breast cancer survivors. Available studies have produced findings contrary to conventional belief and to the theory that likens ERT to “fuel on the fire” in breast cancer. Such a theory has, until recently, made it seem unethical to justify a randomized controlled trial of ERT in these patients. However, data from some of these individual studies have provided enough support that enrollment for such trials have begun.27 Previous studies of breast cancer risk with estrogen use have suggested that more than 10 years of treatment are required to see an increase in primary breast cancer,28 so we may not have definitive evidence for some time. Meanwhile, there is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women with symptomatic menopause, particularly among survivors of low-stage breast cancer.

 

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

 

  • This meta-analysis of observational studies found no increased risk of breast cancer recurrence and a statistically significant reduction in mortality for breast cancer survivors who take hormone replacement therapy compared with those who do not.
  • Because of biases inherent in the designs of these studies, randomized controlled trials are warranted.
  • There is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women who have survived low-stage breast cancer and who suffer from symptomatic menopause.

 

ABSTRACT

 

  • OBJECTIVES: We compared the risk of cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality among users and nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy (ERT) after the diagnosis of breast cancer.
  • STUDY DESIGN: This was a systematic review of original research. Eligible studies were reviewed by 2 investigators who independently extracted data from each study according to a predetermined form and assessed each study for validity on standard characteristics. Meta-analyses were performed with Review Manager 4.1 to provide a summary of relative risks of cancer recurrence and mortality.
  • POPULATION: Studies included 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy (HRT) at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer, as well as 2545 subjects who did not use HRT.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Outcomes included breast cancer recurrence and all-cause mortality.
  • RESULTS: Nine independent cohort studies and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial were identified. Studies were of variable quality. Breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with controls (relative risk, 0.72; 95% confidence interval, 0.47–1.10) and had significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than did the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (relative risk, 0.18; 95% confidence interval, 0.10–0.31). All tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Although limited by observational design, existing research does not support the universal withholding of ERT from well-informed women with a previous diagnosis of low-stage breast cancer. Long-term randomized controlled trials are needed.

Estrogen-containing hormone replacement therapy (ERT) after menopause has been implicated as a causal factor in the development of primary breast cancer.1,2 Fearing cancer recurrence, most physicians do not offer ERT to postmenopausal women with a history of breast cancer. However, estrogen deficiency, which is especially common in women after chemotherapy, can be associated with severe symptoms, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of osteoporosis and possibly coronary artery disease. Although there are theoretical justifications to discourage the use of ERT by women at high risk for breast cancer, there is little objective evidence that hormone replacement increases the likelihood of breast cancer recurrence or of mortality among survivors of primary breast cancer. It is difficult for clinicians and patients to make rational decisions regarding ERT in these patients, given the paucity of studies and the difficulty of interpreting the few studies available.

Several observational studies have been published on the use of estrogen and/or combined estrogen–progesterone hormone replacement therapy in women who have had breast cancer. Many of these studies have reported single-institution series of outcomes among survivors who opted to take ERT for their menopausal symptoms. These studies tend to demonstrate rather unimpressive incidences of recurrence and mortality events. However, it is possible that such studies underestimate the risks because patients who are given ERT may represent a subgroup with a better prognosis than other patients (bias by indication). A smaller number of studies has used comparison groups and attempted to control for disease severity and other factors associated with recurrence.

We conducted a meta-analysis of studies comparing women who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer with a control group of non-ERT users to determine whether ERT is associated with an increased risk of cancer recurrence or all-cause mortality among breast cancer survivors.

Methods

Search strategy

We identified relevant studies through independent literature searches of Medline (from 1966 to August 2001) and Cancerlit (from 1986 to August 2001) with the use of OVID software and the following search terms: estrogen replacement therapy, hormone replacement therapy, breast neoplasms, neoplasm recurrence, survivors. No language restriction was imposed. A careful review of titles and abstracts was done to identify relevant articles, and for these, the full articles were retrieved for review. Bibliographies of identified studies and review articles were examined for additional citations. Medline and Cancerlit databases were also searched by the names of authors of relevant studies to identify any missed articles. The authors of large studies and experts from our institution were asked to review the reference list for completeness and to suggest sources of unpublished data.

Inclusion criteria

Studies were considered for inclusion into the meta-analysis if they met the following criteria: (1) the population studied was women with a previous diagnosis of breast cancer, (2) the risk factor considered was the use of systemic estrogen or any combination hormone replacement therapy that included estrogen, (3) the outcome measured included the recurrence of breast cancer (whether a new or recurring primary cancer) and/or mortality, and (4) the study design was a randomized controlled trial or cohort study comparing women who used ERT after their breast cancer diagnosis with a concurrent, historical, or population-based control group of women who did not. Single-arm cohort studies were retrieved and summarized qualitatively but not included in the statistical analysis. If more than 1 publication was identified which reported the same data, the study with the most recent or complete data was selected for the analysis. We independently reviewed all studies for inclusion, and any differences were resolved through consensus.

 

 

Validity assessment

All included studies were assessed for validity by 2 independent reviewers, blinded to study results, for the following characteristics: (1) prospective data collection, (2) clear subject inclusion criteria, (3) reliability of exposure, (4) similarity between exposed and unexposed groups, (5) loss to follow-up, and (6) reliability of outcome assessment. When threats to study validity were identified, attempts were made to determine whether these threats were likely to significantly influence the results of the study and to estimate the direction of the influence of these threats on the resulting data. Because baseline differences between the study groups are such an important threat to the validity of these studies, the studies were graded as higher quality and lower quality based on whether significant differences in known prognostic factors existed.

Data management and analysis

A data extraction form was created to aid consistent recording of data from all studies, and both investigators extracted data independently. Any discrepancies in data interpretation or abstraction were resolved through consensus. Study characteristics and results for single-arm cohort studies were presented descriptively. For controlled studies, data were entered as dichotomous variables into Review Manager 4.1 software, as distributed by the Cochrane Collaboration. Summary relative risk (RR) estimates were calculated by using a fixed effects model (Mantel-Haenszel method) unless the results were found to be statistically heterogeneous (P < .1) through the use of a Q statistic, in which case the more conservative random effects model (DerSimonian-Laird method) was used. A subanalysis was performed based on the quality ratings, with a lower rating given to studies in which the exposed and unexposed groups differed significantly on important prognostic factors such as age, tumor stage, and time since diagnosis. Funnel plots were constructed to identify possible publication bias.

Results

Description of studies

The original search yielded 24 relevant reports, including 1 unpublished report (Bluming AZ, personal communication, 2000) with 2 separate studies. One of these and 12 published single-arm cohort studies3-14 were excluded because they lacked a control group, but a summary of these studies can be found online (Table W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com). Twelve reports15-25 met the inclusion criteria and provided data comparing the rates of recurrence or mortality among patients who used ERT after the diagnosis of breast cancer and users vs controls. Among these studies were 8 independent cohort studies from the published literature,15-17,20,21,23-25 one set of unpublished data from Bluming et al, and one 6-month pilot randomized controlled trial.19 One matched cohort study18 presented recurrence data for 90 patients and 180 controls who were later included in a larger, non-matched study reporting recurrence and mortality.15 Another small study22 reported only deaths from breast cancer from a data set included at least in part in another report16 and was therefore excluded. Overall, the included studies accounted for 717 subjects who used hormone replacement therapy at some time after their diagnosis of breast cancer compared with 2545 nonusers. Characteristics of included studies are summarized in the Table.

TABLE
Characteristics of included studies

 

StudyDesign (matched variables, when applicable)ERT/ controls, no.Disease, stage includedMedian DFI, mo*Median ERT use, mo*Median follow-up for users/ controls, mo*groups similar at baselineRecurrenceDeath
Beckmann et al25Cohort study; local controls64/1210–IIINR33 (3–60)37 (3–60)/ 42 (3–60)NoYesYes
Bluming et al (personal communication)Cohort study; local controls95/64T1N060 (NR)46 (1–88)107 (3–400)/ 206 (17–251)NoYes0
Dew et al15Cohort study; local controls167/1305Anyl36 (0–312)19 (3–264)NRNoNoYes
DiSaia et al16Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)41/820–IIINRNRNR NR (6–114)YesYesYes
DiSaia et al17Matched cohort; population controls (age, stage, year of diagnosis)125/3620–IV46 (0–401)*22 (NR)*NRYesNoYes
Eden et al18Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)90/1800–IV60 (0–300)18 (4–144)84 (4–360)/ 72 (4–348)YesYesYes
Habel et al23Retrospective cohort; population sample; exposure identified through mailed survey64/222DCIS onlyNR24 (NR)NRNoYesNo
Marsden et al19RCT51/490–II40 (2–215)6 (6)6 (6)YesYes0
Natrajan et al20Cohort study; local controls50/18I–IINR65 (6–384)*83 (6–384)/ 50 (6–120)*NoYesYes
Ursic-Vrscaj and Bebar24Matched cohort; local controls (age, year of diagnosis, DFI, nodes, tumor size)21/42I–III62 (1–180)28 (3–72)100 (18–234)/ 100 (18–230)YesYesYes
Vassilopoulou-Sellin et al21Prospective cohort study; local controls39/280I–II114NR (24–234)40 (24–99)YesYes0
*Values presented as mean (range).
Based on matching or demonstrated similarity in age at diagnosis, disease stage, and DFI. Estrogen receptor status not available for most subjects, and race was not reported in any study.
0, no deaths occurred; DCIS, ductal carcinoma in situ; DFI, disease-free interval, or number of months between the diagnosis of breast cancer and the initiation of ERT; ERT; estrogen replacement therapy; NR, not reported; RCT, randomized controlled trial.

Methodologic quality

The quality of the studies was variable. The only randomized controlled trial19 was a 6-month pilot study, after which the allocation code was broken and patients were free to choose whether to be on treatment. Of the cohort studies, only 1 trial21 began with an inception cohort that combined data from 62 patients who elected to be part of a randomized controlled trial with that from another 257 who declined to be randomized but chose on their own whether to take ERT.21 One study was clearly retrospective23 ; patients with ductal carcinoma in situ were identified through a cancer registry, and their exposures and recurrences were determined through a mailed questionnaire. The remaining studies used clinic records to identify patients who had been prescribed ERT and compared those recurrence and mortality rates with those of a control group comprising the remaining clinic patients15,18,20,24,25 or matched subjects selected from a regional cancer surveillance database.15,16 Although the matching process controlled for some important prognostic factors (age, stage, and time since diagnosis), post-diagnosis ERT use was not recorded in the surveillance database, so these control groups may have contained patients who took ERT at some time, thereby diluting any differences that might be observed. Conversely, none of the cohort studies reported means confirming that those for whom HRT had been prescribed actually took it regularly.

 

 

Across all studies, the studied interventions included a systemic estrogen, usually in combination with progesterone unless the subject had had a hysterectomy. The mean age at diagnosis of cancer varied among studies, from 42 to 65 years. There was also wide variability among subjects between and within the studies with regard to disease-free interval (the time between diagnosis of cancer and initiating ERT), duration of ERT use, and length of follow-up (Table). A few studies matched controls to ERT users based on these variables16-18,24 or demonstrated that the groups were comparable.19,21 In no study were subjects matched on type of treatment, race, estrogen receptor status, smoking, or other potentially important prognostic factors. Estrogen receptor status was unavailable for a large number of patients in these studies and could not be used for comparison.

Several studies contained methodologic flaws that resulted in important differences between comparison groups. Bluming and colleagues provided an unpublished analysis of recurrences in a sample of ERT users with previous T1N0 (stage I) cancers compared with a separate data set of similar patients who did not use ERT. In that study, tumor size was not known for 62% of the control group and 36% of the ERT group. Median follow-up was shorter in the ERT group, the tumors were smaller, the diagnoses were later, and patients were more likely to have received chemotherapy. Natrajan et al20 compared 50 ERT users with 18 nonusers who left their clinic and were followed elsewhere. ERT users were younger than the nonusers and had longer follow-up. Little information was given regarding the cancer stages of the nonusers, and this was the only study primarily using hormone pellets and combining estrogen with testosterone in most patients. Habel et al23 included only patients with ductal carcinoma in situ in a retrospective cohort study in which exposure was ascertained by mailed survey. Only 67% responded to the survey, and no baseline data comparing the ERT users with nonusers on important prognostic factors were provided. In a study by Beckman et al,25 users were younger and less likely than nonusers to have grade 3 cancer (16% vs 30%), although this difference was reported to be nonsignificant. Median duration of follow-up was also longer in nonusers than in users (42 vs 37 months). In an unmatched study15 of ERT users and nonusers from the same practices in Australia, significant differences were found between groups in age, stage, and type of treatment rendered.

Because of the strong potential for bias due to baseline differences in risk of breast cancer recurrence, subanalyses included only those studies for which differences in important prognostic factors were not apparent.16-19,21,24 In the case of the Australian study, a subset of the data, matched 2:1 on age, node status, tumor diameter, disease-free interval, and year of diagnosis, was found in an earlier report18 and used in the subanalysis.

Meta-analysis results

Overall, 8 studies reported the recurrence of breast cancer as an outcome. A meta-analysis of these studies showed that breast cancer survivors using ERT experienced no increase in the risk of recurrence compared with nonusers (8.2% vs 10.2%; RR, 0.72, 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.47–1.10). Because no statistical heterogeneity was demonstrated, a fixed effects model was used. Studies were analyzed separately depending on whether patients were matched or reportedly similar on factors such as age at diagnosis, tumor stage, and disease-free interval. Results were similar (Figure 1).

Six studies were included in a combined analysis of overall mortality (Figure 2). The ERT users in these studies experienced significantly fewer deaths (3.0%) than the nonusers (11.4%) over the combined study periods (RR, 0.18; 95% CI, 0.10–0.31; numbers needed to treat = 12). Subanalyses of those studies in which groups were comparable showed similar results (RR, 0.21; 95% CI, 0.10–0.46).

Despite the variability in study designs and subjects, all tests for heterogeneity were nonsignificant. In addition, funnel plots showed no evidence of publication bias (Figure W1, available on the JFP Web site: www.jfponline.com).

All studies, controlled or not, that reported data on control of menopausal symptoms reported significant benefit with ERT.2,7-9,11,19,25

 

FIGURE 1
Graphic summary of studies on recurrence of breast cancer in ERT users vs nonusers

FIGURE 2
Graphic summary of studies of total mortality among users vs nonusers of estrogen replacement therapy

Discussion

This meta-analysis of observational studies in breast cancer survivors refutes the hypothesis that ERT increases the risk of breast cancer recurrence and suggests that it may in fact reduce all-cause mortality. However, conclusions drawn from observational studies can be seriously limited by potential sources of bias. For example, the studies likely had a bias by indication. That is, patients with more aggressive prognostic factors may not have been prescribed ERT, thereby making the treatment group likely to have represented a subgroup with a lower risk of recurrence than the general population used for comparison. However, several studies matched controls on important prognostic factors, and elimination of the unmatched study did not significantly affect study results. Similarly, in the absence of randomization, unmeasured confounders may have played a role. The treatment and control groups might have differed on other predictors of mortality that were not considered, such as in a healthy user effect in which subjects on ERT may have been more informed of its benefits and followed other, more healthy lifestyle behaviors than the comparison groups. They also may have been followed more closely by their physicians than the average breast cancer survivor.

 

 

In general, the subjects of the included studies over-represented patients with lower severity of disease than the general population of breast cancer survivors. Few studies included any subjects with a history of stage IV cancer (1 case with distant metastases), and several included patients with stage II or lower. Therefore, the results of this systematic review may be best generalized only to patients with lower stage disease. In addition, although subjects used ERT for as long as 32 years, the average duration of ERT use was shorter than 4 years in all but 1 study; longer follow-up is needed to truly assess the long-term effects of ERT in these high-risk patients. Available published studies also do not provide the detail needed to explore the potential contributions of estrogen receptor status or concomitant tamoxifen use.

Our finding of no significant difference in cancer recurrence associated with ERT use among patients with breast cancer is consistent with that of another recent meta-analysis.26 Those researchers constructed expected control groups by using the average disease free interval before starting ERT, and known nodal status distribution from several single-arm cohort studies to calculate relative risks of recurrence for these studies. This method introduces additional bias and several assumptions that may not be warranted. For instance, risk of recurrence is much higher in the first few years after treatment for primary breast cancer. Therefore, the remarkable variability in the disease-free intervals and duration of follow-up among subjects within each of these studies make it very difficult to estimate expected recurrence rates without the detailed individual data from the original studies. Despite the “within-study” and “between-study” variabilities, the results of the individual studies are quite similar.

Observational studies, although limited, do not hold the ethical problems inherent to randomized controlled trials and are especially appropriate with a treatment as controversial as estrogen in breast cancer survivors. Available studies have produced findings contrary to conventional belief and to the theory that likens ERT to “fuel on the fire” in breast cancer. Such a theory has, until recently, made it seem unethical to justify a randomized controlled trial of ERT in these patients. However, data from some of these individual studies have provided enough support that enrollment for such trials have begun.27 Previous studies of breast cancer risk with estrogen use have suggested that more than 10 years of treatment are required to see an increase in primary breast cancer,28 so we may not have definitive evidence for some time. Meanwhile, there is no compelling evidence to support universal withholding of estrogen from well-informed women with symptomatic menopause, particularly among survivors of low-stage breast cancer.

References

 

1. Schairer C, Lubin J, Troisi R, Sturgeon S, Brinton L. Menopausal estrogen and estrogen–progestin replacement therapy and breast cancer risk. JAMA 2000;283:485-91.

2. Writing Group for the Women’s Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. JAMA 2002;288:321-33.

3. Bluming AZ, Waisman JR, Dosik GM, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in women with previously treated primary breast cancer. Update VII. Proc ASCO 2001;20:12b.-

4. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000;183:517.-

5. Brewster WR, DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, McGonigle KF, Kuykendall JL, Creasman WT. An experience with estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Fertil Womens Med 1999;44(4):186-92.

6. DiSaia PJ, Odicino F, Grosen EA, Cowan B, Pecorelli S, Wile AG. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:1232.-

7. Decker D, Cox T, Burdakin J, Jaiyesimi I, Pettinga J, Benitez P. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in breast cancer survivors. Proc ASCO 1996;15:208.-

8. Guidozzi F. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 1999;64:59-63.

9. Powles TJ, Hickish T, Casey S, O’Brien M. Hormone replacement after breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:60-1.

10. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Theriault R, Klein MJ. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with prior diagnosis and treatment for breast cancer. Gynecol Oncol 1997;65:89-93.

11. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA. Hormone replacement therapy in previously treated breast cancer patients. Am J Surg 1993;165:372-5.

12. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Odicino F, et al. Replacement therapy for breast cancer survivors. A pilot study. Cancer 1995;76(suppl):2075-8.

13. Espie M, Gorins A, Perret F, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in patients treated for breast cancer: Analysis of a cohort of 120 patients [abstract]. Proc ASCO 1999;18:586a.-

14. Peters GN, Jones SE. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer patients: a time for change? [abstract]. J Clin Oncol 1996;15:121.-

15. Dew J, Eden J, Beller E, et al. A cohort study of hormone replacement therapy given to women previously treated for breast cancer. Climacteric 1998;1:137-42.

16. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Kurosaki T, Gildea M, Cowan B, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors: a cohort study [see comments]. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;174:1494-8.

17. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR, Ziogas A, Anton-Culver H. Breast cancer survival and hormone replacement therapy: a cohort analysis. Am J Clin Oncol 2000;23:541-5.

18. Eden J, Bush T, Natrajan PK, Wren B. A case-control study of combined continuous estrogen–progestin replacement therapy among women with a personal history of breast cancer. Menopause 1995;2:67-72.

19. Marsden J, Whitehead M, A’Hern R, Baum M, Sacks N. Are randomized trials of hormone replacement therapy in symptomatic women with breast cancer feasible? Fertil Steril 2000;73:292-9.

20. Natrajan PK, Soumakis K, Gambrell RD, Jr. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with previous breast cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;181:288-95.

21. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Asmar L, Hortobagyi GN, et al. Estrogen replacement therapy after localized breast cancer: clinical outcome of 319 women followed prospectively. J Clin Oncol 1999;17:1482-7.

22. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy does not effect breast cancer outcome. Proc ASCO 1991;10:58.-

23. Habel LA, Daling JR, Newcoomb PA, et al. Risk of recurrence after ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1998;7:689-96.

24. Ursic-Vrscaj M, Bebar S. A case-control study of hormone replacement therapy after primary surgical breast cancer treatment. Eur J Surg Oncol 1999;25:146-51.

25. Beckmann MW, Jap D, Djahansouzi S, et al. Hormone replacement therapy after treatment of breast cancer: effects on postmenopausal symptoms, bone mineral density and recurrence rates. Oncology 2001;60:199-206.

26. Col NF, Hirota LK, Orr RK, Erban JK, Wong JB, Lau J. Hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: a systematic review and quantitative assessment of risk. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:2357-63.

27. Cobleigh MA. Hormone replacement therapy and nonhormonal control of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors. In: Biological and Hormonal Therapies of Cancer. Foon Ka, Muss HB (eds.): Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, 1998;209-230.

28. Steinberg KK, Smith SJ, Thacker SB, Stroup DF. Breast cancer risk and duration of estrogen use: the role of study design in meta-analysis. Epidemiology 1994;5:415-21.

References

 

1. Schairer C, Lubin J, Troisi R, Sturgeon S, Brinton L. Menopausal estrogen and estrogen–progestin replacement therapy and breast cancer risk. JAMA 2000;283:485-91.

2. Writing Group for the Women’s Health Initiative Investigators. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women. JAMA 2002;288:321-33.

3. Bluming AZ, Waisman JR, Dosik GM, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in women with previously treated primary breast cancer. Update VII. Proc ASCO 2001;20:12b.-

4. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000;183:517.-

5. Brewster WR, DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, McGonigle KF, Kuykendall JL, Creasman WT. An experience with estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Fertil Womens Med 1999;44(4):186-92.

6. DiSaia PJ, Odicino F, Grosen EA, Cowan B, Pecorelli S, Wile AG. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:1232.-

7. Decker D, Cox T, Burdakin J, Jaiyesimi I, Pettinga J, Benitez P. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in breast cancer survivors. Proc ASCO 1996;15:208.-

8. Guidozzi F. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 1999;64:59-63.

9. Powles TJ, Hickish T, Casey S, O’Brien M. Hormone replacement after breast cancer. Lancet 1993;342:60-1.

10. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Theriault R, Klein MJ. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with prior diagnosis and treatment for breast cancer. Gynecol Oncol 1997;65:89-93.

11. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA. Hormone replacement therapy in previously treated breast cancer patients. Am J Surg 1993;165:372-5.

12. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Odicino F, et al. Replacement therapy for breast cancer survivors. A pilot study. Cancer 1995;76(suppl):2075-8.

13. Espie M, Gorins A, Perret F, et al. Hormone replacement therapy (ERT) in patients treated for breast cancer: Analysis of a cohort of 120 patients [abstract]. Proc ASCO 1999;18:586a.-

14. Peters GN, Jones SE. Estrogen replacement therapy in breast cancer patients: a time for change? [abstract]. J Clin Oncol 1996;15:121.-

15. Dew J, Eden J, Beller E, et al. A cohort study of hormone replacement therapy given to women previously treated for breast cancer. Climacteric 1998;1:137-42.

16. DiSaia PJ, Grosen EA, Kurosaki T, Gildea M, Cowan B, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy in breast cancer survivors: a cohort study [see comments]. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;174:1494-8.

17. DiSaia PJ, Brewster WR, Ziogas A, Anton-Culver H. Breast cancer survival and hormone replacement therapy: a cohort analysis. Am J Clin Oncol 2000;23:541-5.

18. Eden J, Bush T, Natrajan PK, Wren B. A case-control study of combined continuous estrogen–progestin replacement therapy among women with a personal history of breast cancer. Menopause 1995;2:67-72.

19. Marsden J, Whitehead M, A’Hern R, Baum M, Sacks N. Are randomized trials of hormone replacement therapy in symptomatic women with breast cancer feasible? Fertil Steril 2000;73:292-9.

20. Natrajan PK, Soumakis K, Gambrell RD, Jr. Estrogen replacement therapy in women with previous breast cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1999;181:288-95.

21. Vassilopoulou-Sellin R, Asmar L, Hortobagyi GN, et al. Estrogen replacement therapy after localized breast cancer: clinical outcome of 319 women followed prospectively. J Clin Oncol 1999;17:1482-7.

22. Wile AG, Opfell RW, Margileth DA, Anton-Culver H. Hormone replacement therapy does not effect breast cancer outcome. Proc ASCO 1991;10:58.-

23. Habel LA, Daling JR, Newcoomb PA, et al. Risk of recurrence after ductal carcinoma in situ of the breast. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1998;7:689-96.

24. Ursic-Vrscaj M, Bebar S. A case-control study of hormone replacement therapy after primary surgical breast cancer treatment. Eur J Surg Oncol 1999;25:146-51.

25. Beckmann MW, Jap D, Djahansouzi S, et al. Hormone replacement therapy after treatment of breast cancer: effects on postmenopausal symptoms, bone mineral density and recurrence rates. Oncology 2001;60:199-206.

26. Col NF, Hirota LK, Orr RK, Erban JK, Wong JB, Lau J. Hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: a systematic review and quantitative assessment of risk. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:2357-63.

27. Cobleigh MA. Hormone replacement therapy and nonhormonal control of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors. In: Biological and Hormonal Therapies of Cancer. Foon Ka, Muss HB (eds.): Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, 1998;209-230.

28. Steinberg KK, Smith SJ, Thacker SB, Stroup DF. Breast cancer risk and duration of estrogen use: the role of study design in meta-analysis. Epidemiology 1994;5:415-21.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1056-1062
Page Number
1056-1062
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Cancer recurrence and mortality in women using hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: Meta-analysis
Display Headline
Cancer recurrence and mortality in women using hormone replacement therapy after breast cancer: Meta-analysis
Legacy Keywords
,Estrogen replacement therapyhormone replacement therapybreast cancersurvivorsmeta-analysis. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1056–1062)
Legacy Keywords
,Estrogen replacement therapyhormone replacement therapybreast cancersurvivorsmeta-analysis. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1056–1062)
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Efficacy of daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation among patients with sinusitis: A randomized controlled trial

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:08
Display Headline
Efficacy of daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation among patients with sinusitis: A randomized controlled trial

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Nasal irrigation improved sinus symptoms and decreased sinus medication use.
  • Patient satisfaction and compliance were high for nasal irrigation.
  • Patient training in nasal irrigation technique should be provided.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To test whether daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus symptoms and quality of life and decreases medication use in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Randomized controlled trial. Experimental subjects used nasal irrigation daily for 6 months.
  • POPULATION: Seventy-six subjects from primary care (n = 70) and otolaryngology (n = 6) clinics with histories of frequent sinusitis were randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary outcome measures included the Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12), the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI), and a Single-Item Sinus-Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA); all 3 were completed at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months. Secondary outcomes included daily assessment of compliance and biweekly assessment of symptoms and medication use. At 6 months, subjects reported on side effects, satisfaction with nasal irrigation, and the percentage of change in their sinus-related quality of life.
  • RESULTS: No significant baseline differences existed between the 2 groups. Sixty-nine subjects (90.8%) completed the study. Compliance averaged 87%. Experimental group RSDI scores improved from 58.4 ± 2.0 to 72.8 ± 2.2 (P ≤ .05) compared with those of the control group (from 59.6 ± 3.0 to 60.4 ± 1.1); experimental group SIA scores improved from 3.9 ± 0.1 to 2.4 ± 0.1 (P ≤.05) compared with those of the control group (from 4.08 ± 0.15 to 4.07 ± 0.27). The number needed to treat to achieve 10% improvement on RSDI at 6 months was 2.0. Experimental subjects reported fewer 2-week periods with sinus-related symptoms (P < .05), used less antibiotics (P < .05), and used less nasal spray (P = .06). On the exit questionnaire 93% of experimental subjects reported overall improvement of sinus-related quality of life, and none reported worsening (P < .001); on average, experimental subjects reported 57 ± 4.5% improvement. Side effects were minor and infrequent. Satisfaction was high. We found no statistically significant improvement on the SF-12.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related quality of life, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Sinusitis is a common clinical problem with significant morbidity and often refractory symptoms that accounted for approximately 26.7 million office and emergency visits and resulted in $5.8 billion spent in direct costs in 1996.1 Sinusitis was the fifth most common diagnosis for which antibiotics were prescribed from 1985 to 1992.2 In 1992, 13 million prescriptions were written for sinusitis, up from 5.8 million in 1985.2 The number of US chronic sinusitis cases in 1994 was estimated at 35 million, for a prevalence of 134 per 1000 patients.3 The effect of sinusitis on patients’ quality of life (QOL) is significant and can rate as high as back pain, congestive heart disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease on some measures.4

Hypertonic nasal irrigation is a therapy that flushes the nasal cavity with saline solution, facilitating a wash of the structures within. Originally part of the Yogic tradition, this technique is anecdotally regarded as safe and effective; it has been suggested as adjunctive therapy for sinusitis and sinus symptoms.5-7 Potential efficacy is supported by the observation that hypertonic saline improves mucociliary clearance,8 thins mucus,9,10 and may decrease inflammation.8 Optimal irrigant salinity and pH are unclear.10,11 Several small trials examining nasal irrigation have suggested that nasal irrigation is safe, improves nasal symptoms, and is physically tolerable, but inclusion criteria, intervention protocols, and methodological quality vary.12-18 Improvement of QOL scores12-14 and several surrogate measures14-16 have been reported. No study has rigorously evaluated nasal irrigation over a longer period for its effect on QOL, antibiotic and nasal medication use, symptom severity, compliance, and side effects.

We conducted a randomized controlled trial to test the hypotheses that daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves symptoms, decreases antibiotic and nasal medication use, and improves QOL in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.

Methods

The study protocol was approved by the University of Wisconsin Health Sciences Human Subjects Committee. Subjects were enrolled from May to August 2000 and, after a study period of 6 months, were exited from November 2000 to February 2001. No prior studies existed at inception to guide sample size estimation. Power calculations performed before study initiation indicated that a sample size of 60 subjects would provide 80% power to detect a 10% difference in the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI) between study groups. Due to the high patient burden of this study, we assumed a 25% dropout rate.

 

 

Randomization

The randomization scheme was prepared by the Investigational Drug Services of the University of Wisconsin Hospital and Clinics. Subjects were stratified by smoking status and then randomized by using an approximate 2:1 block design, with 10 subjects per block. Therefore 68% of subjects were assigned to the experimental group and 32% to the control group. A 2:1 scheme favoring the experimental group was selected due to resource limitations.

Eligibility criteria and subject recruitment

The recruitment and subject participation scheme is shown in Figure W1 (available on the JFP Web site: http://www.jfponline.com). The billing databases for the University of Wisconsin primary care and Ear, Nose, and Throat (ENT) practices were screened for acute and chronic sinusitis (codes 461 and 473, respectively, from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision). Patients 18 to 65 years old with 2 episodes of acute sinusitis or 1 episode of chronic sinusitis per year for 2 consecutive years (n = 602) were sent a letter explaining the study and inviting participation, along with an opt-out postcard. If no card was returned, potential subjects were phoned. Exclusion criteria included pregnancy and comorbidity significant enough to preclude travel to an informational meeting or performance of the nasal irrigation technique. Patients indicating “moderate to severe” impact of sinus symptoms on their QOL on a Likert scale of 1 to 7 were invited to attend an informational meeting involving enrollment, randomization, and training (n = 128). Of those potential subjects, 44 declined the meeting or were ineligible; 84 agreed to attend the meeting, 77 attended, and 76 enrolled. Of the initial group of 602 potential subjects, 375 were not contacted because the study census reached intended sample size.

One of us (D.R., R.M., or A.Z.) facilitated each informational meeting of 1 to 6 persons. Sealed envelopes containing the patient’s randomized group assignment were distributed to subjects in the order they entered the room. The group assignment was unknown to the investigator. Subjects broke the seal and learned their assignment. Thereafter, investigators were not blind to subjects’ group assignment. Persons managing and analyzing data also saw unblinded data but had no contact with subjects. Participants heard a brief presentation about sinus disease and its treatment. Nasal irrigation theory and technique were explained. Seventy-six subjects consented and were allocated by their randomized group assignments to experimental (n = 52) or control (n = 24) groups. Control subjects continued treatment of sinus disease in their usual manner. Experimental subjects saw a brief demonstration film, witnessed nasal irrigation by the facilitator, and demonstrated proficiency with the nasal irrigation technique before departure. Subjects were provided all ingredients and materials for 6 months of daily nasal irrigation. Experimental subjects also continued usual care for sinus disease.

Intervention

Subjects in the experimental group were asked to irrigate the nose (150 mL through each nostril) daily for 6 months with the SinuCleanse19 nasal cup containing 2.0% saline buffered with baking soda (1 heaping teaspoon of canning salt, one half teaspoon of baking soda, and 1 pint of tap water; (Table 1). Solution was mixed fresh every 1 to 2 days. All subjects were phoned at 2 weeks to assess initial compliance with study protocols and thereafter if assessment instruments were not returned promptly.

TABLE 1
Baseline patient characteristics*

VariableControl group (n = 24)Experimental group (n = 52)
Age, y41.4 ± 2.442.4 ± 1.4
RSDI score59.6 ± 3.058.4 ± 2.0
SF-12 score59.3 ± 4.060.3 ± 3.0
SIA score4.1 ± 0.23.9 ± 0.1
Female18 (75)37 (71)
Caucasian race23 (96)49 (94)
Smokers1 (4)3 (6)
Education
  ≤High school6 (25)11 (21)
  Some college10 (42)18 (35)
  ≥College degree8 (33)23 (44)
Seasonal allergies17 (71)34 (66)
Medication allergies12 (50)29 (56)
ENT history
  Nasal surgery7 (29)19 (37)
  Nasal polyps3 (13)9 (17)
  Deviated septum7 (29)12 (23)
  Nasal fracture4 (17)7 (13)
    Asthma4 (17)14 (27)
ICD-9 code
  461 (acute sinusitis)20 (83)34 (65)
  473 (chronic sinusitis)2 (8)11 (21)
  Both (acute and chronic sinusitis)2 (8)7 (14)
Clinic type
  Primary care24 (100)46 (89)
  ENT0 (0)6 (12)
*At baseline, there were no statistically significant (P > .05) differences between the experimental and control groups.
Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
ENT, Ear, Nose, and Throat; ICD-9, International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision; RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

Outcome measures

The primary outcomes were QOL scores from 2 validated questionnaires: the general health assessment Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12)20 and the RSDI,21 a disease-specific instrument assessing QOL in emotional, functional, and physical domains. We reworded the phrase my problem to my sinus symptoms on several RSDI items. Consensus within the research group and among consulted experts was that this minor change facilitated more accurate reading and reporting. We also measured overall sinus symptom severity with a Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA): “Please evaluate the overall severity of your sinus symptoms since you enrolled in the study”; higher scores on the Likert scale SIA indicated increased severity. Scales for RSDI and SF-12 ranged from 0 to 100 points, with higher scores indicating better overall QOL. Each was completed at baseline and at 1.5, 3, and 6 months; at the 6-month assessment, subjects were shown their baseline answers for comparison because they had told us they needed to recall answers to past questions. They believed they knew whether they felt better or worse and wanted their later answers to reflect this change. Allowing subjects to view previous scores is an accepted research practice.22 However, because we did not allow subjects to see their baseline answers at 1.5 and 3 months, scores must be interpreted in light of the availability of the baseline data to the subjects.

 

 

Secondary outcomes were assessed with multiple methods. Compliance with nasal irrigation was recorded in a daily diary. The presence or absence of sinus symptoms (headache, congestion, facial pressure, facial pain, nasal discharge), antibiotic use, and nasal-spray use was assessed every 2 weeks. An exit questionnaire asked subjects to report categorically whether their sinus-related QOL had gotten worse, stayed the same, or improved, and to estimate the percentage of change (scale from 0 to ±100%). Overall satisfaction and side effects were reported at 6 months.

Statistical methods

Baseline characteristics of experimental and control groups were compared to assess randomization. Analysis, performed on an intention-to-treat basis, involved all 76 subjects randomized into the study. As dictated by the intention-to-treat model, the few missing values were imputed with multiple regression. Repeated measures analysis of variance contrasted the primary outcomes, that is, QOL status and sinus symptom scores within each group at baseline and subsequent periods. Differences between experimental and control groups were analyzed at each point in the repeated measures model and comprehensively for the entire time frame of the study. Statistical significance was assessed with 2-tailed tests. Data are presented as mean values with range of standard error, unless otherwise indicated.

Results

The study sample (Table 1) consisted of 76 subjects (55 female) randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups. Subjects’ ages ranged from 19 to 62 years, with a mean age of 42 years. Sixty-nine subjects (46 experimental and 23 control) completed the study. Seven subjects dropped out of the study at 1.5 months or earlier. A phone questionnaire was completed by 3 experimental dropouts; 2 of the 3 identified “lack of time” as the main reason for leaving the study; the remaining subject did not specify a reason. All 3 identified nasal irrigation as “helpful,” and none identified side effects as significant. The remaining 4 subjects were lost to follow-up. Dropouts tended to have slightly better baseline RSDI scores than nondropouts, 66.8 vs 58.1 points, but this difference was not significant (P = .15). No significant baseline differences were found between the groups of mostly white, female, well-educated subjects (Table 1). Baseline RSDI, SF-12, and SIA scores were similar in both groups. Although ENT subjects tended to have slightly worse baseline RSDI and SIA scores and improved slightly more during the study than other experimental subjects, the effect of clinic type (ENT vs primary care) was not statistically significant. By chance all subjects from ENT clinics (n = 6) and a disproportionate percentage of subjects with chronic sinusitis were randomized to the experimental group. Neither variable was statistically significant.

Experimental subjects showed a significant improvement in RSDI scores: 58.4 ± 2.0, 66.6 ± 2.2, 72.4 ± 2.2, and 72.8 ± 2.2 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2). Although the difference was not significant (P = .08), experimental subjects whose initial RSDI score was less than 50 points improved the most, with an average score change of 17.8 ± 4.4, and comparable control subjects had an average RSDI score change of 8.8 ± 2.9 points. Emotional and functional RSDI domains were not significantly related to score change; however, the physical domain of the survey was significant (P = .05).

SIA scores for experimental subjects improved (P < .05) at all follow-up points compared with control subjects; scores for the experimental group were 3.9 ± 0.1, 3.1 ± 0.2, 2.7 ± 0.2, and 2.4 ± 0.1 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2).

SF-12 score showed no significant differences between groups at any follow-up point but by 6 months trended toward significance (P = .06; Table 2).

Forty-one (93%) experimental subjects completing the exit questionnaire reported improvement. Most (n = 16, 73%) control subjects reported no change, but 18% reported worsening (P < .001; Table 3). Experimental subjects reported an average of 57 ± 4.5% improvement (range, 0–100%), whereas control subjects reported an average of 7 ± 5.9% worsening (range, -80% to 50%; P < .001).

Experimental subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 87% of days during the study; 31 subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 91% or more days, 13 subjects on 76% to 90% of days, and 5 subjects on 51% to 75% of days. Only 3 subjects used nasal irrigation on 50% or fewer days; these 3 subjects had relatively good baseline RSDI and SIA scores compared with other experimental subjects. Compliance was not significantly associated with changes in SIA or RSDI scores. The average survey completion rate was 96% at each assessment by each group.

 

 

Experimental subjects spent fewer 2-week blocks with nasal congestion, sinus headache, and frontal pain and pressure and used antibiotics and nasal sprays in fewer blocks (Table 3).

Forty-four experimental subjects answered questions about satisfaction and side effects. Forty-two stated they “will continue to use” nasal irrigation; the remaining 2 subjects found nasal irrigation less helpful but did not experience side effects. All 44 subjects “would recommend” nasal irrigation to friends or family with sinus problems. Ten subjects (23%) experienced side effects; 8 identified nasal irritation, nasal burning, tearing, nosebleeds, headache, or nasal drainage as occurring but “not significant.” Two subjects identified nasal burning, irritation, and headache as “significant,” but this did not change their high satisfaction rating. Of the 10 subjects who experienced side effects, 4 reduced or eliminated the side effects by temporarily alternating treatment days or decreasing salinity by 50%.

TABLE 2
Primary outcomes: RSDI, SF-12, and SIA baseline scores and mean score changes*

StatusBaseline scoreBaseline vs score change at
1.5 mo3 mo6 mo
RSDI
  Experimental58.4 ± 2.08.2 ± 1.214.0 ± 2.014.4 ± 1.7
  Control59.6 ± 3.05.6 ± 1.47.7 ± 1.90.9 ± 1.0
SF-12
  Experimental60.3 ± 3.06.7 ± 2.18.2 ± 2.912.7 ± 3.6
  Control59.3 ± 3.95.4 ± 3.92.9 ± 4.02.2 ± 3.5
SIA
  Experimental3.9 ± 0.1-0.8 ± 0.2-1.2 ± 0.2-1.6 ± 0.2
  Control4.1 ± 0.2-0.02 ± 0.21-0.3 ± 0.2-0.005 ± 0.2
*Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Statistically significant at P < .05.
Statistically significant at P < .001.
RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

TABLE 3
Secondary outcomes

Secondary outcomeExperimentalControl
Sinus symptoms*
  Sinus headache57 ± 0.0576 ± 0.06
  Frontal pain55 ± 0.0582 ± 0.05
  Frontal pressure53 ± 0.0586 ± 0.05
  Nasal congestion67 ± 0.0483 ± 0.05
  Nasal discharge65 ± 0.0569 ± 0.07
Medication use*
  Antibiotics10 ± 0.0219 ± 0.04
  Nasal sprays§4 ± 0.018 ± 0.02
EQ: sinus symptoms related to QOL||
  Better41 (93)2 (9)
  Same3 (7)16 (73)
  Worse0 (0)4 (18)
*Data are presented as the percentage of 2-week blocks ± standard error during the study.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .05.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .001.
§Not statistically significant, difference between groups: P = .06.
|| Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
EQ, exit questionnaire (Is your quality of life with respect to sinus symptoms better or worse since the beginning of the study?); QOL, quality of life.

FIGURE 1
Position of nasal cup for nasal irrigation therapy A B


FIGURE 2
Mean RSDI and SIA scores in control and experimental subjects

DISCUSSION

Our trial of daily hypertonic nasal irrigation produced several significant findings. We found consistent, statistically significant improvements in QOL (RSDI) and overall symptom severity (SIA). This was consistent with QOL improvement previously reported over short periods with the use of disease-specific measures.12-14 The RSDI is a moderately well-developed and validated disease-specific QOL instrument.21-23 The “minimal clinically important difference,” defined as the average score improvement needed to justify costs and risks,24-26 has not been established for sinusitis. However, it has been estimated for other disease states. For example, a half-point change on a 7-point Likert scale corresponds to estimates of important change in patients with chronic heart and lung disease.22,27 Others have found similar relationships.28-31 In our study, RSDI scores among treated subjects averaged 6.0 and 15.5 points better than controls at 3 and 6 months, respectively. On the SIA, treated subjects averaged 0.6, 0.9, and 1.6 points better. Extrapolating from these findings, these differences appear to be clinically significant. By using 10% improvement of the RSDI, our data showed numbers needed to treat of 9, 5, and 2 at 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (95% confidence interval at 6 months, 1.4–2.6). Numbers needed to treat for SIA, symptom frequency, and medication use were similar. SF-12 improvement, although not statistically significant in this small trial, may represent clinically significant improvements in general health-related QOL.

“Percentage change” is used often by clinicians to gauge therapeutic progress. Ours is the first study to document such change in sinusitis patients using nasal irrigation. Ours is also the first trial to show decreased symptom frequency over a 6-month period. Shorter trials have documented improvement in patients with nasal symptoms12,13,17,18 or with chronic sinusitis in adult14,15 and pediatric16 populations. Consistent with improved symptoms and QOL, experimental subjects decreased their use of antibiotics and nasal sprays, as previously reported in a short trial.12

Side effects have not been carefully assessed in previous trials. Although generally safe, daily hypertonic nasal irrigation was associated with some clinically minor side effects. Interestingly, subjects were able to decrease side effects by adjusting irrigation schedule or salinity. Side effects were not sufficiently bothersome to stop therapy. Compliance with daily therapy was very high and is previously unreported. Although this was consistent with a positive effect on relatively severe symptoms, we believe high compliance also was related to teaching, demonstrated proficiency with nasal irrigation, and close telephone follow-up. One prior study reported subjects’ observation of the first nasal irrigation15; several studies reported providing some education.1214,18

 

 

Our study has several limitations. It was not blinded or placebo controlled. Blinding subjects to a physical therapy is inherently difficult. Investigators who have tried to use normal saline placebos probably affected outcomes.14-16 One trial using a fresh water (0% saline) placebo was stopped early when several control subjects developed otitis media.32 The investigators also were unblinded, possibly creating observer bias.

Methodologic and recruitment strengths of this study included effective randomization, matched control group, intention-to-treat analysis, low missing data rates, high compliance rate, and low dropout rate. Clinical strengths included significant findings on most parameters assessed. Particularly intriguing was the decreased use of antibiotics in the experimental group. This study offered strong evidence that nasal irrigation is a safe, effective, and inexpensive (nasal pot, $15; daily therapy, <$1/month) therapy for sinus disease that properly trained patients will use. Although questions about the protocol (schedule, concentration, and buffering) and indications require further study in a more diverse patient population, clinicians may confidently recommend nasal irrigation; it offers significant hope for symptomatic relief and QOL improvement for millions of individuals with sinus disease who often have few therapeutic options.

CONCLUSIONS

Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related QOL, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Acknowledgments

We thank Thomas Pasic, MD, Michael McDonald, MD, and Diane Heatley, MD, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Wisconsin, Madison.

References

1. Ray NF, Baraniuk JN, Thamer M, et al. Healthcare expenditures for sinusitis in 1996: contributions of asthma, rhinitis and other airway disorders. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1999;103:408-14.

2. McCaig LF, Hughes JM. Trends in antimicrobial drug prescribing among office-based physicians in the United States. JAMA 1995;273:214-9.

3. Centers for Disease Control.Vital and Health Statistics.Current Estimates From the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics, 1995. DHHS publication PHS 96-1521.

4. Glicklich RE, Metson R. The health impact of chronic sinusitis in patients seeking otolaryngologic care. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1995;113:104-9.

5. Kaliner MA, Osuguthorpe JD, Fireman P, et al. Sinusitis bench to bedside: current findings, future directions. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1997;99:S829-47.

6. Druce HM. Adjuncts to medical management of sinusitis. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1990;103:880-3.

7. Zieger RS. Prospects for ancillary treatment of sinusitis in the 1990’s. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1992;90:478-93.

8. Talbot AR, Herr TM, Parsons DS. Mucociliary clearance and buffered hypertonic saline solution. Laryngoscope 1997;107:500-3.

9. Robinson M, Hemming AL, Regnis JA, et al. Effect of increasing doses of hypertonic saline on mucociliary clearance in patients with cystic fibrosis. Thorax 1997;52:900-3.

10. Homer JJ, Dowley AC, Condon L, El-Jassar P, Sood S. The effect of hypertonicity on nasal mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 2000;25:558-60.

11. Homer JJ, England RJ, Wilde AD, Harwood GRJ, Stafford ND. The effect of pH of douching solution on mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 1999;24:312-5.

12. Heatley DG, McConnell KE, Kille TL, Leverson GE. Nasal irrigation for the alleviation of sinonasal symptoms. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 200l;125:44-8.

13. Tamooka LT, Murphy C, Davidson TM. Clinical study and literature review of nasal irrigation. Laryngoscope 2000;110:1189-93.

14. Taccariello M, Parikh A, Darby Y, Scadding G. Nasal douching as a valuable adjunct in the management of chronic rhinosinusitis. Rhinology 1999;37:29-32.

15. Bachmann G, Hommel G, Michel O. Effect of irrigation of the nose with isotonic salt solution on patients with chronic paranasal sinus disease. Eur Arch Otorhinolaryngol 2000;257:537-41.

16. Shoseyov D, Bibi H, Shai P, et al. Treatment with hypertonic saline versus normal saline wash of pediatric chronic sinusitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998;101:602-5.

17. Rabone SJ, Saraswati SB. Acceptance and effects of nasal lavage in volunteer woodworkers. Occupat Med 1999;49:365-9.

18. Holmstrom M, Rosen G, Walander L. Effect of nasal lavage on nasal symptoms and physiology in wood industry workers. Rhinology 1997;35:108-12.

19. SinuCleanse Med Systems, April 22 2002. Available at: http://www.sinucleanse.com. Accessed October 7, 2002.

20. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SD. A 12-item short-form health survey: construction of scales and preliminary test of reliability and validity. Med Care 1996;34:220-6.

21. Benninger MS, Senior BA. The development of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index. Arch Otolyryngol Head Neck Surg 1997;123:1175-9.

22. Guyatt GH, Bombardier C, Tugwell P. Measuring disease-specific quality of life in clinical trials. CMAJ 1986;134:889-95.

23. Senior BA, Glaze C, Benninger MS. Use of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Score (RSDI) in rhinologic disease. Am J Rhinol 2001;15:15-20.

24. Deyo RA, Patrick DL. The significance of treatment effects: the clinical perspective. Med Care 1995;33:AS286-91.

25. Redelmeier DA, Guyatt GH, Goldstein RS. Assessing the minimal important difference in symptoms: a comparison of two techniques. J Clin Epidemiol 1996;49:1215-9.

26. Samsa G. How should the minimum important difference for a health-related quality-of-life instrument be estimated? Med Care 2001;39:1037-8.

27. Jaeschke R, Singer J, Guyatt GH. Measurement of health status: ascertaining the minimal clinically important difference. Control Clin Trials 1989;10:407-15.

28. Bellamy N, Carr A, Dougados M, Shea B, Wells G. Towards a definition of “difference” in osteoarthritis. J Rheumatol 2001;28:427-30.

29. Powell CV, Kelly A-M. Determining the minimum clinically significant difference in visual analog pain score for children. Ann Emerg Med 2001;37:28-31.

30. Todd KH, Funk JP. The minimum clinically important difference in physician-assigned visual analog pain scores. Acad Emerg Med 1996;3:142-6.

31. Wells GA, Tugwell P, Kraag GR, et al. Minimum important difference between patients with rheumatoid arthritis: the patient’s perspective. J Rheumatol 1993;20:557-60.

32. Wendeler HM, Muller J, Dieler R, Helms J. Nasenspuling mit isotoner Emser-Salz-Losung bei chronischer rhinosinusitis. Otorhinolaryngol Nova 1997;7:254-8.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

DAVID RABAGO, MD
ALEKSANDRA ZGIERSKA, MD, PHD
MARLON MUNDT, MA, MS
BRUCE BARRETT, MD, PHD
JAMES BOBULA, PHD
ROB MABERRY, BA
Madison, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI. Support for this study was provided by the Small Grant Program from the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Address reprint requests to David Rabago, MD, 777 South Mills Street, Madison, WI 53715. E-mail: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Page Number
1049-1055
Legacy Keywords
,Sinusitisnasal irrigationquality of life. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1049–1055)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

DAVID RABAGO, MD
ALEKSANDRA ZGIERSKA, MD, PHD
MARLON MUNDT, MA, MS
BRUCE BARRETT, MD, PHD
JAMES BOBULA, PHD
ROB MABERRY, BA
Madison, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI. Support for this study was provided by the Small Grant Program from the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Address reprint requests to David Rabago, MD, 777 South Mills Street, Madison, WI 53715. E-mail: [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

DAVID RABAGO, MD
ALEKSANDRA ZGIERSKA, MD, PHD
MARLON MUNDT, MA, MS
BRUCE BARRETT, MD, PHD
JAMES BOBULA, PHD
ROB MABERRY, BA
Madison, Wisconsin
From the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI. Support for this study was provided by the Small Grant Program from the Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Address reprint requests to David Rabago, MD, 777 South Mills Street, Madison, WI 53715. E-mail: [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Nasal irrigation improved sinus symptoms and decreased sinus medication use.
  • Patient satisfaction and compliance were high for nasal irrigation.
  • Patient training in nasal irrigation technique should be provided.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To test whether daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus symptoms and quality of life and decreases medication use in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Randomized controlled trial. Experimental subjects used nasal irrigation daily for 6 months.
  • POPULATION: Seventy-six subjects from primary care (n = 70) and otolaryngology (n = 6) clinics with histories of frequent sinusitis were randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary outcome measures included the Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12), the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI), and a Single-Item Sinus-Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA); all 3 were completed at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months. Secondary outcomes included daily assessment of compliance and biweekly assessment of symptoms and medication use. At 6 months, subjects reported on side effects, satisfaction with nasal irrigation, and the percentage of change in their sinus-related quality of life.
  • RESULTS: No significant baseline differences existed between the 2 groups. Sixty-nine subjects (90.8%) completed the study. Compliance averaged 87%. Experimental group RSDI scores improved from 58.4 ± 2.0 to 72.8 ± 2.2 (P ≤ .05) compared with those of the control group (from 59.6 ± 3.0 to 60.4 ± 1.1); experimental group SIA scores improved from 3.9 ± 0.1 to 2.4 ± 0.1 (P ≤.05) compared with those of the control group (from 4.08 ± 0.15 to 4.07 ± 0.27). The number needed to treat to achieve 10% improvement on RSDI at 6 months was 2.0. Experimental subjects reported fewer 2-week periods with sinus-related symptoms (P < .05), used less antibiotics (P < .05), and used less nasal spray (P = .06). On the exit questionnaire 93% of experimental subjects reported overall improvement of sinus-related quality of life, and none reported worsening (P < .001); on average, experimental subjects reported 57 ± 4.5% improvement. Side effects were minor and infrequent. Satisfaction was high. We found no statistically significant improvement on the SF-12.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related quality of life, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Sinusitis is a common clinical problem with significant morbidity and often refractory symptoms that accounted for approximately 26.7 million office and emergency visits and resulted in $5.8 billion spent in direct costs in 1996.1 Sinusitis was the fifth most common diagnosis for which antibiotics were prescribed from 1985 to 1992.2 In 1992, 13 million prescriptions were written for sinusitis, up from 5.8 million in 1985.2 The number of US chronic sinusitis cases in 1994 was estimated at 35 million, for a prevalence of 134 per 1000 patients.3 The effect of sinusitis on patients’ quality of life (QOL) is significant and can rate as high as back pain, congestive heart disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease on some measures.4

Hypertonic nasal irrigation is a therapy that flushes the nasal cavity with saline solution, facilitating a wash of the structures within. Originally part of the Yogic tradition, this technique is anecdotally regarded as safe and effective; it has been suggested as adjunctive therapy for sinusitis and sinus symptoms.5-7 Potential efficacy is supported by the observation that hypertonic saline improves mucociliary clearance,8 thins mucus,9,10 and may decrease inflammation.8 Optimal irrigant salinity and pH are unclear.10,11 Several small trials examining nasal irrigation have suggested that nasal irrigation is safe, improves nasal symptoms, and is physically tolerable, but inclusion criteria, intervention protocols, and methodological quality vary.12-18 Improvement of QOL scores12-14 and several surrogate measures14-16 have been reported. No study has rigorously evaluated nasal irrigation over a longer period for its effect on QOL, antibiotic and nasal medication use, symptom severity, compliance, and side effects.

We conducted a randomized controlled trial to test the hypotheses that daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves symptoms, decreases antibiotic and nasal medication use, and improves QOL in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.

Methods

The study protocol was approved by the University of Wisconsin Health Sciences Human Subjects Committee. Subjects were enrolled from May to August 2000 and, after a study period of 6 months, were exited from November 2000 to February 2001. No prior studies existed at inception to guide sample size estimation. Power calculations performed before study initiation indicated that a sample size of 60 subjects would provide 80% power to detect a 10% difference in the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI) between study groups. Due to the high patient burden of this study, we assumed a 25% dropout rate.

 

 

Randomization

The randomization scheme was prepared by the Investigational Drug Services of the University of Wisconsin Hospital and Clinics. Subjects were stratified by smoking status and then randomized by using an approximate 2:1 block design, with 10 subjects per block. Therefore 68% of subjects were assigned to the experimental group and 32% to the control group. A 2:1 scheme favoring the experimental group was selected due to resource limitations.

Eligibility criteria and subject recruitment

The recruitment and subject participation scheme is shown in Figure W1 (available on the JFP Web site: http://www.jfponline.com). The billing databases for the University of Wisconsin primary care and Ear, Nose, and Throat (ENT) practices were screened for acute and chronic sinusitis (codes 461 and 473, respectively, from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision). Patients 18 to 65 years old with 2 episodes of acute sinusitis or 1 episode of chronic sinusitis per year for 2 consecutive years (n = 602) were sent a letter explaining the study and inviting participation, along with an opt-out postcard. If no card was returned, potential subjects were phoned. Exclusion criteria included pregnancy and comorbidity significant enough to preclude travel to an informational meeting or performance of the nasal irrigation technique. Patients indicating “moderate to severe” impact of sinus symptoms on their QOL on a Likert scale of 1 to 7 were invited to attend an informational meeting involving enrollment, randomization, and training (n = 128). Of those potential subjects, 44 declined the meeting or were ineligible; 84 agreed to attend the meeting, 77 attended, and 76 enrolled. Of the initial group of 602 potential subjects, 375 were not contacted because the study census reached intended sample size.

One of us (D.R., R.M., or A.Z.) facilitated each informational meeting of 1 to 6 persons. Sealed envelopes containing the patient’s randomized group assignment were distributed to subjects in the order they entered the room. The group assignment was unknown to the investigator. Subjects broke the seal and learned their assignment. Thereafter, investigators were not blind to subjects’ group assignment. Persons managing and analyzing data also saw unblinded data but had no contact with subjects. Participants heard a brief presentation about sinus disease and its treatment. Nasal irrigation theory and technique were explained. Seventy-six subjects consented and were allocated by their randomized group assignments to experimental (n = 52) or control (n = 24) groups. Control subjects continued treatment of sinus disease in their usual manner. Experimental subjects saw a brief demonstration film, witnessed nasal irrigation by the facilitator, and demonstrated proficiency with the nasal irrigation technique before departure. Subjects were provided all ingredients and materials for 6 months of daily nasal irrigation. Experimental subjects also continued usual care for sinus disease.

Intervention

Subjects in the experimental group were asked to irrigate the nose (150 mL through each nostril) daily for 6 months with the SinuCleanse19 nasal cup containing 2.0% saline buffered with baking soda (1 heaping teaspoon of canning salt, one half teaspoon of baking soda, and 1 pint of tap water; (Table 1). Solution was mixed fresh every 1 to 2 days. All subjects were phoned at 2 weeks to assess initial compliance with study protocols and thereafter if assessment instruments were not returned promptly.

TABLE 1
Baseline patient characteristics*

VariableControl group (n = 24)Experimental group (n = 52)
Age, y41.4 ± 2.442.4 ± 1.4
RSDI score59.6 ± 3.058.4 ± 2.0
SF-12 score59.3 ± 4.060.3 ± 3.0
SIA score4.1 ± 0.23.9 ± 0.1
Female18 (75)37 (71)
Caucasian race23 (96)49 (94)
Smokers1 (4)3 (6)
Education
  ≤High school6 (25)11 (21)
  Some college10 (42)18 (35)
  ≥College degree8 (33)23 (44)
Seasonal allergies17 (71)34 (66)
Medication allergies12 (50)29 (56)
ENT history
  Nasal surgery7 (29)19 (37)
  Nasal polyps3 (13)9 (17)
  Deviated septum7 (29)12 (23)
  Nasal fracture4 (17)7 (13)
    Asthma4 (17)14 (27)
ICD-9 code
  461 (acute sinusitis)20 (83)34 (65)
  473 (chronic sinusitis)2 (8)11 (21)
  Both (acute and chronic sinusitis)2 (8)7 (14)
Clinic type
  Primary care24 (100)46 (89)
  ENT0 (0)6 (12)
*At baseline, there were no statistically significant (P > .05) differences between the experimental and control groups.
Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
ENT, Ear, Nose, and Throat; ICD-9, International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision; RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

Outcome measures

The primary outcomes were QOL scores from 2 validated questionnaires: the general health assessment Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12)20 and the RSDI,21 a disease-specific instrument assessing QOL in emotional, functional, and physical domains. We reworded the phrase my problem to my sinus symptoms on several RSDI items. Consensus within the research group and among consulted experts was that this minor change facilitated more accurate reading and reporting. We also measured overall sinus symptom severity with a Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA): “Please evaluate the overall severity of your sinus symptoms since you enrolled in the study”; higher scores on the Likert scale SIA indicated increased severity. Scales for RSDI and SF-12 ranged from 0 to 100 points, with higher scores indicating better overall QOL. Each was completed at baseline and at 1.5, 3, and 6 months; at the 6-month assessment, subjects were shown their baseline answers for comparison because they had told us they needed to recall answers to past questions. They believed they knew whether they felt better or worse and wanted their later answers to reflect this change. Allowing subjects to view previous scores is an accepted research practice.22 However, because we did not allow subjects to see their baseline answers at 1.5 and 3 months, scores must be interpreted in light of the availability of the baseline data to the subjects.

 

 

Secondary outcomes were assessed with multiple methods. Compliance with nasal irrigation was recorded in a daily diary. The presence or absence of sinus symptoms (headache, congestion, facial pressure, facial pain, nasal discharge), antibiotic use, and nasal-spray use was assessed every 2 weeks. An exit questionnaire asked subjects to report categorically whether their sinus-related QOL had gotten worse, stayed the same, or improved, and to estimate the percentage of change (scale from 0 to ±100%). Overall satisfaction and side effects were reported at 6 months.

Statistical methods

Baseline characteristics of experimental and control groups were compared to assess randomization. Analysis, performed on an intention-to-treat basis, involved all 76 subjects randomized into the study. As dictated by the intention-to-treat model, the few missing values were imputed with multiple regression. Repeated measures analysis of variance contrasted the primary outcomes, that is, QOL status and sinus symptom scores within each group at baseline and subsequent periods. Differences between experimental and control groups were analyzed at each point in the repeated measures model and comprehensively for the entire time frame of the study. Statistical significance was assessed with 2-tailed tests. Data are presented as mean values with range of standard error, unless otherwise indicated.

Results

The study sample (Table 1) consisted of 76 subjects (55 female) randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups. Subjects’ ages ranged from 19 to 62 years, with a mean age of 42 years. Sixty-nine subjects (46 experimental and 23 control) completed the study. Seven subjects dropped out of the study at 1.5 months or earlier. A phone questionnaire was completed by 3 experimental dropouts; 2 of the 3 identified “lack of time” as the main reason for leaving the study; the remaining subject did not specify a reason. All 3 identified nasal irrigation as “helpful,” and none identified side effects as significant. The remaining 4 subjects were lost to follow-up. Dropouts tended to have slightly better baseline RSDI scores than nondropouts, 66.8 vs 58.1 points, but this difference was not significant (P = .15). No significant baseline differences were found between the groups of mostly white, female, well-educated subjects (Table 1). Baseline RSDI, SF-12, and SIA scores were similar in both groups. Although ENT subjects tended to have slightly worse baseline RSDI and SIA scores and improved slightly more during the study than other experimental subjects, the effect of clinic type (ENT vs primary care) was not statistically significant. By chance all subjects from ENT clinics (n = 6) and a disproportionate percentage of subjects with chronic sinusitis were randomized to the experimental group. Neither variable was statistically significant.

Experimental subjects showed a significant improvement in RSDI scores: 58.4 ± 2.0, 66.6 ± 2.2, 72.4 ± 2.2, and 72.8 ± 2.2 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2). Although the difference was not significant (P = .08), experimental subjects whose initial RSDI score was less than 50 points improved the most, with an average score change of 17.8 ± 4.4, and comparable control subjects had an average RSDI score change of 8.8 ± 2.9 points. Emotional and functional RSDI domains were not significantly related to score change; however, the physical domain of the survey was significant (P = .05).

SIA scores for experimental subjects improved (P < .05) at all follow-up points compared with control subjects; scores for the experimental group were 3.9 ± 0.1, 3.1 ± 0.2, 2.7 ± 0.2, and 2.4 ± 0.1 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2).

SF-12 score showed no significant differences between groups at any follow-up point but by 6 months trended toward significance (P = .06; Table 2).

Forty-one (93%) experimental subjects completing the exit questionnaire reported improvement. Most (n = 16, 73%) control subjects reported no change, but 18% reported worsening (P < .001; Table 3). Experimental subjects reported an average of 57 ± 4.5% improvement (range, 0–100%), whereas control subjects reported an average of 7 ± 5.9% worsening (range, -80% to 50%; P < .001).

Experimental subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 87% of days during the study; 31 subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 91% or more days, 13 subjects on 76% to 90% of days, and 5 subjects on 51% to 75% of days. Only 3 subjects used nasal irrigation on 50% or fewer days; these 3 subjects had relatively good baseline RSDI and SIA scores compared with other experimental subjects. Compliance was not significantly associated with changes in SIA or RSDI scores. The average survey completion rate was 96% at each assessment by each group.

 

 

Experimental subjects spent fewer 2-week blocks with nasal congestion, sinus headache, and frontal pain and pressure and used antibiotics and nasal sprays in fewer blocks (Table 3).

Forty-four experimental subjects answered questions about satisfaction and side effects. Forty-two stated they “will continue to use” nasal irrigation; the remaining 2 subjects found nasal irrigation less helpful but did not experience side effects. All 44 subjects “would recommend” nasal irrigation to friends or family with sinus problems. Ten subjects (23%) experienced side effects; 8 identified nasal irritation, nasal burning, tearing, nosebleeds, headache, or nasal drainage as occurring but “not significant.” Two subjects identified nasal burning, irritation, and headache as “significant,” but this did not change their high satisfaction rating. Of the 10 subjects who experienced side effects, 4 reduced or eliminated the side effects by temporarily alternating treatment days or decreasing salinity by 50%.

TABLE 2
Primary outcomes: RSDI, SF-12, and SIA baseline scores and mean score changes*

StatusBaseline scoreBaseline vs score change at
1.5 mo3 mo6 mo
RSDI
  Experimental58.4 ± 2.08.2 ± 1.214.0 ± 2.014.4 ± 1.7
  Control59.6 ± 3.05.6 ± 1.47.7 ± 1.90.9 ± 1.0
SF-12
  Experimental60.3 ± 3.06.7 ± 2.18.2 ± 2.912.7 ± 3.6
  Control59.3 ± 3.95.4 ± 3.92.9 ± 4.02.2 ± 3.5
SIA
  Experimental3.9 ± 0.1-0.8 ± 0.2-1.2 ± 0.2-1.6 ± 0.2
  Control4.1 ± 0.2-0.02 ± 0.21-0.3 ± 0.2-0.005 ± 0.2
*Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Statistically significant at P < .05.
Statistically significant at P < .001.
RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

TABLE 3
Secondary outcomes

Secondary outcomeExperimentalControl
Sinus symptoms*
  Sinus headache57 ± 0.0576 ± 0.06
  Frontal pain55 ± 0.0582 ± 0.05
  Frontal pressure53 ± 0.0586 ± 0.05
  Nasal congestion67 ± 0.0483 ± 0.05
  Nasal discharge65 ± 0.0569 ± 0.07
Medication use*
  Antibiotics10 ± 0.0219 ± 0.04
  Nasal sprays§4 ± 0.018 ± 0.02
EQ: sinus symptoms related to QOL||
  Better41 (93)2 (9)
  Same3 (7)16 (73)
  Worse0 (0)4 (18)
*Data are presented as the percentage of 2-week blocks ± standard error during the study.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .05.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .001.
§Not statistically significant, difference between groups: P = .06.
|| Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
EQ, exit questionnaire (Is your quality of life with respect to sinus symptoms better or worse since the beginning of the study?); QOL, quality of life.

FIGURE 1
Position of nasal cup for nasal irrigation therapy A B


FIGURE 2
Mean RSDI and SIA scores in control and experimental subjects

DISCUSSION

Our trial of daily hypertonic nasal irrigation produced several significant findings. We found consistent, statistically significant improvements in QOL (RSDI) and overall symptom severity (SIA). This was consistent with QOL improvement previously reported over short periods with the use of disease-specific measures.12-14 The RSDI is a moderately well-developed and validated disease-specific QOL instrument.21-23 The “minimal clinically important difference,” defined as the average score improvement needed to justify costs and risks,24-26 has not been established for sinusitis. However, it has been estimated for other disease states. For example, a half-point change on a 7-point Likert scale corresponds to estimates of important change in patients with chronic heart and lung disease.22,27 Others have found similar relationships.28-31 In our study, RSDI scores among treated subjects averaged 6.0 and 15.5 points better than controls at 3 and 6 months, respectively. On the SIA, treated subjects averaged 0.6, 0.9, and 1.6 points better. Extrapolating from these findings, these differences appear to be clinically significant. By using 10% improvement of the RSDI, our data showed numbers needed to treat of 9, 5, and 2 at 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (95% confidence interval at 6 months, 1.4–2.6). Numbers needed to treat for SIA, symptom frequency, and medication use were similar. SF-12 improvement, although not statistically significant in this small trial, may represent clinically significant improvements in general health-related QOL.

“Percentage change” is used often by clinicians to gauge therapeutic progress. Ours is the first study to document such change in sinusitis patients using nasal irrigation. Ours is also the first trial to show decreased symptom frequency over a 6-month period. Shorter trials have documented improvement in patients with nasal symptoms12,13,17,18 or with chronic sinusitis in adult14,15 and pediatric16 populations. Consistent with improved symptoms and QOL, experimental subjects decreased their use of antibiotics and nasal sprays, as previously reported in a short trial.12

Side effects have not been carefully assessed in previous trials. Although generally safe, daily hypertonic nasal irrigation was associated with some clinically minor side effects. Interestingly, subjects were able to decrease side effects by adjusting irrigation schedule or salinity. Side effects were not sufficiently bothersome to stop therapy. Compliance with daily therapy was very high and is previously unreported. Although this was consistent with a positive effect on relatively severe symptoms, we believe high compliance also was related to teaching, demonstrated proficiency with nasal irrigation, and close telephone follow-up. One prior study reported subjects’ observation of the first nasal irrigation15; several studies reported providing some education.1214,18

 

 

Our study has several limitations. It was not blinded or placebo controlled. Blinding subjects to a physical therapy is inherently difficult. Investigators who have tried to use normal saline placebos probably affected outcomes.14-16 One trial using a fresh water (0% saline) placebo was stopped early when several control subjects developed otitis media.32 The investigators also were unblinded, possibly creating observer bias.

Methodologic and recruitment strengths of this study included effective randomization, matched control group, intention-to-treat analysis, low missing data rates, high compliance rate, and low dropout rate. Clinical strengths included significant findings on most parameters assessed. Particularly intriguing was the decreased use of antibiotics in the experimental group. This study offered strong evidence that nasal irrigation is a safe, effective, and inexpensive (nasal pot, $15; daily therapy, <$1/month) therapy for sinus disease that properly trained patients will use. Although questions about the protocol (schedule, concentration, and buffering) and indications require further study in a more diverse patient population, clinicians may confidently recommend nasal irrigation; it offers significant hope for symptomatic relief and QOL improvement for millions of individuals with sinus disease who often have few therapeutic options.

CONCLUSIONS

Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related QOL, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Acknowledgments

We thank Thomas Pasic, MD, Michael McDonald, MD, and Diane Heatley, MD, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Wisconsin, Madison.

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Nasal irrigation improved sinus symptoms and decreased sinus medication use.
  • Patient satisfaction and compliance were high for nasal irrigation.
  • Patient training in nasal irrigation technique should be provided.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To test whether daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus symptoms and quality of life and decreases medication use in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Randomized controlled trial. Experimental subjects used nasal irrigation daily for 6 months.
  • POPULATION: Seventy-six subjects from primary care (n = 70) and otolaryngology (n = 6) clinics with histories of frequent sinusitis were randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary outcome measures included the Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12), the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI), and a Single-Item Sinus-Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA); all 3 were completed at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months. Secondary outcomes included daily assessment of compliance and biweekly assessment of symptoms and medication use. At 6 months, subjects reported on side effects, satisfaction with nasal irrigation, and the percentage of change in their sinus-related quality of life.
  • RESULTS: No significant baseline differences existed between the 2 groups. Sixty-nine subjects (90.8%) completed the study. Compliance averaged 87%. Experimental group RSDI scores improved from 58.4 ± 2.0 to 72.8 ± 2.2 (P ≤ .05) compared with those of the control group (from 59.6 ± 3.0 to 60.4 ± 1.1); experimental group SIA scores improved from 3.9 ± 0.1 to 2.4 ± 0.1 (P ≤.05) compared with those of the control group (from 4.08 ± 0.15 to 4.07 ± 0.27). The number needed to treat to achieve 10% improvement on RSDI at 6 months was 2.0. Experimental subjects reported fewer 2-week periods with sinus-related symptoms (P < .05), used less antibiotics (P < .05), and used less nasal spray (P = .06). On the exit questionnaire 93% of experimental subjects reported overall improvement of sinus-related quality of life, and none reported worsening (P < .001); on average, experimental subjects reported 57 ± 4.5% improvement. Side effects were minor and infrequent. Satisfaction was high. We found no statistically significant improvement on the SF-12.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related quality of life, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Sinusitis is a common clinical problem with significant morbidity and often refractory symptoms that accounted for approximately 26.7 million office and emergency visits and resulted in $5.8 billion spent in direct costs in 1996.1 Sinusitis was the fifth most common diagnosis for which antibiotics were prescribed from 1985 to 1992.2 In 1992, 13 million prescriptions were written for sinusitis, up from 5.8 million in 1985.2 The number of US chronic sinusitis cases in 1994 was estimated at 35 million, for a prevalence of 134 per 1000 patients.3 The effect of sinusitis on patients’ quality of life (QOL) is significant and can rate as high as back pain, congestive heart disease, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease on some measures.4

Hypertonic nasal irrigation is a therapy that flushes the nasal cavity with saline solution, facilitating a wash of the structures within. Originally part of the Yogic tradition, this technique is anecdotally regarded as safe and effective; it has been suggested as adjunctive therapy for sinusitis and sinus symptoms.5-7 Potential efficacy is supported by the observation that hypertonic saline improves mucociliary clearance,8 thins mucus,9,10 and may decrease inflammation.8 Optimal irrigant salinity and pH are unclear.10,11 Several small trials examining nasal irrigation have suggested that nasal irrigation is safe, improves nasal symptoms, and is physically tolerable, but inclusion criteria, intervention protocols, and methodological quality vary.12-18 Improvement of QOL scores12-14 and several surrogate measures14-16 have been reported. No study has rigorously evaluated nasal irrigation over a longer period for its effect on QOL, antibiotic and nasal medication use, symptom severity, compliance, and side effects.

We conducted a randomized controlled trial to test the hypotheses that daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves symptoms, decreases antibiotic and nasal medication use, and improves QOL in adult subjects with a history of sinusitis.

Methods

The study protocol was approved by the University of Wisconsin Health Sciences Human Subjects Committee. Subjects were enrolled from May to August 2000 and, after a study period of 6 months, were exited from November 2000 to February 2001. No prior studies existed at inception to guide sample size estimation. Power calculations performed before study initiation indicated that a sample size of 60 subjects would provide 80% power to detect a 10% difference in the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index (RSDI) between study groups. Due to the high patient burden of this study, we assumed a 25% dropout rate.

 

 

Randomization

The randomization scheme was prepared by the Investigational Drug Services of the University of Wisconsin Hospital and Clinics. Subjects were stratified by smoking status and then randomized by using an approximate 2:1 block design, with 10 subjects per block. Therefore 68% of subjects were assigned to the experimental group and 32% to the control group. A 2:1 scheme favoring the experimental group was selected due to resource limitations.

Eligibility criteria and subject recruitment

The recruitment and subject participation scheme is shown in Figure W1 (available on the JFP Web site: http://www.jfponline.com). The billing databases for the University of Wisconsin primary care and Ear, Nose, and Throat (ENT) practices were screened for acute and chronic sinusitis (codes 461 and 473, respectively, from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision). Patients 18 to 65 years old with 2 episodes of acute sinusitis or 1 episode of chronic sinusitis per year for 2 consecutive years (n = 602) were sent a letter explaining the study and inviting participation, along with an opt-out postcard. If no card was returned, potential subjects were phoned. Exclusion criteria included pregnancy and comorbidity significant enough to preclude travel to an informational meeting or performance of the nasal irrigation technique. Patients indicating “moderate to severe” impact of sinus symptoms on their QOL on a Likert scale of 1 to 7 were invited to attend an informational meeting involving enrollment, randomization, and training (n = 128). Of those potential subjects, 44 declined the meeting or were ineligible; 84 agreed to attend the meeting, 77 attended, and 76 enrolled. Of the initial group of 602 potential subjects, 375 were not contacted because the study census reached intended sample size.

One of us (D.R., R.M., or A.Z.) facilitated each informational meeting of 1 to 6 persons. Sealed envelopes containing the patient’s randomized group assignment were distributed to subjects in the order they entered the room. The group assignment was unknown to the investigator. Subjects broke the seal and learned their assignment. Thereafter, investigators were not blind to subjects’ group assignment. Persons managing and analyzing data also saw unblinded data but had no contact with subjects. Participants heard a brief presentation about sinus disease and its treatment. Nasal irrigation theory and technique were explained. Seventy-six subjects consented and were allocated by their randomized group assignments to experimental (n = 52) or control (n = 24) groups. Control subjects continued treatment of sinus disease in their usual manner. Experimental subjects saw a brief demonstration film, witnessed nasal irrigation by the facilitator, and demonstrated proficiency with the nasal irrigation technique before departure. Subjects were provided all ingredients and materials for 6 months of daily nasal irrigation. Experimental subjects also continued usual care for sinus disease.

Intervention

Subjects in the experimental group were asked to irrigate the nose (150 mL through each nostril) daily for 6 months with the SinuCleanse19 nasal cup containing 2.0% saline buffered with baking soda (1 heaping teaspoon of canning salt, one half teaspoon of baking soda, and 1 pint of tap water; (Table 1). Solution was mixed fresh every 1 to 2 days. All subjects were phoned at 2 weeks to assess initial compliance with study protocols and thereafter if assessment instruments were not returned promptly.

TABLE 1
Baseline patient characteristics*

VariableControl group (n = 24)Experimental group (n = 52)
Age, y41.4 ± 2.442.4 ± 1.4
RSDI score59.6 ± 3.058.4 ± 2.0
SF-12 score59.3 ± 4.060.3 ± 3.0
SIA score4.1 ± 0.23.9 ± 0.1
Female18 (75)37 (71)
Caucasian race23 (96)49 (94)
Smokers1 (4)3 (6)
Education
  ≤High school6 (25)11 (21)
  Some college10 (42)18 (35)
  ≥College degree8 (33)23 (44)
Seasonal allergies17 (71)34 (66)
Medication allergies12 (50)29 (56)
ENT history
  Nasal surgery7 (29)19 (37)
  Nasal polyps3 (13)9 (17)
  Deviated septum7 (29)12 (23)
  Nasal fracture4 (17)7 (13)
    Asthma4 (17)14 (27)
ICD-9 code
  461 (acute sinusitis)20 (83)34 (65)
  473 (chronic sinusitis)2 (8)11 (21)
  Both (acute and chronic sinusitis)2 (8)7 (14)
Clinic type
  Primary care24 (100)46 (89)
  ENT0 (0)6 (12)
*At baseline, there were no statistically significant (P > .05) differences between the experimental and control groups.
Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
ENT, Ear, Nose, and Throat; ICD-9, International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision; RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

Outcome measures

The primary outcomes were QOL scores from 2 validated questionnaires: the general health assessment Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form (SF-12)20 and the RSDI,21 a disease-specific instrument assessing QOL in emotional, functional, and physical domains. We reworded the phrase my problem to my sinus symptoms on several RSDI items. Consensus within the research group and among consulted experts was that this minor change facilitated more accurate reading and reporting. We also measured overall sinus symptom severity with a Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment (SIA): “Please evaluate the overall severity of your sinus symptoms since you enrolled in the study”; higher scores on the Likert scale SIA indicated increased severity. Scales for RSDI and SF-12 ranged from 0 to 100 points, with higher scores indicating better overall QOL. Each was completed at baseline and at 1.5, 3, and 6 months; at the 6-month assessment, subjects were shown their baseline answers for comparison because they had told us they needed to recall answers to past questions. They believed they knew whether they felt better or worse and wanted their later answers to reflect this change. Allowing subjects to view previous scores is an accepted research practice.22 However, because we did not allow subjects to see their baseline answers at 1.5 and 3 months, scores must be interpreted in light of the availability of the baseline data to the subjects.

 

 

Secondary outcomes were assessed with multiple methods. Compliance with nasal irrigation was recorded in a daily diary. The presence or absence of sinus symptoms (headache, congestion, facial pressure, facial pain, nasal discharge), antibiotic use, and nasal-spray use was assessed every 2 weeks. An exit questionnaire asked subjects to report categorically whether their sinus-related QOL had gotten worse, stayed the same, or improved, and to estimate the percentage of change (scale from 0 to ±100%). Overall satisfaction and side effects were reported at 6 months.

Statistical methods

Baseline characteristics of experimental and control groups were compared to assess randomization. Analysis, performed on an intention-to-treat basis, involved all 76 subjects randomized into the study. As dictated by the intention-to-treat model, the few missing values were imputed with multiple regression. Repeated measures analysis of variance contrasted the primary outcomes, that is, QOL status and sinus symptom scores within each group at baseline and subsequent periods. Differences between experimental and control groups were analyzed at each point in the repeated measures model and comprehensively for the entire time frame of the study. Statistical significance was assessed with 2-tailed tests. Data are presented as mean values with range of standard error, unless otherwise indicated.

Results

The study sample (Table 1) consisted of 76 subjects (55 female) randomized to experimental (n = 52) and control (n = 24) groups. Subjects’ ages ranged from 19 to 62 years, with a mean age of 42 years. Sixty-nine subjects (46 experimental and 23 control) completed the study. Seven subjects dropped out of the study at 1.5 months or earlier. A phone questionnaire was completed by 3 experimental dropouts; 2 of the 3 identified “lack of time” as the main reason for leaving the study; the remaining subject did not specify a reason. All 3 identified nasal irrigation as “helpful,” and none identified side effects as significant. The remaining 4 subjects were lost to follow-up. Dropouts tended to have slightly better baseline RSDI scores than nondropouts, 66.8 vs 58.1 points, but this difference was not significant (P = .15). No significant baseline differences were found between the groups of mostly white, female, well-educated subjects (Table 1). Baseline RSDI, SF-12, and SIA scores were similar in both groups. Although ENT subjects tended to have slightly worse baseline RSDI and SIA scores and improved slightly more during the study than other experimental subjects, the effect of clinic type (ENT vs primary care) was not statistically significant. By chance all subjects from ENT clinics (n = 6) and a disproportionate percentage of subjects with chronic sinusitis were randomized to the experimental group. Neither variable was statistically significant.

Experimental subjects showed a significant improvement in RSDI scores: 58.4 ± 2.0, 66.6 ± 2.2, 72.4 ± 2.2, and 72.8 ± 2.2 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2). Although the difference was not significant (P = .08), experimental subjects whose initial RSDI score was less than 50 points improved the most, with an average score change of 17.8 ± 4.4, and comparable control subjects had an average RSDI score change of 8.8 ± 2.9 points. Emotional and functional RSDI domains were not significantly related to score change; however, the physical domain of the survey was significant (P = .05).

SIA scores for experimental subjects improved (P < .05) at all follow-up points compared with control subjects; scores for the experimental group were 3.9 ± 0.1, 3.1 ± 0.2, 2.7 ± 0.2, and 2.4 ± 0.1 points at baseline, 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (Table 2, Figure 2).

SF-12 score showed no significant differences between groups at any follow-up point but by 6 months trended toward significance (P = .06; Table 2).

Forty-one (93%) experimental subjects completing the exit questionnaire reported improvement. Most (n = 16, 73%) control subjects reported no change, but 18% reported worsening (P < .001; Table 3). Experimental subjects reported an average of 57 ± 4.5% improvement (range, 0–100%), whereas control subjects reported an average of 7 ± 5.9% worsening (range, -80% to 50%; P < .001).

Experimental subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 87% of days during the study; 31 subjects reported using nasal irrigation on 91% or more days, 13 subjects on 76% to 90% of days, and 5 subjects on 51% to 75% of days. Only 3 subjects used nasal irrigation on 50% or fewer days; these 3 subjects had relatively good baseline RSDI and SIA scores compared with other experimental subjects. Compliance was not significantly associated with changes in SIA or RSDI scores. The average survey completion rate was 96% at each assessment by each group.

 

 

Experimental subjects spent fewer 2-week blocks with nasal congestion, sinus headache, and frontal pain and pressure and used antibiotics and nasal sprays in fewer blocks (Table 3).

Forty-four experimental subjects answered questions about satisfaction and side effects. Forty-two stated they “will continue to use” nasal irrigation; the remaining 2 subjects found nasal irrigation less helpful but did not experience side effects. All 44 subjects “would recommend” nasal irrigation to friends or family with sinus problems. Ten subjects (23%) experienced side effects; 8 identified nasal irritation, nasal burning, tearing, nosebleeds, headache, or nasal drainage as occurring but “not significant.” Two subjects identified nasal burning, irritation, and headache as “significant,” but this did not change their high satisfaction rating. Of the 10 subjects who experienced side effects, 4 reduced or eliminated the side effects by temporarily alternating treatment days or decreasing salinity by 50%.

TABLE 2
Primary outcomes: RSDI, SF-12, and SIA baseline scores and mean score changes*

StatusBaseline scoreBaseline vs score change at
1.5 mo3 mo6 mo
RSDI
  Experimental58.4 ± 2.08.2 ± 1.214.0 ± 2.014.4 ± 1.7
  Control59.6 ± 3.05.6 ± 1.47.7 ± 1.90.9 ± 1.0
SF-12
  Experimental60.3 ± 3.06.7 ± 2.18.2 ± 2.912.7 ± 3.6
  Control59.3 ± 3.95.4 ± 3.92.9 ± 4.02.2 ± 3.5
SIA
  Experimental3.9 ± 0.1-0.8 ± 0.2-1.2 ± 0.2-1.6 ± 0.2
  Control4.1 ± 0.2-0.02 ± 0.21-0.3 ± 0.2-0.005 ± 0.2
*Data are presented as mean ± standard error.
Statistically significant at P < .05.
Statistically significant at P < .001.
RSDI, Rhinosinusitis Disability Index; SF-12, Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 12; SIA, Single-Item Symptom Severity Assessment.

TABLE 3
Secondary outcomes

Secondary outcomeExperimentalControl
Sinus symptoms*
  Sinus headache57 ± 0.0576 ± 0.06
  Frontal pain55 ± 0.0582 ± 0.05
  Frontal pressure53 ± 0.0586 ± 0.05
  Nasal congestion67 ± 0.0483 ± 0.05
  Nasal discharge65 ± 0.0569 ± 0.07
Medication use*
  Antibiotics10 ± 0.0219 ± 0.04
  Nasal sprays§4 ± 0.018 ± 0.02
EQ: sinus symptoms related to QOL||
  Better41 (93)2 (9)
  Same3 (7)16 (73)
  Worse0 (0)4 (18)
*Data are presented as the percentage of 2-week blocks ± standard error during the study.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .05.
Statistically significant difference between groups: P < .001.
§Not statistically significant, difference between groups: P = .06.
|| Data are presented as number (%) of subjects.
EQ, exit questionnaire (Is your quality of life with respect to sinus symptoms better or worse since the beginning of the study?); QOL, quality of life.

FIGURE 1
Position of nasal cup for nasal irrigation therapy A B


FIGURE 2
Mean RSDI and SIA scores in control and experimental subjects

DISCUSSION

Our trial of daily hypertonic nasal irrigation produced several significant findings. We found consistent, statistically significant improvements in QOL (RSDI) and overall symptom severity (SIA). This was consistent with QOL improvement previously reported over short periods with the use of disease-specific measures.12-14 The RSDI is a moderately well-developed and validated disease-specific QOL instrument.21-23 The “minimal clinically important difference,” defined as the average score improvement needed to justify costs and risks,24-26 has not been established for sinusitis. However, it has been estimated for other disease states. For example, a half-point change on a 7-point Likert scale corresponds to estimates of important change in patients with chronic heart and lung disease.22,27 Others have found similar relationships.28-31 In our study, RSDI scores among treated subjects averaged 6.0 and 15.5 points better than controls at 3 and 6 months, respectively. On the SIA, treated subjects averaged 0.6, 0.9, and 1.6 points better. Extrapolating from these findings, these differences appear to be clinically significant. By using 10% improvement of the RSDI, our data showed numbers needed to treat of 9, 5, and 2 at 1.5, 3, and 6 months, respectively (95% confidence interval at 6 months, 1.4–2.6). Numbers needed to treat for SIA, symptom frequency, and medication use were similar. SF-12 improvement, although not statistically significant in this small trial, may represent clinically significant improvements in general health-related QOL.

“Percentage change” is used often by clinicians to gauge therapeutic progress. Ours is the first study to document such change in sinusitis patients using nasal irrigation. Ours is also the first trial to show decreased symptom frequency over a 6-month period. Shorter trials have documented improvement in patients with nasal symptoms12,13,17,18 or with chronic sinusitis in adult14,15 and pediatric16 populations. Consistent with improved symptoms and QOL, experimental subjects decreased their use of antibiotics and nasal sprays, as previously reported in a short trial.12

Side effects have not been carefully assessed in previous trials. Although generally safe, daily hypertonic nasal irrigation was associated with some clinically minor side effects. Interestingly, subjects were able to decrease side effects by adjusting irrigation schedule or salinity. Side effects were not sufficiently bothersome to stop therapy. Compliance with daily therapy was very high and is previously unreported. Although this was consistent with a positive effect on relatively severe symptoms, we believe high compliance also was related to teaching, demonstrated proficiency with nasal irrigation, and close telephone follow-up. One prior study reported subjects’ observation of the first nasal irrigation15; several studies reported providing some education.1214,18

 

 

Our study has several limitations. It was not blinded or placebo controlled. Blinding subjects to a physical therapy is inherently difficult. Investigators who have tried to use normal saline placebos probably affected outcomes.14-16 One trial using a fresh water (0% saline) placebo was stopped early when several control subjects developed otitis media.32 The investigators also were unblinded, possibly creating observer bias.

Methodologic and recruitment strengths of this study included effective randomization, matched control group, intention-to-treat analysis, low missing data rates, high compliance rate, and low dropout rate. Clinical strengths included significant findings on most parameters assessed. Particularly intriguing was the decreased use of antibiotics in the experimental group. This study offered strong evidence that nasal irrigation is a safe, effective, and inexpensive (nasal pot, $15; daily therapy, <$1/month) therapy for sinus disease that properly trained patients will use. Although questions about the protocol (schedule, concentration, and buffering) and indications require further study in a more diverse patient population, clinicians may confidently recommend nasal irrigation; it offers significant hope for symptomatic relief and QOL improvement for millions of individuals with sinus disease who often have few therapeutic options.

CONCLUSIONS

Daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation improves sinus-related QOL, decreases symptoms, and decreases medication use in patients with frequent sinusitis. Primary care physicians can feel comfortable recommending this therapy.

Acknowledgments

We thank Thomas Pasic, MD, Michael McDonald, MD, and Diane Heatley, MD, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Wisconsin, Madison.

References

1. Ray NF, Baraniuk JN, Thamer M, et al. Healthcare expenditures for sinusitis in 1996: contributions of asthma, rhinitis and other airway disorders. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1999;103:408-14.

2. McCaig LF, Hughes JM. Trends in antimicrobial drug prescribing among office-based physicians in the United States. JAMA 1995;273:214-9.

3. Centers for Disease Control.Vital and Health Statistics.Current Estimates From the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics, 1995. DHHS publication PHS 96-1521.

4. Glicklich RE, Metson R. The health impact of chronic sinusitis in patients seeking otolaryngologic care. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1995;113:104-9.

5. Kaliner MA, Osuguthorpe JD, Fireman P, et al. Sinusitis bench to bedside: current findings, future directions. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1997;99:S829-47.

6. Druce HM. Adjuncts to medical management of sinusitis. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1990;103:880-3.

7. Zieger RS. Prospects for ancillary treatment of sinusitis in the 1990’s. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1992;90:478-93.

8. Talbot AR, Herr TM, Parsons DS. Mucociliary clearance and buffered hypertonic saline solution. Laryngoscope 1997;107:500-3.

9. Robinson M, Hemming AL, Regnis JA, et al. Effect of increasing doses of hypertonic saline on mucociliary clearance in patients with cystic fibrosis. Thorax 1997;52:900-3.

10. Homer JJ, Dowley AC, Condon L, El-Jassar P, Sood S. The effect of hypertonicity on nasal mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 2000;25:558-60.

11. Homer JJ, England RJ, Wilde AD, Harwood GRJ, Stafford ND. The effect of pH of douching solution on mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 1999;24:312-5.

12. Heatley DG, McConnell KE, Kille TL, Leverson GE. Nasal irrigation for the alleviation of sinonasal symptoms. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 200l;125:44-8.

13. Tamooka LT, Murphy C, Davidson TM. Clinical study and literature review of nasal irrigation. Laryngoscope 2000;110:1189-93.

14. Taccariello M, Parikh A, Darby Y, Scadding G. Nasal douching as a valuable adjunct in the management of chronic rhinosinusitis. Rhinology 1999;37:29-32.

15. Bachmann G, Hommel G, Michel O. Effect of irrigation of the nose with isotonic salt solution on patients with chronic paranasal sinus disease. Eur Arch Otorhinolaryngol 2000;257:537-41.

16. Shoseyov D, Bibi H, Shai P, et al. Treatment with hypertonic saline versus normal saline wash of pediatric chronic sinusitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998;101:602-5.

17. Rabone SJ, Saraswati SB. Acceptance and effects of nasal lavage in volunteer woodworkers. Occupat Med 1999;49:365-9.

18. Holmstrom M, Rosen G, Walander L. Effect of nasal lavage on nasal symptoms and physiology in wood industry workers. Rhinology 1997;35:108-12.

19. SinuCleanse Med Systems, April 22 2002. Available at: http://www.sinucleanse.com. Accessed October 7, 2002.

20. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SD. A 12-item short-form health survey: construction of scales and preliminary test of reliability and validity. Med Care 1996;34:220-6.

21. Benninger MS, Senior BA. The development of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index. Arch Otolyryngol Head Neck Surg 1997;123:1175-9.

22. Guyatt GH, Bombardier C, Tugwell P. Measuring disease-specific quality of life in clinical trials. CMAJ 1986;134:889-95.

23. Senior BA, Glaze C, Benninger MS. Use of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Score (RSDI) in rhinologic disease. Am J Rhinol 2001;15:15-20.

24. Deyo RA, Patrick DL. The significance of treatment effects: the clinical perspective. Med Care 1995;33:AS286-91.

25. Redelmeier DA, Guyatt GH, Goldstein RS. Assessing the minimal important difference in symptoms: a comparison of two techniques. J Clin Epidemiol 1996;49:1215-9.

26. Samsa G. How should the minimum important difference for a health-related quality-of-life instrument be estimated? Med Care 2001;39:1037-8.

27. Jaeschke R, Singer J, Guyatt GH. Measurement of health status: ascertaining the minimal clinically important difference. Control Clin Trials 1989;10:407-15.

28. Bellamy N, Carr A, Dougados M, Shea B, Wells G. Towards a definition of “difference” in osteoarthritis. J Rheumatol 2001;28:427-30.

29. Powell CV, Kelly A-M. Determining the minimum clinically significant difference in visual analog pain score for children. Ann Emerg Med 2001;37:28-31.

30. Todd KH, Funk JP. The minimum clinically important difference in physician-assigned visual analog pain scores. Acad Emerg Med 1996;3:142-6.

31. Wells GA, Tugwell P, Kraag GR, et al. Minimum important difference between patients with rheumatoid arthritis: the patient’s perspective. J Rheumatol 1993;20:557-60.

32. Wendeler HM, Muller J, Dieler R, Helms J. Nasenspuling mit isotoner Emser-Salz-Losung bei chronischer rhinosinusitis. Otorhinolaryngol Nova 1997;7:254-8.

References

1. Ray NF, Baraniuk JN, Thamer M, et al. Healthcare expenditures for sinusitis in 1996: contributions of asthma, rhinitis and other airway disorders. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1999;103:408-14.

2. McCaig LF, Hughes JM. Trends in antimicrobial drug prescribing among office-based physicians in the United States. JAMA 1995;273:214-9.

3. Centers for Disease Control.Vital and Health Statistics.Current Estimates From the National Health Interview Survey, 1994. Bethesda, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics, 1995. DHHS publication PHS 96-1521.

4. Glicklich RE, Metson R. The health impact of chronic sinusitis in patients seeking otolaryngologic care. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1995;113:104-9.

5. Kaliner MA, Osuguthorpe JD, Fireman P, et al. Sinusitis bench to bedside: current findings, future directions. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1997;99:S829-47.

6. Druce HM. Adjuncts to medical management of sinusitis. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1990;103:880-3.

7. Zieger RS. Prospects for ancillary treatment of sinusitis in the 1990’s. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1992;90:478-93.

8. Talbot AR, Herr TM, Parsons DS. Mucociliary clearance and buffered hypertonic saline solution. Laryngoscope 1997;107:500-3.

9. Robinson M, Hemming AL, Regnis JA, et al. Effect of increasing doses of hypertonic saline on mucociliary clearance in patients with cystic fibrosis. Thorax 1997;52:900-3.

10. Homer JJ, Dowley AC, Condon L, El-Jassar P, Sood S. The effect of hypertonicity on nasal mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 2000;25:558-60.

11. Homer JJ, England RJ, Wilde AD, Harwood GRJ, Stafford ND. The effect of pH of douching solution on mucociliary clearance. Clin Otolaryngol 1999;24:312-5.

12. Heatley DG, McConnell KE, Kille TL, Leverson GE. Nasal irrigation for the alleviation of sinonasal symptoms. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 200l;125:44-8.

13. Tamooka LT, Murphy C, Davidson TM. Clinical study and literature review of nasal irrigation. Laryngoscope 2000;110:1189-93.

14. Taccariello M, Parikh A, Darby Y, Scadding G. Nasal douching as a valuable adjunct in the management of chronic rhinosinusitis. Rhinology 1999;37:29-32.

15. Bachmann G, Hommel G, Michel O. Effect of irrigation of the nose with isotonic salt solution on patients with chronic paranasal sinus disease. Eur Arch Otorhinolaryngol 2000;257:537-41.

16. Shoseyov D, Bibi H, Shai P, et al. Treatment with hypertonic saline versus normal saline wash of pediatric chronic sinusitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998;101:602-5.

17. Rabone SJ, Saraswati SB. Acceptance and effects of nasal lavage in volunteer woodworkers. Occupat Med 1999;49:365-9.

18. Holmstrom M, Rosen G, Walander L. Effect of nasal lavage on nasal symptoms and physiology in wood industry workers. Rhinology 1997;35:108-12.

19. SinuCleanse Med Systems, April 22 2002. Available at: http://www.sinucleanse.com. Accessed October 7, 2002.

20. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SD. A 12-item short-form health survey: construction of scales and preliminary test of reliability and validity. Med Care 1996;34:220-6.

21. Benninger MS, Senior BA. The development of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Index. Arch Otolyryngol Head Neck Surg 1997;123:1175-9.

22. Guyatt GH, Bombardier C, Tugwell P. Measuring disease-specific quality of life in clinical trials. CMAJ 1986;134:889-95.

23. Senior BA, Glaze C, Benninger MS. Use of the Rhinosinusitis Disability Score (RSDI) in rhinologic disease. Am J Rhinol 2001;15:15-20.

24. Deyo RA, Patrick DL. The significance of treatment effects: the clinical perspective. Med Care 1995;33:AS286-91.

25. Redelmeier DA, Guyatt GH, Goldstein RS. Assessing the minimal important difference in symptoms: a comparison of two techniques. J Clin Epidemiol 1996;49:1215-9.

26. Samsa G. How should the minimum important difference for a health-related quality-of-life instrument be estimated? Med Care 2001;39:1037-8.

27. Jaeschke R, Singer J, Guyatt GH. Measurement of health status: ascertaining the minimal clinically important difference. Control Clin Trials 1989;10:407-15.

28. Bellamy N, Carr A, Dougados M, Shea B, Wells G. Towards a definition of “difference” in osteoarthritis. J Rheumatol 2001;28:427-30.

29. Powell CV, Kelly A-M. Determining the minimum clinically significant difference in visual analog pain score for children. Ann Emerg Med 2001;37:28-31.

30. Todd KH, Funk JP. The minimum clinically important difference in physician-assigned visual analog pain scores. Acad Emerg Med 1996;3:142-6.

31. Wells GA, Tugwell P, Kraag GR, et al. Minimum important difference between patients with rheumatoid arthritis: the patient’s perspective. J Rheumatol 1993;20:557-60.

32. Wendeler HM, Muller J, Dieler R, Helms J. Nasenspuling mit isotoner Emser-Salz-Losung bei chronischer rhinosinusitis. Otorhinolaryngol Nova 1997;7:254-8.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1049-1055
Page Number
1049-1055
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Efficacy of daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation among patients with sinusitis: A randomized controlled trial
Display Headline
Efficacy of daily hypertonic saline nasal irrigation among patients with sinusitis: A randomized controlled trial
Legacy Keywords
,Sinusitisnasal irrigationquality of life. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1049–1055)
Legacy Keywords
,Sinusitisnasal irrigationquality of life. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1049–1055)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Patient and physician explanatory models for acute bronchitis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:07
Display Headline
Patient and physician explanatory models for acute bronchitis

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Patients often do not understand the difference between viral and bacterial infections.
  • Patients think that acute bronchitis will not improve and will probably get worse if not treated with antibiotics.
  • Physicians and patients tend to falsely equate productive coughs (green-yellow sputum) with having a bacterial infection that requires antibiotic treatment.
  • Physicians report significant internal conflict regarding treatment of acute bronchitis, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics are of little value, a universal assumption that patients expect antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressure from employers to get the patient “back to work,” and fear of “missing” a more serious infection.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: Our goals were to develop explanatory models to better understand how physicians diagnose and treat acute bronchitis; to describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis; and to enhance communication between physician and patient.
  • STUDY DESIGN: We used qualitative, semi-structured, in-depth interviews to generate patient and physician explanatory models.
  • POPULATION: We had a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 adult patients.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Our multidisciplinary team of investigators used an editing style of analysis to develop patient and physician explanatory models based on the following topics: (1) what caused my illness/etiology, (2) what symptoms I had/onset of symptoms, (3) what my sickness did to me/pathophysiology, (4) how severe is my sickness/course of illness, and (5) what kind of treatment should I receive/treatment.
  • RESULTS: We found that patient and physician models were congruous for symptoms of acute bronchitis and incongruous for etiology and course of illness. Models were congruous for treatment, although for different reasons.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Patients may have a very vague understanding of the process of infection and the difference between bacteria and viruses. Compounding this confusion is frequent miscommunication from physicians regarding the clinical course of untreated illness. These factors and non-communicated expectations from patients and fear of missing something on the part of physicians contribute to the decision to treat with antibiotics.

Clinical trials and meta-analyses of these trials1-3 have found that antibiotics do not provide clinically relevant improvements in patient outcomes in the treatment of otherwise healthy adults with acute bronchitis. Despite these findings, antibiotics remain the traditional choice of therapy.4-6 To better understand the process of making a diagnosis and deciding to treat, further study is needed to explore the complex interaction between patients and physicians.

Explanatory models of illness, pioneered by Arthur Kleinman, provide insight into the dynamics of physician and patient processes in a clinical encounter.7-10 Physician and patient models are elicited through the use of semi-structured, in-depth interviews. The physician’s model has 5 basic topics: etiology, onset of symptoms, pathophysiology, course of illness, and treatment of illness. A patient will generally consider these same issues in a different framework: What caused my illness?, What symptoms have I had?, What does my sickness do to me?, How severe is my sickness?, and What kind of treatment should I receive? The patient model, which is often drawn from cultural traditions and norms and may not be fully articulated, tends to be less abstract, possibly inconsistent, and even self-contradictory. 8 Differences between patient and physician explanatory models may lead to conflict, poor communication, low compliance, decreased patient satisfaction, and worse patient outcomes.

The purpose of this study was to elicit and analyze explanatory models to better understand how physicians make the diagnosis of acute bronchitis and decide on treatment for a given patient and describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis.

Methods

Participants

This qualitative study used a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 patients from several types of medical practices in the Dallas, Texas area. It was purposeful in that we deliberately tried to include patients and physicians from a variety of settings. The study was approved by the institutional review boards of University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center and Southern Methodist University.

A letter inviting participation was mailed to physicians. This letter also requested access to adult patients who were seen with an episode of acute bronchitis from 4 weeks to 6 months previously. This mailing was followed by a telephone call from a research assistant to set up an interview. A similar process was followed for patients.

In-depth interviews and data collection

Interview scripts had open-ended questions and standard probes to elicit information about the explanatory model. After obtaining informed consent, interviews were conducted by 1 trained interviewer and audio recorded, transcribed, and checked for accuracy.

Data analysis

An editing style of analysis was used in which the text of the interviews was read line by line and data were grouped into themes.11 Two data management software programs were used to develop codes and labeling, Ethnograph version 4.0 (Qualis Research Association, Salt Lake City, UT) and NVivo (Revision 1.2, Qualitative Solutions and Research Pty Ltd, Cambridge, MA). We explored the data for linkages and connections of the coded groups for hierarchical and non-hierarchical relationships.

 

 

The data were analyzed and interpreted by a multidisciplinary team consisting of a family physician (K.C.O.), an epidemiologist (L.M.S.), 2 medical anthropologists (R.P.W., C.S.), a medical anthropology graduate student (K.M.C.), and a qualitative research assistant (O.C.). Through a series of meetings, we shared findings, discussed relationships, explored areas of discrepancy and outlying data, and developed the explanatory models.

Results

Participant demographics are provided in the Table. To contrast models, results are presented for the 5 statements with the patient model followed by the physician model.

TABLE 1
Physician and patient demographic data

 Physicians (n = 30)Patients (n = 30)
 Frequency%Frequency%
Age, y
  25–35930930
  36–4510331033
  46–55827620
  ≥55310517
Sex
  Male21701137
  Female9301963
Race/ethnicity
  European American24792480
  ;African American27413
  Hispanic2714
  Asian2714

What caused my illness/etiology

About one third of the patients felt that their bronchitis was triggered by external factors such as allergies, pollution, smoking, or cold weather. As 1 patient stated, “I think that living here, in being exposed to a lot of pollutants over a period of years, has weakened our bronchial areas and therefore, I am more susceptible to the weather changes, the dampness, wind blowing, cold.”

Approximately one third referred to an infectious agent or an infection causing the bronchitis, using words such as bug and germ. Only 2 patients mentioned the words viral or bacterial and the references were nonspecific. One stated, “I assumed a bug of some sort and I am utterly unclear about, you know, what’s a virus, a bacteria, viral versus bacterial infection.” Others talked about how being stressed or tired lowered their resistance and caused the bronchitis. There was another group of patients who felt that they did not know what caused their bronchitis.

Most physicians reported that acute bronchitis is generally viral, but added that it could also be due to Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, or Streptococcal pneumoniae and that it was difficult to say what caused an individual’s illness. Environmental exposures, such as smoking, air pollution, and allergies, were also felt to play a role in etiology. This was typified by 1 physician who stated, “I see it most frequently in people who are smokers or passive smokers.” A few physicians expressed the view that the cause of bronchitis was not really understood.

Symptoms I have had/onset of symptoms

Patients tended to report symptoms in order of occurrence. An example was, “My head stopped up and I felt … head congestion, my chest was congested. Sometimes it was hard for me to breathe, and coughing and sneezing and I hurt.”

Patients were asked to rank their symptoms in order of seriousness. Approximately one third reported coughing as their most serious complaint. Another third listed difficulty breathing. Comments about this symptom reflected a strong sense of concern or fear such as, “I had a hard time breathing at night. That was one of the things that was kind of scary … it was something I couldn’t relate to at first and is probably the worst symptom.” When asked if there was 1 symptom that particularly worried them, coughing was the most common response followed by breathing difficulties and then a wide array of symptoms such as fever and chest pain.

When patients described their cough, there tended to be those who used adjectives such as dry, mild, and tickle, and those who used terms such as deep, substernal, barking, goes down below your hips. The cough was commonly described as productive or nonproductive and ongoing or constant. In general, patients fell into 2 camps: those who reported being sick for a short time (1–3 days) and those who waited longer (1–3 weeks) before going to a doctor. Most patients had experienced prior episodes of bronchitis. Those with more experience tended to feel that they needed to see a physician.

All physicians reported cough as the classic symptom of bronchitis. Approximately half indicated that the cough was typically productive and described the color of the phlegm. The others stated that cough was the classic symptom but did not specify the characteristics. Other symptoms listed were fever, shortness of breath, wheezing, congestion, malaise, aches, and chills.

When patients were asked what they felt would be the most worrisome symptom of bronchitis, over two thirds reported coughing, especially when it affected sleep or work functioning and was persistent and productive. When reporting their own most worrisome symptoms, however, physicians listed high fever, chest pain, or purulent sputum and were concerned about serious underlying diseases such as pneumonia.

Physicians felt there was wide variation in the time that patients with bronchitis symptoms waited to be seen. Approximately half of the physicians reported that patients were sick for 1 week or less before their appointment. The other half reported wide intervals ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks.

 

 

What my sickness did to me/pathophysiology

Most patients responded that they had never thought about what the illness did to them. When probed, patients generally responded that they had an infection “in the bronchial pipes” or a “cold in the chest.”

Physicians were asked to describe the pathophysiology of acute bronchitis and discuss how they arrive at a diagnosis. In general, they described how a virus or bacteria “invades” the respiratory tract, causing inflammation of the airways and bronchioles, resulting in increased mucus production. Several physicians described bacterial overgrowth occurring. Physicians separated acute bronchitis from an upper respiratory infection based on the cough, especially if it was productive, and from pneumonia by the absence of more severe signs or symptoms, such as high fever, shortness of breath, or presence of rales. Several physicians tied their diagnosis to treatment, as illustrated by a physician who stated, “I think that many doctors use bronchitis as the excuse to give an antibiotic. And I sometimes fall into that trap. So if I want them to think they deserve an antibiotic, then sometimes I will give them the diagnosis of bronchitis.”

How severe is my sickness/course of illness

One third of patients reported feeling very bad and one third felt moderately bad. The remainder reported variability in the way they felt or not feeling ill at all. Similarly, one third reported a cough duration of 3 weeks or longer and one third felt that the illness had a major impact on their work and daily routine. When asked what would have happened if they had not seen the doctor, patients consistently reported that they would have been sick longer, would not have recovered, or would have gotten pneumonia. Three patients felt they could have died. None said that they would have recovered on their own.

Physicians were asked how many days of work were missed by patients with acute bronchitis. More than two thirds estimated that patients missed from 1 to 3 days. A number of physicians mentioned that factors such as work motivation, attitudes about illness, and availability of paid sick leave influenced the number of days off. Most physicians thought it would take patients 1 week or longer before they felt well enough to return to their normal routine.

What kind of treatment should I receive/treatment

All patients recalled that the primary treatment for their acute bronchitis was a prescription medication such as an antibiotic, cough suppressant, or decongestant. Twenty-seven reported receiving an antibiotic prescription. An inhaler was prescribed for about one third of patients. Several patients commented on the inhaler’s effectiveness for relieving symptoms. This is illustrated by a patient who stated, “the inhaler is the thing that helped me instantaneously.” About one third of patients reported receiving medical advice such as drinking lots of liquids and resting.

Most patients agreed that the treatment they received was what they expected, but when asked to articulate what they “expected,” they had problems doing so. After probing by the interviewer, more than 50% stated that an antibiotic was what they needed for treating their illness. This is typified by the response of one patient, “I would like [bronchitis] to be treated more aggressively. … [Physicians] want to wait until you’ve got a full blown infection before they do anything and I wish that would be different next time.”

When patients were asked about treatment satisfaction, about two thirds reported that they were satisfied because they felt better “pretty fast.” There was wide variation in their definition of “pretty fast,” ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks. Several patients were somewhat dissatisfied with their treatment but felt that nothing else could have been done. A few patients expressed strong dissatisfaction because of slow recovery time or because the prescribed medications did not relieve the symptoms.

Two major treatment approaches emerged from the physician interviews: use of antibiotics or a primary focus on symptom relief. Most physicians who commonly used antibiotics were concerned about which antibiotics were more effective. They also were concerned about patients who were sick longer than 1 week, had discolored sputum, were members of high-risk populations (especially smokers), and who did not improve with treatment. A few physicians who focused on symptom relief prescribed cough suppressants, ß-agonist inhalers, or decongestants. These physicians felt it was important to educate patients about differences between viral and bacterial diseases, disadvantages of overusing antibiotics, and ways to relieve symptoms at home instead of relying on prescribed medications.

When asked about expectations of treatment, all 30 physicians thought that their patients wanted them to prescribe antibiotics. About one third reported that patients also expected to have a “prescribed cough medicine.” Three fourths of the physicians perceived patients’ “antibiotic expectations” as a pressure, although with different rationales. Several physicians admitted that they prescribed antibiotics “to make the patient happy.” One said, “I think people expect it. If you get somebody that has come in and has done everything they can figure out to do to try to get better, then you can certainly end up with patients that are unhappy if you refuse to give them antibiotics.” Some physicians suggested that the pressure of prescribing antibiotics was not from the individual, but from the system, including the employer, the legal system, and the health insurance system.

 

 

Physicians who did not feel pressure to prescribe antibiotics could be grouped into those who usually used antibiotics to treat acute bronchitis and those who took time to explain to their patients why they did not want to prescribe antibiotics. Some quotations that illustrate the views of this latter group were: “Usually I try to involve the patient in my thinking, until we feel some sort of consensus” and “I basically lay out why I’m not [prescribing an antibiotic].” A synopsis of the models is presented in Figure 1.

FIGURE 1

Discussion

It is well recognized in the literature that antibiotic usage in the therapy of acute bronchitis in the otherwise healthy adult (1) does not confer a clinically relevant shorter course of illness, (2) does not prevent the rare progression to pneumonia any better than placebo, (3) has a significantly negative impact on public health by contributing to antibiotic resistance, and thus (4) is not warranted.1-3,5,12,13 Nevertheless, antibiotic usage patterns have not changed significantly in the past 10 years, and antibiotics are still the traditional first-line therapy in practice. Reasons for this dichotomy are complex. The purpose of this qualitative study was to begin to clarify some of the complexities by determining incongruous areas of patient and physician beliefs regarding the diagnosis and management of acute bronchitis. Similarities and differences in 3 areas of patient and physician models warrant further discussion: etiology of acute bronchitis, course if untreated, and factors affecting the decision to treat.

Patients in this study had a vague understanding of the concept of infection and differences between bacteria and viruses. This finding has been reported in other patient-centered studies13-15 regarding respiratory infections and is likely due to inadequate or contradictory information imparted by the medical community through individual physician-specific communications and from the medical system as a whole. In contrast, physicians in the study uniformly noted a viral cause of most cases of bronchitis but often qualified the statements with concern of not knowing which individuals might have bacterial infections and the lack of tools to distinguish between viral and bacterial etiologies.

Further complicating this paradigm of conflict and confusion regarding viral and bacterial causes, patients consistently thought that not treating acute bronchitis with antibiotics would lead to prolonged, worsening, and potentially life-threatening illness. There is a lack of understanding among patients that acute bronchitis often results in a cough lasting longer than 2 weeks, and this may contribute to the misconception that prolonged duration of illness is evidence of more serious infection.

One cannot separate these 2 themes—confusion regarding etiology and miscommunication about the clinical course of untreated illness—from the decision to treat and the role of antibiotics. From the patients’ perspective, without antibiotics they would not get better. Compounding this belief is the patients’ urgent desire for symptom relief. Physicians reported significant internal conflict regarding treatment, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics were of little value, a universal assumption that patients expected antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressures from employers, and a fear of “missing” a more serious disease or making a mistake (from the desire to heal and the fear of medicolegal actions). These complex and conflicting perceptions, emotions, and cognitions are illustrated in Figure 2.

Over the past several decades, medical and lay traditions have evolved to imply that productive coughs with green-yellow sputum or colds with green-yellow nasal discharge represent bacterial infections or something that requires an antibiotic.4,5,16,17 Randomized clinical trials have not shown that treatment with antibiotics leads to significantly improved clinical outcomes.1-3,5 In a study of 1398 children, Vinson and Lutz reported that parental expectation of an antibiotic was second only to the presence of rales in increasing the likelihood of the diagnosis of bronchitis.18 With little in history or examination to distinguish between viral and bacterial infections and the fear of “missing something,” the presence or absence of yellow-green nasal secretions and sputum have become the “key” questions in our medical history. This has created a medical tradition that falsely implies to patients a different illness or outcome from those without secretion production or clear discharge. Is it any surprise that patients expect antibiotics?

In evaluating the generalizability of this study, potential biases and limitations of qualitative studies should be considered. First, the creation of this explanatory model was designed to generate ideas and hypotheses, not to test them. Second, the views represented were from a single medical specialty in one geographic area and based on physicians’ and patients’ subjective perceptions. Nevertheless, the goal of such a study was to provide a theoretical model of communication between patient and physician that generates questions for further exploration and areas for potential intervention.

 

 

In summary, if, as a medical community, we hope to develop new strategies to decrease unwarranted antibiotic usage, we need to educate patients and health care professionals regarding the causation and natural history of respiratory infections. Gonzales and associates reported impressive results with office-based interventions targeting physicians and patients, and this work needs to be generalized.19,20 However, until there is a major public health emphasis on education at the community level regarding respiratory infections concurrent with an educational effort targeted for health care professionals to dispel the “myth” that characteristics of sputum and nasal discharge are good predictors of clinical outcomes, progress will be slow. To enhance communication between patient and physician, it is important that we elicit and appropriately address patient fears and concerns regarding the natural course of illness with an episode of bronchitis.

FIGURE 2

References

1. Fahey T, Stocks N, Thomas T. Quantitative systematic review of randomized controlled trials comparing antibiotic with placebo for acute cough in adults. BMJ 1998;316:906-10.

2. Smucny J, Becker L, Glazier R, McIssaac W. Are antibiotics effective treatment for acute bronchitis? J Fam Pract 1998;47:453-60.

3. Bent S, Saint S, Bittinghoff E, Grady D. Antibiotics in acute bronchitis: a meta-analysis. Am J Med 1999;107:62-7.

4. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Hueston W. Current management of acute bronchitis in ambulatory care. Arch Fam Med 1996;5:79-83.

5. Oeffinger K, Snell L, Foster B, Panico K, Archer R. Treatment of acute bronchitis in adults: results of a national survey of family physicians. J Fam Pract 1998;46:469-75.

6. Metlay J, Stafford R, Singer D. National trends in the use of antibiotics by primary care physicians for adult patients with cough. Arch Intern Med 1998;158:1813-8.

7. Kleinman A, Eisenberg L, Good B. Culture, illness, and care. Arch Intern Med 1978;88:258.-

8. Kleinman A. Patients and Healers in the Context of Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1980.

9. Kleinman A. The cultural meanings and social uses of illness. J Fam Pract 1983;16:539-45.

10. Cohen M, Tripp-Reimer T, Smith C, Sorofman B, Lively S. Explanatory models of diabetes; patient practitioner variation. Soc Sci Med 1993;38:59-66.

11. Crabtree B, Miller W. Doing Qualitative Research. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 1999.

12. King D, Williams W, Bishop L, Schechter A. Effectiveness of eryth-romycin in the treatment of acute bronchitis. J Fam Pract 1996;42:601-5.

13. Butler C, Rollnick S, Kinnersley P, Jones A, Stott N. Reducing antibiotics for respiratory tract symptoms in primary care: consolidating “why” and considering “how.” Br J Gen Pract 1998;48:1865-70.

14. Hamm R, Hicks R, Bemben D. Antibiotics and respiratory infections: are patients more satisfied when expectations are met? J Fam Pract 1996;43:56-62.

15. Bergh K. The patient’s differential diagnosis. Unpredictable concerns in visits for acute cough. J Fam Pract 1998;46:153-8.

16. McKee M, Mills L, Mainous A. Antibiotic use for the treatment of upper respiratory infections in a diverse community. J Fam Pract 1999;48:993-6.

17. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Oler M, Haynes D. Patient knowledge of upper respiratory infections: implications for antibiotic expectations and unnecessary utilization. J Fam Pract 1997;45:75-83.

18. Vinson D, Lutz L. The effect of parental expectations on treatment of children with a cough: a report from ASPN. J Fam Pract 1993;37:23-7.

19. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Lum A, Barrett P. Decreasing antibiotic use in ambulatory practice. JAMA 1999;281:1512-9.

20. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Maselli J, Lum A, Barrett P. Impact of reducing antibiotic prescribing for acute bronchitis on patient satisfaction. Effect Clin Pract 2001;4:105-11.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

LAURA M. SNELL, MPH
RUTH P. WILSON, PHD
KEVIN C. OEFFINGER, MD
CAROLYN SARGENT, PHD
OLIVE CHEN, PHD
KRISTEN M. COREY, MA
Dallas, Texas, and San Jose, California
From the Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (L.M.S., K.C.O., O.C.) and the Department of Anthropology, Southern Methodist University (C.S., K.M.C.), Dallas, TX; and the Department of African-American Studies, College of Social Work, San Jose State University, San Jose, CA (R.P.W). Support for this study was provided through the Joint American Academy of Family Physicians/American Academy of Family Physicians Foundation. Address reprint requests to Laura M. Snell, MPH, Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, 6263 Harry Hines Boulevard, Dallas, TX 75390-9067. E-mail: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Page Number
1035-1040
Legacy Keywords
,Acute bronchitisqualitativeexplanatory models. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1035–1040)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

LAURA M. SNELL, MPH
RUTH P. WILSON, PHD
KEVIN C. OEFFINGER, MD
CAROLYN SARGENT, PHD
OLIVE CHEN, PHD
KRISTEN M. COREY, MA
Dallas, Texas, and San Jose, California
From the Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (L.M.S., K.C.O., O.C.) and the Department of Anthropology, Southern Methodist University (C.S., K.M.C.), Dallas, TX; and the Department of African-American Studies, College of Social Work, San Jose State University, San Jose, CA (R.P.W). Support for this study was provided through the Joint American Academy of Family Physicians/American Academy of Family Physicians Foundation. Address reprint requests to Laura M. Snell, MPH, Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, 6263 Harry Hines Boulevard, Dallas, TX 75390-9067. E-mail: [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

LAURA M. SNELL, MPH
RUTH P. WILSON, PHD
KEVIN C. OEFFINGER, MD
CAROLYN SARGENT, PHD
OLIVE CHEN, PHD
KRISTEN M. COREY, MA
Dallas, Texas, and San Jose, California
From the Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas (L.M.S., K.C.O., O.C.) and the Department of Anthropology, Southern Methodist University (C.S., K.M.C.), Dallas, TX; and the Department of African-American Studies, College of Social Work, San Jose State University, San Jose, CA (R.P.W). Support for this study was provided through the Joint American Academy of Family Physicians/American Academy of Family Physicians Foundation. Address reprint requests to Laura M. Snell, MPH, Department of Family Practice and Community Medicine, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, 6263 Harry Hines Boulevard, Dallas, TX 75390-9067. E-mail: [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Patients often do not understand the difference between viral and bacterial infections.
  • Patients think that acute bronchitis will not improve and will probably get worse if not treated with antibiotics.
  • Physicians and patients tend to falsely equate productive coughs (green-yellow sputum) with having a bacterial infection that requires antibiotic treatment.
  • Physicians report significant internal conflict regarding treatment of acute bronchitis, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics are of little value, a universal assumption that patients expect antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressure from employers to get the patient “back to work,” and fear of “missing” a more serious infection.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: Our goals were to develop explanatory models to better understand how physicians diagnose and treat acute bronchitis; to describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis; and to enhance communication between physician and patient.
  • STUDY DESIGN: We used qualitative, semi-structured, in-depth interviews to generate patient and physician explanatory models.
  • POPULATION: We had a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 adult patients.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Our multidisciplinary team of investigators used an editing style of analysis to develop patient and physician explanatory models based on the following topics: (1) what caused my illness/etiology, (2) what symptoms I had/onset of symptoms, (3) what my sickness did to me/pathophysiology, (4) how severe is my sickness/course of illness, and (5) what kind of treatment should I receive/treatment.
  • RESULTS: We found that patient and physician models were congruous for symptoms of acute bronchitis and incongruous for etiology and course of illness. Models were congruous for treatment, although for different reasons.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Patients may have a very vague understanding of the process of infection and the difference between bacteria and viruses. Compounding this confusion is frequent miscommunication from physicians regarding the clinical course of untreated illness. These factors and non-communicated expectations from patients and fear of missing something on the part of physicians contribute to the decision to treat with antibiotics.

Clinical trials and meta-analyses of these trials1-3 have found that antibiotics do not provide clinically relevant improvements in patient outcomes in the treatment of otherwise healthy adults with acute bronchitis. Despite these findings, antibiotics remain the traditional choice of therapy.4-6 To better understand the process of making a diagnosis and deciding to treat, further study is needed to explore the complex interaction between patients and physicians.

Explanatory models of illness, pioneered by Arthur Kleinman, provide insight into the dynamics of physician and patient processes in a clinical encounter.7-10 Physician and patient models are elicited through the use of semi-structured, in-depth interviews. The physician’s model has 5 basic topics: etiology, onset of symptoms, pathophysiology, course of illness, and treatment of illness. A patient will generally consider these same issues in a different framework: What caused my illness?, What symptoms have I had?, What does my sickness do to me?, How severe is my sickness?, and What kind of treatment should I receive? The patient model, which is often drawn from cultural traditions and norms and may not be fully articulated, tends to be less abstract, possibly inconsistent, and even self-contradictory. 8 Differences between patient and physician explanatory models may lead to conflict, poor communication, low compliance, decreased patient satisfaction, and worse patient outcomes.

The purpose of this study was to elicit and analyze explanatory models to better understand how physicians make the diagnosis of acute bronchitis and decide on treatment for a given patient and describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis.

Methods

Participants

This qualitative study used a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 patients from several types of medical practices in the Dallas, Texas area. It was purposeful in that we deliberately tried to include patients and physicians from a variety of settings. The study was approved by the institutional review boards of University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center and Southern Methodist University.

A letter inviting participation was mailed to physicians. This letter also requested access to adult patients who were seen with an episode of acute bronchitis from 4 weeks to 6 months previously. This mailing was followed by a telephone call from a research assistant to set up an interview. A similar process was followed for patients.

In-depth interviews and data collection

Interview scripts had open-ended questions and standard probes to elicit information about the explanatory model. After obtaining informed consent, interviews were conducted by 1 trained interviewer and audio recorded, transcribed, and checked for accuracy.

Data analysis

An editing style of analysis was used in which the text of the interviews was read line by line and data were grouped into themes.11 Two data management software programs were used to develop codes and labeling, Ethnograph version 4.0 (Qualis Research Association, Salt Lake City, UT) and NVivo (Revision 1.2, Qualitative Solutions and Research Pty Ltd, Cambridge, MA). We explored the data for linkages and connections of the coded groups for hierarchical and non-hierarchical relationships.

 

 

The data were analyzed and interpreted by a multidisciplinary team consisting of a family physician (K.C.O.), an epidemiologist (L.M.S.), 2 medical anthropologists (R.P.W., C.S.), a medical anthropology graduate student (K.M.C.), and a qualitative research assistant (O.C.). Through a series of meetings, we shared findings, discussed relationships, explored areas of discrepancy and outlying data, and developed the explanatory models.

Results

Participant demographics are provided in the Table. To contrast models, results are presented for the 5 statements with the patient model followed by the physician model.

TABLE 1
Physician and patient demographic data

 Physicians (n = 30)Patients (n = 30)
 Frequency%Frequency%
Age, y
  25–35930930
  36–4510331033
  46–55827620
  ≥55310517
Sex
  Male21701137
  Female9301963
Race/ethnicity
  European American24792480
  ;African American27413
  Hispanic2714
  Asian2714

What caused my illness/etiology

About one third of the patients felt that their bronchitis was triggered by external factors such as allergies, pollution, smoking, or cold weather. As 1 patient stated, “I think that living here, in being exposed to a lot of pollutants over a period of years, has weakened our bronchial areas and therefore, I am more susceptible to the weather changes, the dampness, wind blowing, cold.”

Approximately one third referred to an infectious agent or an infection causing the bronchitis, using words such as bug and germ. Only 2 patients mentioned the words viral or bacterial and the references were nonspecific. One stated, “I assumed a bug of some sort and I am utterly unclear about, you know, what’s a virus, a bacteria, viral versus bacterial infection.” Others talked about how being stressed or tired lowered their resistance and caused the bronchitis. There was another group of patients who felt that they did not know what caused their bronchitis.

Most physicians reported that acute bronchitis is generally viral, but added that it could also be due to Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, or Streptococcal pneumoniae and that it was difficult to say what caused an individual’s illness. Environmental exposures, such as smoking, air pollution, and allergies, were also felt to play a role in etiology. This was typified by 1 physician who stated, “I see it most frequently in people who are smokers or passive smokers.” A few physicians expressed the view that the cause of bronchitis was not really understood.

Symptoms I have had/onset of symptoms

Patients tended to report symptoms in order of occurrence. An example was, “My head stopped up and I felt … head congestion, my chest was congested. Sometimes it was hard for me to breathe, and coughing and sneezing and I hurt.”

Patients were asked to rank their symptoms in order of seriousness. Approximately one third reported coughing as their most serious complaint. Another third listed difficulty breathing. Comments about this symptom reflected a strong sense of concern or fear such as, “I had a hard time breathing at night. That was one of the things that was kind of scary … it was something I couldn’t relate to at first and is probably the worst symptom.” When asked if there was 1 symptom that particularly worried them, coughing was the most common response followed by breathing difficulties and then a wide array of symptoms such as fever and chest pain.

When patients described their cough, there tended to be those who used adjectives such as dry, mild, and tickle, and those who used terms such as deep, substernal, barking, goes down below your hips. The cough was commonly described as productive or nonproductive and ongoing or constant. In general, patients fell into 2 camps: those who reported being sick for a short time (1–3 days) and those who waited longer (1–3 weeks) before going to a doctor. Most patients had experienced prior episodes of bronchitis. Those with more experience tended to feel that they needed to see a physician.

All physicians reported cough as the classic symptom of bronchitis. Approximately half indicated that the cough was typically productive and described the color of the phlegm. The others stated that cough was the classic symptom but did not specify the characteristics. Other symptoms listed were fever, shortness of breath, wheezing, congestion, malaise, aches, and chills.

When patients were asked what they felt would be the most worrisome symptom of bronchitis, over two thirds reported coughing, especially when it affected sleep or work functioning and was persistent and productive. When reporting their own most worrisome symptoms, however, physicians listed high fever, chest pain, or purulent sputum and were concerned about serious underlying diseases such as pneumonia.

Physicians felt there was wide variation in the time that patients with bronchitis symptoms waited to be seen. Approximately half of the physicians reported that patients were sick for 1 week or less before their appointment. The other half reported wide intervals ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks.

 

 

What my sickness did to me/pathophysiology

Most patients responded that they had never thought about what the illness did to them. When probed, patients generally responded that they had an infection “in the bronchial pipes” or a “cold in the chest.”

Physicians were asked to describe the pathophysiology of acute bronchitis and discuss how they arrive at a diagnosis. In general, they described how a virus or bacteria “invades” the respiratory tract, causing inflammation of the airways and bronchioles, resulting in increased mucus production. Several physicians described bacterial overgrowth occurring. Physicians separated acute bronchitis from an upper respiratory infection based on the cough, especially if it was productive, and from pneumonia by the absence of more severe signs or symptoms, such as high fever, shortness of breath, or presence of rales. Several physicians tied their diagnosis to treatment, as illustrated by a physician who stated, “I think that many doctors use bronchitis as the excuse to give an antibiotic. And I sometimes fall into that trap. So if I want them to think they deserve an antibiotic, then sometimes I will give them the diagnosis of bronchitis.”

How severe is my sickness/course of illness

One third of patients reported feeling very bad and one third felt moderately bad. The remainder reported variability in the way they felt or not feeling ill at all. Similarly, one third reported a cough duration of 3 weeks or longer and one third felt that the illness had a major impact on their work and daily routine. When asked what would have happened if they had not seen the doctor, patients consistently reported that they would have been sick longer, would not have recovered, or would have gotten pneumonia. Three patients felt they could have died. None said that they would have recovered on their own.

Physicians were asked how many days of work were missed by patients with acute bronchitis. More than two thirds estimated that patients missed from 1 to 3 days. A number of physicians mentioned that factors such as work motivation, attitudes about illness, and availability of paid sick leave influenced the number of days off. Most physicians thought it would take patients 1 week or longer before they felt well enough to return to their normal routine.

What kind of treatment should I receive/treatment

All patients recalled that the primary treatment for their acute bronchitis was a prescription medication such as an antibiotic, cough suppressant, or decongestant. Twenty-seven reported receiving an antibiotic prescription. An inhaler was prescribed for about one third of patients. Several patients commented on the inhaler’s effectiveness for relieving symptoms. This is illustrated by a patient who stated, “the inhaler is the thing that helped me instantaneously.” About one third of patients reported receiving medical advice such as drinking lots of liquids and resting.

Most patients agreed that the treatment they received was what they expected, but when asked to articulate what they “expected,” they had problems doing so. After probing by the interviewer, more than 50% stated that an antibiotic was what they needed for treating their illness. This is typified by the response of one patient, “I would like [bronchitis] to be treated more aggressively. … [Physicians] want to wait until you’ve got a full blown infection before they do anything and I wish that would be different next time.”

When patients were asked about treatment satisfaction, about two thirds reported that they were satisfied because they felt better “pretty fast.” There was wide variation in their definition of “pretty fast,” ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks. Several patients were somewhat dissatisfied with their treatment but felt that nothing else could have been done. A few patients expressed strong dissatisfaction because of slow recovery time or because the prescribed medications did not relieve the symptoms.

Two major treatment approaches emerged from the physician interviews: use of antibiotics or a primary focus on symptom relief. Most physicians who commonly used antibiotics were concerned about which antibiotics were more effective. They also were concerned about patients who were sick longer than 1 week, had discolored sputum, were members of high-risk populations (especially smokers), and who did not improve with treatment. A few physicians who focused on symptom relief prescribed cough suppressants, ß-agonist inhalers, or decongestants. These physicians felt it was important to educate patients about differences between viral and bacterial diseases, disadvantages of overusing antibiotics, and ways to relieve symptoms at home instead of relying on prescribed medications.

When asked about expectations of treatment, all 30 physicians thought that their patients wanted them to prescribe antibiotics. About one third reported that patients also expected to have a “prescribed cough medicine.” Three fourths of the physicians perceived patients’ “antibiotic expectations” as a pressure, although with different rationales. Several physicians admitted that they prescribed antibiotics “to make the patient happy.” One said, “I think people expect it. If you get somebody that has come in and has done everything they can figure out to do to try to get better, then you can certainly end up with patients that are unhappy if you refuse to give them antibiotics.” Some physicians suggested that the pressure of prescribing antibiotics was not from the individual, but from the system, including the employer, the legal system, and the health insurance system.

 

 

Physicians who did not feel pressure to prescribe antibiotics could be grouped into those who usually used antibiotics to treat acute bronchitis and those who took time to explain to their patients why they did not want to prescribe antibiotics. Some quotations that illustrate the views of this latter group were: “Usually I try to involve the patient in my thinking, until we feel some sort of consensus” and “I basically lay out why I’m not [prescribing an antibiotic].” A synopsis of the models is presented in Figure 1.

FIGURE 1

Discussion

It is well recognized in the literature that antibiotic usage in the therapy of acute bronchitis in the otherwise healthy adult (1) does not confer a clinically relevant shorter course of illness, (2) does not prevent the rare progression to pneumonia any better than placebo, (3) has a significantly negative impact on public health by contributing to antibiotic resistance, and thus (4) is not warranted.1-3,5,12,13 Nevertheless, antibiotic usage patterns have not changed significantly in the past 10 years, and antibiotics are still the traditional first-line therapy in practice. Reasons for this dichotomy are complex. The purpose of this qualitative study was to begin to clarify some of the complexities by determining incongruous areas of patient and physician beliefs regarding the diagnosis and management of acute bronchitis. Similarities and differences in 3 areas of patient and physician models warrant further discussion: etiology of acute bronchitis, course if untreated, and factors affecting the decision to treat.

Patients in this study had a vague understanding of the concept of infection and differences between bacteria and viruses. This finding has been reported in other patient-centered studies13-15 regarding respiratory infections and is likely due to inadequate or contradictory information imparted by the medical community through individual physician-specific communications and from the medical system as a whole. In contrast, physicians in the study uniformly noted a viral cause of most cases of bronchitis but often qualified the statements with concern of not knowing which individuals might have bacterial infections and the lack of tools to distinguish between viral and bacterial etiologies.

Further complicating this paradigm of conflict and confusion regarding viral and bacterial causes, patients consistently thought that not treating acute bronchitis with antibiotics would lead to prolonged, worsening, and potentially life-threatening illness. There is a lack of understanding among patients that acute bronchitis often results in a cough lasting longer than 2 weeks, and this may contribute to the misconception that prolonged duration of illness is evidence of more serious infection.

One cannot separate these 2 themes—confusion regarding etiology and miscommunication about the clinical course of untreated illness—from the decision to treat and the role of antibiotics. From the patients’ perspective, without antibiotics they would not get better. Compounding this belief is the patients’ urgent desire for symptom relief. Physicians reported significant internal conflict regarding treatment, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics were of little value, a universal assumption that patients expected antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressures from employers, and a fear of “missing” a more serious disease or making a mistake (from the desire to heal and the fear of medicolegal actions). These complex and conflicting perceptions, emotions, and cognitions are illustrated in Figure 2.

Over the past several decades, medical and lay traditions have evolved to imply that productive coughs with green-yellow sputum or colds with green-yellow nasal discharge represent bacterial infections or something that requires an antibiotic.4,5,16,17 Randomized clinical trials have not shown that treatment with antibiotics leads to significantly improved clinical outcomes.1-3,5 In a study of 1398 children, Vinson and Lutz reported that parental expectation of an antibiotic was second only to the presence of rales in increasing the likelihood of the diagnosis of bronchitis.18 With little in history or examination to distinguish between viral and bacterial infections and the fear of “missing something,” the presence or absence of yellow-green nasal secretions and sputum have become the “key” questions in our medical history. This has created a medical tradition that falsely implies to patients a different illness or outcome from those without secretion production or clear discharge. Is it any surprise that patients expect antibiotics?

In evaluating the generalizability of this study, potential biases and limitations of qualitative studies should be considered. First, the creation of this explanatory model was designed to generate ideas and hypotheses, not to test them. Second, the views represented were from a single medical specialty in one geographic area and based on physicians’ and patients’ subjective perceptions. Nevertheless, the goal of such a study was to provide a theoretical model of communication between patient and physician that generates questions for further exploration and areas for potential intervention.

 

 

In summary, if, as a medical community, we hope to develop new strategies to decrease unwarranted antibiotic usage, we need to educate patients and health care professionals regarding the causation and natural history of respiratory infections. Gonzales and associates reported impressive results with office-based interventions targeting physicians and patients, and this work needs to be generalized.19,20 However, until there is a major public health emphasis on education at the community level regarding respiratory infections concurrent with an educational effort targeted for health care professionals to dispel the “myth” that characteristics of sputum and nasal discharge are good predictors of clinical outcomes, progress will be slow. To enhance communication between patient and physician, it is important that we elicit and appropriately address patient fears and concerns regarding the natural course of illness with an episode of bronchitis.

FIGURE 2

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Patients often do not understand the difference between viral and bacterial infections.
  • Patients think that acute bronchitis will not improve and will probably get worse if not treated with antibiotics.
  • Physicians and patients tend to falsely equate productive coughs (green-yellow sputum) with having a bacterial infection that requires antibiotic treatment.
  • Physicians report significant internal conflict regarding treatment of acute bronchitis, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics are of little value, a universal assumption that patients expect antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressure from employers to get the patient “back to work,” and fear of “missing” a more serious infection.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: Our goals were to develop explanatory models to better understand how physicians diagnose and treat acute bronchitis; to describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis; and to enhance communication between physician and patient.
  • STUDY DESIGN: We used qualitative, semi-structured, in-depth interviews to generate patient and physician explanatory models.
  • POPULATION: We had a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 adult patients.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Our multidisciplinary team of investigators used an editing style of analysis to develop patient and physician explanatory models based on the following topics: (1) what caused my illness/etiology, (2) what symptoms I had/onset of symptoms, (3) what my sickness did to me/pathophysiology, (4) how severe is my sickness/course of illness, and (5) what kind of treatment should I receive/treatment.
  • RESULTS: We found that patient and physician models were congruous for symptoms of acute bronchitis and incongruous for etiology and course of illness. Models were congruous for treatment, although for different reasons.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Patients may have a very vague understanding of the process of infection and the difference between bacteria and viruses. Compounding this confusion is frequent miscommunication from physicians regarding the clinical course of untreated illness. These factors and non-communicated expectations from patients and fear of missing something on the part of physicians contribute to the decision to treat with antibiotics.

Clinical trials and meta-analyses of these trials1-3 have found that antibiotics do not provide clinically relevant improvements in patient outcomes in the treatment of otherwise healthy adults with acute bronchitis. Despite these findings, antibiotics remain the traditional choice of therapy.4-6 To better understand the process of making a diagnosis and deciding to treat, further study is needed to explore the complex interaction between patients and physicians.

Explanatory models of illness, pioneered by Arthur Kleinman, provide insight into the dynamics of physician and patient processes in a clinical encounter.7-10 Physician and patient models are elicited through the use of semi-structured, in-depth interviews. The physician’s model has 5 basic topics: etiology, onset of symptoms, pathophysiology, course of illness, and treatment of illness. A patient will generally consider these same issues in a different framework: What caused my illness?, What symptoms have I had?, What does my sickness do to me?, How severe is my sickness?, and What kind of treatment should I receive? The patient model, which is often drawn from cultural traditions and norms and may not be fully articulated, tends to be less abstract, possibly inconsistent, and even self-contradictory. 8 Differences between patient and physician explanatory models may lead to conflict, poor communication, low compliance, decreased patient satisfaction, and worse patient outcomes.

The purpose of this study was to elicit and analyze explanatory models to better understand how physicians make the diagnosis of acute bronchitis and decide on treatment for a given patient and describe patient expectations and needs when experiencing an episode of acute bronchitis.

Methods

Participants

This qualitative study used a purposeful, homogeneous sample of 30 family physicians and 30 patients from several types of medical practices in the Dallas, Texas area. It was purposeful in that we deliberately tried to include patients and physicians from a variety of settings. The study was approved by the institutional review boards of University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center and Southern Methodist University.

A letter inviting participation was mailed to physicians. This letter also requested access to adult patients who were seen with an episode of acute bronchitis from 4 weeks to 6 months previously. This mailing was followed by a telephone call from a research assistant to set up an interview. A similar process was followed for patients.

In-depth interviews and data collection

Interview scripts had open-ended questions and standard probes to elicit information about the explanatory model. After obtaining informed consent, interviews were conducted by 1 trained interviewer and audio recorded, transcribed, and checked for accuracy.

Data analysis

An editing style of analysis was used in which the text of the interviews was read line by line and data were grouped into themes.11 Two data management software programs were used to develop codes and labeling, Ethnograph version 4.0 (Qualis Research Association, Salt Lake City, UT) and NVivo (Revision 1.2, Qualitative Solutions and Research Pty Ltd, Cambridge, MA). We explored the data for linkages and connections of the coded groups for hierarchical and non-hierarchical relationships.

 

 

The data were analyzed and interpreted by a multidisciplinary team consisting of a family physician (K.C.O.), an epidemiologist (L.M.S.), 2 medical anthropologists (R.P.W., C.S.), a medical anthropology graduate student (K.M.C.), and a qualitative research assistant (O.C.). Through a series of meetings, we shared findings, discussed relationships, explored areas of discrepancy and outlying data, and developed the explanatory models.

Results

Participant demographics are provided in the Table. To contrast models, results are presented for the 5 statements with the patient model followed by the physician model.

TABLE 1
Physician and patient demographic data

 Physicians (n = 30)Patients (n = 30)
 Frequency%Frequency%
Age, y
  25–35930930
  36–4510331033
  46–55827620
  ≥55310517
Sex
  Male21701137
  Female9301963
Race/ethnicity
  European American24792480
  ;African American27413
  Hispanic2714
  Asian2714

What caused my illness/etiology

About one third of the patients felt that their bronchitis was triggered by external factors such as allergies, pollution, smoking, or cold weather. As 1 patient stated, “I think that living here, in being exposed to a lot of pollutants over a period of years, has weakened our bronchial areas and therefore, I am more susceptible to the weather changes, the dampness, wind blowing, cold.”

Approximately one third referred to an infectious agent or an infection causing the bronchitis, using words such as bug and germ. Only 2 patients mentioned the words viral or bacterial and the references were nonspecific. One stated, “I assumed a bug of some sort and I am utterly unclear about, you know, what’s a virus, a bacteria, viral versus bacterial infection.” Others talked about how being stressed or tired lowered their resistance and caused the bronchitis. There was another group of patients who felt that they did not know what caused their bronchitis.

Most physicians reported that acute bronchitis is generally viral, but added that it could also be due to Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, or Streptococcal pneumoniae and that it was difficult to say what caused an individual’s illness. Environmental exposures, such as smoking, air pollution, and allergies, were also felt to play a role in etiology. This was typified by 1 physician who stated, “I see it most frequently in people who are smokers or passive smokers.” A few physicians expressed the view that the cause of bronchitis was not really understood.

Symptoms I have had/onset of symptoms

Patients tended to report symptoms in order of occurrence. An example was, “My head stopped up and I felt … head congestion, my chest was congested. Sometimes it was hard for me to breathe, and coughing and sneezing and I hurt.”

Patients were asked to rank their symptoms in order of seriousness. Approximately one third reported coughing as their most serious complaint. Another third listed difficulty breathing. Comments about this symptom reflected a strong sense of concern or fear such as, “I had a hard time breathing at night. That was one of the things that was kind of scary … it was something I couldn’t relate to at first and is probably the worst symptom.” When asked if there was 1 symptom that particularly worried them, coughing was the most common response followed by breathing difficulties and then a wide array of symptoms such as fever and chest pain.

When patients described their cough, there tended to be those who used adjectives such as dry, mild, and tickle, and those who used terms such as deep, substernal, barking, goes down below your hips. The cough was commonly described as productive or nonproductive and ongoing or constant. In general, patients fell into 2 camps: those who reported being sick for a short time (1–3 days) and those who waited longer (1–3 weeks) before going to a doctor. Most patients had experienced prior episodes of bronchitis. Those with more experience tended to feel that they needed to see a physician.

All physicians reported cough as the classic symptom of bronchitis. Approximately half indicated that the cough was typically productive and described the color of the phlegm. The others stated that cough was the classic symptom but did not specify the characteristics. Other symptoms listed were fever, shortness of breath, wheezing, congestion, malaise, aches, and chills.

When patients were asked what they felt would be the most worrisome symptom of bronchitis, over two thirds reported coughing, especially when it affected sleep or work functioning and was persistent and productive. When reporting their own most worrisome symptoms, however, physicians listed high fever, chest pain, or purulent sputum and were concerned about serious underlying diseases such as pneumonia.

Physicians felt there was wide variation in the time that patients with bronchitis symptoms waited to be seen. Approximately half of the physicians reported that patients were sick for 1 week or less before their appointment. The other half reported wide intervals ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks.

 

 

What my sickness did to me/pathophysiology

Most patients responded that they had never thought about what the illness did to them. When probed, patients generally responded that they had an infection “in the bronchial pipes” or a “cold in the chest.”

Physicians were asked to describe the pathophysiology of acute bronchitis and discuss how they arrive at a diagnosis. In general, they described how a virus or bacteria “invades” the respiratory tract, causing inflammation of the airways and bronchioles, resulting in increased mucus production. Several physicians described bacterial overgrowth occurring. Physicians separated acute bronchitis from an upper respiratory infection based on the cough, especially if it was productive, and from pneumonia by the absence of more severe signs or symptoms, such as high fever, shortness of breath, or presence of rales. Several physicians tied their diagnosis to treatment, as illustrated by a physician who stated, “I think that many doctors use bronchitis as the excuse to give an antibiotic. And I sometimes fall into that trap. So if I want them to think they deserve an antibiotic, then sometimes I will give them the diagnosis of bronchitis.”

How severe is my sickness/course of illness

One third of patients reported feeling very bad and one third felt moderately bad. The remainder reported variability in the way they felt or not feeling ill at all. Similarly, one third reported a cough duration of 3 weeks or longer and one third felt that the illness had a major impact on their work and daily routine. When asked what would have happened if they had not seen the doctor, patients consistently reported that they would have been sick longer, would not have recovered, or would have gotten pneumonia. Three patients felt they could have died. None said that they would have recovered on their own.

Physicians were asked how many days of work were missed by patients with acute bronchitis. More than two thirds estimated that patients missed from 1 to 3 days. A number of physicians mentioned that factors such as work motivation, attitudes about illness, and availability of paid sick leave influenced the number of days off. Most physicians thought it would take patients 1 week or longer before they felt well enough to return to their normal routine.

What kind of treatment should I receive/treatment

All patients recalled that the primary treatment for their acute bronchitis was a prescription medication such as an antibiotic, cough suppressant, or decongestant. Twenty-seven reported receiving an antibiotic prescription. An inhaler was prescribed for about one third of patients. Several patients commented on the inhaler’s effectiveness for relieving symptoms. This is illustrated by a patient who stated, “the inhaler is the thing that helped me instantaneously.” About one third of patients reported receiving medical advice such as drinking lots of liquids and resting.

Most patients agreed that the treatment they received was what they expected, but when asked to articulate what they “expected,” they had problems doing so. After probing by the interviewer, more than 50% stated that an antibiotic was what they needed for treating their illness. This is typified by the response of one patient, “I would like [bronchitis] to be treated more aggressively. … [Physicians] want to wait until you’ve got a full blown infection before they do anything and I wish that would be different next time.”

When patients were asked about treatment satisfaction, about two thirds reported that they were satisfied because they felt better “pretty fast.” There was wide variation in their definition of “pretty fast,” ranging from 1 day to 3 weeks. Several patients were somewhat dissatisfied with their treatment but felt that nothing else could have been done. A few patients expressed strong dissatisfaction because of slow recovery time or because the prescribed medications did not relieve the symptoms.

Two major treatment approaches emerged from the physician interviews: use of antibiotics or a primary focus on symptom relief. Most physicians who commonly used antibiotics were concerned about which antibiotics were more effective. They also were concerned about patients who were sick longer than 1 week, had discolored sputum, were members of high-risk populations (especially smokers), and who did not improve with treatment. A few physicians who focused on symptom relief prescribed cough suppressants, ß-agonist inhalers, or decongestants. These physicians felt it was important to educate patients about differences between viral and bacterial diseases, disadvantages of overusing antibiotics, and ways to relieve symptoms at home instead of relying on prescribed medications.

When asked about expectations of treatment, all 30 physicians thought that their patients wanted them to prescribe antibiotics. About one third reported that patients also expected to have a “prescribed cough medicine.” Three fourths of the physicians perceived patients’ “antibiotic expectations” as a pressure, although with different rationales. Several physicians admitted that they prescribed antibiotics “to make the patient happy.” One said, “I think people expect it. If you get somebody that has come in and has done everything they can figure out to do to try to get better, then you can certainly end up with patients that are unhappy if you refuse to give them antibiotics.” Some physicians suggested that the pressure of prescribing antibiotics was not from the individual, but from the system, including the employer, the legal system, and the health insurance system.

 

 

Physicians who did not feel pressure to prescribe antibiotics could be grouped into those who usually used antibiotics to treat acute bronchitis and those who took time to explain to their patients why they did not want to prescribe antibiotics. Some quotations that illustrate the views of this latter group were: “Usually I try to involve the patient in my thinking, until we feel some sort of consensus” and “I basically lay out why I’m not [prescribing an antibiotic].” A synopsis of the models is presented in Figure 1.

FIGURE 1

Discussion

It is well recognized in the literature that antibiotic usage in the therapy of acute bronchitis in the otherwise healthy adult (1) does not confer a clinically relevant shorter course of illness, (2) does not prevent the rare progression to pneumonia any better than placebo, (3) has a significantly negative impact on public health by contributing to antibiotic resistance, and thus (4) is not warranted.1-3,5,12,13 Nevertheless, antibiotic usage patterns have not changed significantly in the past 10 years, and antibiotics are still the traditional first-line therapy in practice. Reasons for this dichotomy are complex. The purpose of this qualitative study was to begin to clarify some of the complexities by determining incongruous areas of patient and physician beliefs regarding the diagnosis and management of acute bronchitis. Similarities and differences in 3 areas of patient and physician models warrant further discussion: etiology of acute bronchitis, course if untreated, and factors affecting the decision to treat.

Patients in this study had a vague understanding of the concept of infection and differences between bacteria and viruses. This finding has been reported in other patient-centered studies13-15 regarding respiratory infections and is likely due to inadequate or contradictory information imparted by the medical community through individual physician-specific communications and from the medical system as a whole. In contrast, physicians in the study uniformly noted a viral cause of most cases of bronchitis but often qualified the statements with concern of not knowing which individuals might have bacterial infections and the lack of tools to distinguish between viral and bacterial etiologies.

Further complicating this paradigm of conflict and confusion regarding viral and bacterial causes, patients consistently thought that not treating acute bronchitis with antibiotics would lead to prolonged, worsening, and potentially life-threatening illness. There is a lack of understanding among patients that acute bronchitis often results in a cough lasting longer than 2 weeks, and this may contribute to the misconception that prolonged duration of illness is evidence of more serious infection.

One cannot separate these 2 themes—confusion regarding etiology and miscommunication about the clinical course of untreated illness—from the decision to treat and the role of antibiotics. From the patients’ perspective, without antibiotics they would not get better. Compounding this belief is the patients’ urgent desire for symptom relief. Physicians reported significant internal conflict regarding treatment, characterized by a recognition that antibiotics were of little value, a universal assumption that patients expected antibiotics, a desire for patient satisfaction, perceived pressures from employers, and a fear of “missing” a more serious disease or making a mistake (from the desire to heal and the fear of medicolegal actions). These complex and conflicting perceptions, emotions, and cognitions are illustrated in Figure 2.

Over the past several decades, medical and lay traditions have evolved to imply that productive coughs with green-yellow sputum or colds with green-yellow nasal discharge represent bacterial infections or something that requires an antibiotic.4,5,16,17 Randomized clinical trials have not shown that treatment with antibiotics leads to significantly improved clinical outcomes.1-3,5 In a study of 1398 children, Vinson and Lutz reported that parental expectation of an antibiotic was second only to the presence of rales in increasing the likelihood of the diagnosis of bronchitis.18 With little in history or examination to distinguish between viral and bacterial infections and the fear of “missing something,” the presence or absence of yellow-green nasal secretions and sputum have become the “key” questions in our medical history. This has created a medical tradition that falsely implies to patients a different illness or outcome from those without secretion production or clear discharge. Is it any surprise that patients expect antibiotics?

In evaluating the generalizability of this study, potential biases and limitations of qualitative studies should be considered. First, the creation of this explanatory model was designed to generate ideas and hypotheses, not to test them. Second, the views represented were from a single medical specialty in one geographic area and based on physicians’ and patients’ subjective perceptions. Nevertheless, the goal of such a study was to provide a theoretical model of communication between patient and physician that generates questions for further exploration and areas for potential intervention.

 

 

In summary, if, as a medical community, we hope to develop new strategies to decrease unwarranted antibiotic usage, we need to educate patients and health care professionals regarding the causation and natural history of respiratory infections. Gonzales and associates reported impressive results with office-based interventions targeting physicians and patients, and this work needs to be generalized.19,20 However, until there is a major public health emphasis on education at the community level regarding respiratory infections concurrent with an educational effort targeted for health care professionals to dispel the “myth” that characteristics of sputum and nasal discharge are good predictors of clinical outcomes, progress will be slow. To enhance communication between patient and physician, it is important that we elicit and appropriately address patient fears and concerns regarding the natural course of illness with an episode of bronchitis.

FIGURE 2

References

1. Fahey T, Stocks N, Thomas T. Quantitative systematic review of randomized controlled trials comparing antibiotic with placebo for acute cough in adults. BMJ 1998;316:906-10.

2. Smucny J, Becker L, Glazier R, McIssaac W. Are antibiotics effective treatment for acute bronchitis? J Fam Pract 1998;47:453-60.

3. Bent S, Saint S, Bittinghoff E, Grady D. Antibiotics in acute bronchitis: a meta-analysis. Am J Med 1999;107:62-7.

4. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Hueston W. Current management of acute bronchitis in ambulatory care. Arch Fam Med 1996;5:79-83.

5. Oeffinger K, Snell L, Foster B, Panico K, Archer R. Treatment of acute bronchitis in adults: results of a national survey of family physicians. J Fam Pract 1998;46:469-75.

6. Metlay J, Stafford R, Singer D. National trends in the use of antibiotics by primary care physicians for adult patients with cough. Arch Intern Med 1998;158:1813-8.

7. Kleinman A, Eisenberg L, Good B. Culture, illness, and care. Arch Intern Med 1978;88:258.-

8. Kleinman A. Patients and Healers in the Context of Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1980.

9. Kleinman A. The cultural meanings and social uses of illness. J Fam Pract 1983;16:539-45.

10. Cohen M, Tripp-Reimer T, Smith C, Sorofman B, Lively S. Explanatory models of diabetes; patient practitioner variation. Soc Sci Med 1993;38:59-66.

11. Crabtree B, Miller W. Doing Qualitative Research. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 1999.

12. King D, Williams W, Bishop L, Schechter A. Effectiveness of eryth-romycin in the treatment of acute bronchitis. J Fam Pract 1996;42:601-5.

13. Butler C, Rollnick S, Kinnersley P, Jones A, Stott N. Reducing antibiotics for respiratory tract symptoms in primary care: consolidating “why” and considering “how.” Br J Gen Pract 1998;48:1865-70.

14. Hamm R, Hicks R, Bemben D. Antibiotics and respiratory infections: are patients more satisfied when expectations are met? J Fam Pract 1996;43:56-62.

15. Bergh K. The patient’s differential diagnosis. Unpredictable concerns in visits for acute cough. J Fam Pract 1998;46:153-8.

16. McKee M, Mills L, Mainous A. Antibiotic use for the treatment of upper respiratory infections in a diverse community. J Fam Pract 1999;48:993-6.

17. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Oler M, Haynes D. Patient knowledge of upper respiratory infections: implications for antibiotic expectations and unnecessary utilization. J Fam Pract 1997;45:75-83.

18. Vinson D, Lutz L. The effect of parental expectations on treatment of children with a cough: a report from ASPN. J Fam Pract 1993;37:23-7.

19. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Lum A, Barrett P. Decreasing antibiotic use in ambulatory practice. JAMA 1999;281:1512-9.

20. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Maselli J, Lum A, Barrett P. Impact of reducing antibiotic prescribing for acute bronchitis on patient satisfaction. Effect Clin Pract 2001;4:105-11.

References

1. Fahey T, Stocks N, Thomas T. Quantitative systematic review of randomized controlled trials comparing antibiotic with placebo for acute cough in adults. BMJ 1998;316:906-10.

2. Smucny J, Becker L, Glazier R, McIssaac W. Are antibiotics effective treatment for acute bronchitis? J Fam Pract 1998;47:453-60.

3. Bent S, Saint S, Bittinghoff E, Grady D. Antibiotics in acute bronchitis: a meta-analysis. Am J Med 1999;107:62-7.

4. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Hueston W. Current management of acute bronchitis in ambulatory care. Arch Fam Med 1996;5:79-83.

5. Oeffinger K, Snell L, Foster B, Panico K, Archer R. Treatment of acute bronchitis in adults: results of a national survey of family physicians. J Fam Pract 1998;46:469-75.

6. Metlay J, Stafford R, Singer D. National trends in the use of antibiotics by primary care physicians for adult patients with cough. Arch Intern Med 1998;158:1813-8.

7. Kleinman A, Eisenberg L, Good B. Culture, illness, and care. Arch Intern Med 1978;88:258.-

8. Kleinman A. Patients and Healers in the Context of Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1980.

9. Kleinman A. The cultural meanings and social uses of illness. J Fam Pract 1983;16:539-45.

10. Cohen M, Tripp-Reimer T, Smith C, Sorofman B, Lively S. Explanatory models of diabetes; patient practitioner variation. Soc Sci Med 1993;38:59-66.

11. Crabtree B, Miller W. Doing Qualitative Research. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications; 1999.

12. King D, Williams W, Bishop L, Schechter A. Effectiveness of eryth-romycin in the treatment of acute bronchitis. J Fam Pract 1996;42:601-5.

13. Butler C, Rollnick S, Kinnersley P, Jones A, Stott N. Reducing antibiotics for respiratory tract symptoms in primary care: consolidating “why” and considering “how.” Br J Gen Pract 1998;48:1865-70.

14. Hamm R, Hicks R, Bemben D. Antibiotics and respiratory infections: are patients more satisfied when expectations are met? J Fam Pract 1996;43:56-62.

15. Bergh K. The patient’s differential diagnosis. Unpredictable concerns in visits for acute cough. J Fam Pract 1998;46:153-8.

16. McKee M, Mills L, Mainous A. Antibiotic use for the treatment of upper respiratory infections in a diverse community. J Fam Pract 1999;48:993-6.

17. Mainous A, Zoorob R, Oler M, Haynes D. Patient knowledge of upper respiratory infections: implications for antibiotic expectations and unnecessary utilization. J Fam Pract 1997;45:75-83.

18. Vinson D, Lutz L. The effect of parental expectations on treatment of children with a cough: a report from ASPN. J Fam Pract 1993;37:23-7.

19. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Lum A, Barrett P. Decreasing antibiotic use in ambulatory practice. JAMA 1999;281:1512-9.

20. Gonzales R, Steiner J, Maselli J, Lum A, Barrett P. Impact of reducing antibiotic prescribing for acute bronchitis on patient satisfaction. Effect Clin Pract 2001;4:105-11.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1035-1040
Page Number
1035-1040
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Patient and physician explanatory models for acute bronchitis
Display Headline
Patient and physician explanatory models for acute bronchitis
Legacy Keywords
,Acute bronchitisqualitativeexplanatory models. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1035–1040)
Legacy Keywords
,Acute bronchitisqualitativeexplanatory models. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1035–1040)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Primary care family physicians and 2 hospitalist models: Comparison of outcomes, processes, and costs

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:07
Display Headline
Primary care family physicians and 2 hospitalist models: Comparison of outcomes, processes, and costs

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Family practice primary care physicians, rotating family practice faculty hospitalists, and full-time specialist hospitalists provide comparable care for inpatients with pneumonia.
  • Subspecialist hospitalists have higher hospital charges and longer lengths of stay and use more resources.
  • The use of hospitalists by hospital systems or insurers should be not be mandated.
  • Hospitalists and primary care physicians can better counsel inpatients about lifestyle modification and end-of-life issues.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To compare the care provided by family practice primary care physicians with that provided by 2 hospitalist models: critical care hospitalists and rotating residency faculty family physician hospitalists.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Retrospective chart review. A health maintenance organization mandated that all patients be admitted to a critical care hospitalist team. The family physician hospitalists admitted all other residency patients and patients of some community family physicians. The primary care physicians admitted all their other patients. We adjusted for disease severity by using the Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, and comorbidities.
  • POPULATION: Adults admitted with pneumonia to our private urban community hospital. Exclusions included patients with nosocomial pneumonia, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary (adjusted for age, sex, comorbidities, and disease severity): hospital charges, length of stay, in-hospital mortality, readmissions, and returns to the emergency room. Secondary: chest radiographs, intensive care use, blood and sputum cultures, compliance with American Thoracic Society guidelines, lifestyle and end-of-life counseling.
  • RESULTS: Of 97 patients, 21 were admitted to the critical care hospitalists, 53 to the family physician hospitalists, and 23 to primary care physicians. The mean charge ($5680) by the primary care physicians was significantly lower than that of the critical care hospitalists ($10,231; P = .005) and trended toward being lower than that of the family physician hospitalists ($7699; P = .08). The patients of critical care and family physician hospitalists had longer mean lengths of stay (critical care hospitalists, 3.8 days; family physician hospitalists, 3.9 days) than did those of the primary care physicians (2.6 days; P = .04 and .01, respectively). Compared with the primary care physicians, the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain at least 2 chest x-rays (odds ratio, 4.1; 95% confidence interval, 1.1–15.5) and trended toward increased odds of lengthy stay in the intensive care unit (odd ratio, 2.9; 95% confidence interval, 0.6–14.6). We found no other significant differences in primary or secondary outcomes.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Claims of better and cheaper care by hospitalists need further investigation. Meanwhile, the use of hospitalists should not be mandated, and the use of family physicians as hospitalists should be considered a good alternative to the use of subspecialists.

The hospitalist movement has promised to improve the quality of inpatient care, increase patient satisfaction, and decrease costs.1 Many hospitals, practices, and managed care corporations have adopted this model of care,2 but whether this model has fulfilled its promises is unknown. Those who favor hospitalists have argued that hospitalists offer more efficient care by increasing quality and decreasing costs. Detractors are concerned about potential substandard quality through aggressive discharge policies and loss of continuity of care. Unfortunately, both positions are based largely on untested assumptions. We identified 6 peer-reviewed articles directly comparing hospitalists and primary care physicians.3-8 Another 314 were descriptive studies, editorials, letters, and news pieces arguing about the potential risks and benefits of the hospitalist movement.

Hospitalists have been described as physicians who spend over one fourth of their time exclusively in the hospital caring for other physicians’ patients only during that admission.9 Others believe the hospitalist movement more accurately encompasses a broad spectrum of how inpatient care is organized,10 including primary care physicians managing their own inpatients and seeing clinic patients, primary care physicians sharing week- or month-long periods of exclusive hospital care with partners, or excluding the primary care physician from inpatient care by using dedicated inpatient-only physicians who may be family physicians, internists, or specialists.

The scant literature comparing care provided by hospitalists and primary care physicians has several methodologic constraints including before and after designs that may have time-effect bias,11-15 inappropriately assigning subspecialists to the primary care group,3 restricting efficiency tools such as nurse managers and discharge planners to the intervention group,4-6 failing to account for differential involvement of house staff,7,11 using possibly unreliable outcomes,8 and relying exclusively on claims data.11,14 Two recent studies avoided many of these pitfalls and found no differences between different types of hospitalists, but did not compare them with primary care physicians.16,17 We designed our study to address multiple methodologic concerns and determine whether differences in outcomes, processes of care, and costs exist between these multiple models of inpatient care.

 

 

Methods

Setting

In 1997 a large regional health maintenance organization in Colorado mandated that all its inpatients be admitted by a pulmonology or critical care hospitalist team to the exclusion of their primary care physicians. Rose Medical Center, a 420-bed private community hospital in Denver, Colorado, serves as a family practice residency training site in which residents care for patients under the guidance of resident faculty and community primary care physicians. We recognized the health maintenance orgaization’s program as a natural experiment and an opportunity to address some of the design limitations of prior studies by comparing the care delivered simultaneously by these 3 inpatient models.

Subjects and study design

We conducted a retrospective cohort study of all patients admitted between April 1997 and March 1998 with a primary diagnosis of pneumonia as identified by codes from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision. We studied pneumonia care because of the high incidence of pneumonia in our institution and the existence of a valid, population-based measure of disease severity, the Pneumonia Severity Index (PSI; see Statistical Methods). In addition, focusing on 1 diagnosis allowed for a direct and detailed analysis of the process of care. To eliminate potential biases produced by different outpatient physician specialties, we excluded patients who did not have a family physician as a primary care provider. Patients also were excluded if they were younger than 18 years, had human immunodeficiency virus or acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, had exclusively nosocomial pneumonia, or had the diagnosis of pneumonia subsequently ruled out. Ninety-seven patients were included. Data were collected by standardized chart abstraction and entered into a Microsoft Access database. The chart abstraction was performed by research assistants who had no knowledge of whether the attending physician was a primary care physician or a hospitalist.

Patients were grouped based on the status of their inpatient attending physicians of record. The critical care hospitalists represented a group of subspecialty critical care pulmonologists contracted by a large health maintenance organization to care for all its inpatients. The family physician hospitalists represented rotating family medicine faculty who worked exclusively in the hospital for 8 weeks each year. Some patients under the care of family physician hospitalists originated from the residency’s continuity clinic, and others came from the practices of approximately 30 community family physicians for whom the family physician hospitalist acts as a hospitalist service. Community family medicine primary care physicians cared for their own patients and continued their outpatient practices. Family medicine house staff was involved in the care of inpatients from all groups.

Patients’ insurance plans rather than physician referral or self-referral determined whether they were assigned to the critical care hospitalist, family physician hospitalist, or primary care physician group. Accordingly, there were instances when a primary care physician had some patients admitted to the critical care hospitalist because the patient was a member of this particular health maintenance organization and also because the physician cared directly for his other patients in the hospital.

Outcome measures

We looked at 5 primary patient- and policy-oriented outcomes that have been validated as indicators of quality of inpatient care: in-hospital mortality, length of stay, hospital charges, 7-day readmissions, and 7- and 30-day returns to the emergency department.18,19 We included Colorado data from the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, when available, to serve as a reference standard.20 In addition, we chose 7 validated secondary “process of care”outcomes21 to further describe the practice behaviors of the 3 groups: documentation of lifestyle modification counseling (tobacco cessation, exercise, etc), documentation of end-of-life counseling, compliance with contemporary guidelines from the American Thoracic Society for treating community-acquired pneumonia,21 length of stay in intensive care, and the use of chest radiographs and blood and sputum cultures.

Statistical methods

All statistical analyses were performed with SAS version 6.12. Patient demographic and clinical characteristics were analyzed with chi-square test and analysis of variance, when appropriate. We controlled for disease severity with the PSI, a well-validated, population-based severity of illness score for inpatients with pneumonia.22,23

Multiple and logistic regressions were used to control for disease severity and potential confounders. Our models included the PSI class and those characteristics that were statistically significantly different (ie, diagnosis of hypertension) or showed a trend toward difference and were felt to be potentially clinically significant (diagnosis of diabetes, effusion on chest x-ray, mental status at admission), in addition to sex and age. Logarithmic transformations of non-normal data were conducted, when appropriate. We eliminated as extreme outliers 3 cases (2 under the care of critical care hospitalists and 1 under the care of family physician hospitalists) whose outcomes were 2 standard deviations or more beyond the mean. For example, 1 patient had a rare clotting disorder, stayed in intensive care for 30 days, required an orphan drug at $6000 per dose, and had charges well in excess of $1 million. This study was approved by the Rose Medical Center and Health One Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Results

Demographic and clinical characteristics

Table 1 provides the demographic and clinical descriptions of patients admitted by the different admitting physician models. Patients in the different groups were similar, with 2 exceptions: hypertension was significantly more common in the critical care hospitalist group than in the other groups (P < .05), and there was a trend toward more diabetes in the critical care hospitalist group that did not quite reach statistical significance. Nonsignificant trends also existed for PSI, effusion on chest x-ray, and mental status, with more effusions and acute mental status changes occurring in the critical care hospitalist group, more chronic altered mental status in the family physician hospitalist group, and greater severity of illness in the critical care hospitalist group. Otherwise, demographics, disease severity, and comorbidities were comparable.

TABLE 1
Demographic and clinical characteristics

 Admission group
VariableCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalistsPrimary care physicians
Total22 (21)54 (53)23 (23)
Demographics
  Age, y70 (4)66 (3)67 (4)
  Male57 (12)62 (33)48 (11)
  Female43 (9)38 (20)52 (12)
Comorbidities
  Hypertension*29 (6)23 (12)54 (12)
  Diabetes§0 (0)9 (5)22 (5)
  Mental status
    Acute changes14 (3)6 (3)0 (0)
    Chronic changes14 (3)26 (14)17 (4)
  Effusion on chest x-ray33 (7)24 (13)17 (4)
  Renal disease10 (2)6 (3)4 (1)
  Liver disease5 (1)2 (1)4 (1)
  Cerebrovascular disease14 (3)11 (6)13 (3)
  Coronary artery disease24 (5)27 (14)22 (5)
  Heart failure24 (5)23 (12)18 (4)
  Cancer0 (0)2 (1)4 (1)
  Nursing home resident9 (2)4 (2)13 (3)
  Smokers19 (4)37 (20)26 (6)
Vital signs/laboratory values
  Heart rate92 (5)94 (3)92 (5)
  Respiratory rate24 (2)24 (1)23 (2)
  Systolic blood pressure124 (6)127 (4)136 (6)
  Temperature (°F)99 (0)99 (0)99 (0)
  Pulse oximetry86 (2)88 (1)89 (2)
  Blood urea nitrogen20 (3)20 (2)22 (3)
  Glucose123 (16)130 (10)154 (16)
  Hematocrit40 (1)41 (1)39 (1)
  Sodium136 (1)136 (1)137 (1)
Disease severity
  PSI, raw data103 (10)85 (6)99 (9)
  PSI risk
     Low10 (2)24 (13)22 (5)
    Moderate29 (6)19 (10)26 (6)
    High62 (13)55 (30)52 (12)
*P = .024.
Percentage (number of patients).
Mean (± standard deviation).
§P = .058; otherwise, P > .05 (chi-square for ordinal and categorical variables, analysis of variance for continuous variables).
PSI, Pneumonia Severity Index.

Primary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalist team had the highest mean hospital charge ($10,231), followed by the family physician hospitalist ($7699) and the primary care physician ($5680) groups (Figure 1). The difference in charges between the primary care physician and the critical care hospitalist groups was statistically significant (P = .005) and approached significance between the primary care physician and family physician hospitalist groups (P = .08). The critical care hospitalist and family physician hospitalist groups had longer mean lengths of stay than did the primary care physician group (P = .04 and .01, respectively; Figure 2). The other primary outcomes were rare: 1 primary care physician patient died (4.5%), 2 critical care hospitalist patients died (9.5%) and no family physician hospitalist patients died; no primary care physician patients were readmitted, 1 critical care hospitalist patient was readmitted (4.8%), and 2 family physician hospitalist patients were readmitted (3.8%). There was 1 return to the emergency room in the cohort, in the family physician hospitalist group (1.9%). No intergroup comparisons between these unadjusted rates were statistically significant (P > .05).

FIGURE 1
Hospital charges (in US dollars; with 95% confidence intervals)*


FIGURE 2
Length of stay (in days; with 95% confidence intervals)*

Secondary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain 2 or more chest x-rays than the primary care physicians. There were nonsignificant trends toward longer stays in intensive care, greater likelihood of obtaining sputum cultures, and documenting end-of-life counseling by the critical care hospitalists compared with the primary care physicians. For the family physician hospitalists, there were nonsignificant trends toward better compliance with American Thoracic Society antibiotic guidelines and greater likelihood of documenting end-of-life and lifestyle modification counseling compared with the primary care physicians (Table 2).

TABLE 2
Secondary “process of care” outcomes*

OutcomePrimary care physiciansCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalists
Chest x-ray (≥2)14.1 (1.1–15.5)0.9 (0.3–2.6)
ICU stay (≥1 d)12.9 (0.6–14.6)0.5 (0.1–3)
ATS guideline adherence11.4 (0.4–5.0)2.3 (0.8–7.0)
Sputum culture obtained12.3 (0.7–8.0)0.6 (0.2–1.7)
Blood culture obtained11.3 (0.4–4.8)1.2 (0.4–3.5)
End-of-life counseling documented13.0 (0.6–14.3)3.1 (0.7–12.9)
Lifestyle modification documented11.1 (0.3–4.5)2.7 (0.8–8.7)
*Data are presented as odds ratio (95% confidence interval). Odds ratios were adjusted for Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, effusion on chest radiography, mental status, hypertension, and diabetes.
Reference group.
ATS, American Thoracic Society; ICU, intensive care unit.

Discussion

Our study provided a unique perspective on the impact of different models of caring for inpatients on the quality, processes, and cost of care. We believe this is the first study to successfully address several methodologic limitations of previous studies: potential time-effect bias, inappropriate controls, differential assignment of house staff and case management resources, unvalidated outcomes, and lack of clinical data.

In addition, we reduced the potential biases inherent in comparing different hospitals and different outpatient physician specialties and used a standardized chart abstraction instrument to avoid the problems inherent in using claims data. As a result, we were able to examine processes of care and use the PSI, an extensively validated tool, to control for disease severity. This study represents an effectiveness study of a real-life intervention by a health maintenance organization to mandate the use of hospitalists. Although the retrospective design of this study may create the potential for bias, there was inadequate advanced notice of the implementation of this hospitalist plan to allow for prospective analysis. Despite not being randomly assigned to 1 of the 3 groups, patients were quite similar with the exceptions of hypertension and possibly diabetes and PSI, which we controlled for in the statistical analysis.

 

 

Unfortunately, this was a small study that lacked sufficient power to detect modest differences between groups because the health maintenance organization sponsoring the critical care hospitalist group abandoned the program after 1 year. In addition, the differences in disease severity might have been significant in a larger sample. However, even after controlling for these differences statistically, we found no large differences for mortality, readmission, or returns to the emergency room.

Despite insufficient power to observe statistically significant differences in these relatively rare but important pneumonia outcomes, we did detect a substantial difference in adjusted hospital charges and a modest difference in length of stay. Subspecialist hospitalists had significantly higher adjusted charges than did primary care family physicians. Although the comparison across groups failed to show statistically significant differences, we did see a trend of increasing charges as the degree of hospitalization increased. These higher costs may be explained in part by primary care physicians advising shorter lengths of stay and the subspecialists’ increased use of multiple chest x-rays and trends toward greater use of other resources (eg, intensive care and blood and sputum cultures). Alternatively, some of the difference in charges may reflect differing levels of continuity; the critical care hospitalists had no outpatient continuity with their inpatients, whereas the family physician hospitalists had continuity relationships with some inpatients and the primary care physicians had relationships with all their inpatients. Thus the primary care physicians and, to a lesser extent, the family physician hospitalists may have had information about prior care. Hence, knowledge of previous antibiotic use might argue for the low yield of blood and sputum cultures, and having obtained an outpatient x-ray might obviate the need for another in the hospital. The critical care hospitalists’ increased length of stay and x-ray use, in conjunction with the trend toward greater use of cultures and intensive care, may in turn reflect different degrees of comfort with uncertainty between family physicians and subspecialists. Also, we examined only hospital charges rather than total costs to the system.

Interestingly, we found a trend showing that family physician hospitalists were more likely to document lifestyle modification counseling than were primary care physicians. This result should be interpreted with some caution. Our findings may indicate a true lack of performance by primary care physicians, or they may show a failure to document advice on the hospital chart, reflecting some aspect of the continuity relationship in which such discussions are relegated to the outpatient setting.We also were surprised to see the trend toward decreased end-of-life counseling by the primary care physicians. This could reflect some adverse effect of continuity, the time constraints imposed on nonhospitalists, or not documenting outpatient counseling on the inpatient record.

There were other potential sources of confounding in this study. All patients in the critical care hospitalist group were members of the same health maintenance organization, which may have introduced unmeasured bias despite our attempts to control for differences between groups. Even though we purposefully avoided differential use of house staff, its involvement in each case may have decreased any potential differences across practices.

We draw 2 important conclusions from our results. First, our findings of increased costs and length of stay for mandated hospitalists without significantly different outcomes support the assertion of the American Academy of Family Physicians, the American College of Physicians–American Society of Internal Medicine, the American Medical Association, and the National Association of Inpatient Physicians: the practice of mandating the use of hospitalists should be abandoned pending larger, more comprehensive contemporaneous trials. Second, if hospitalists are to be employed on a voluntary basis, the use of subspecialists rather than generalists may result in more costly care.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Ralph B. D’Agonstino, Jr., PhD, of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for his invaluable assistance in statistical methods and Cary Foster, MD, and Promoda Mahupatra, MD, for their collection of the data.

References

1. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

2. Auerbach AD, Nelson EA, Lindenauer PK, et al. Physician attitudes toward and prevalence of the hospitalist model of care: results of a national survey. Am J Med 2000;109:648-53.

3. Stein MD, Hanson S, Tammaro D, Hanna L, Most AS. Economic effects of community vs hospital-based pneumonia care. J Gen Intern Med 1998;13:774-7.

4. Wachter RM, Katz P, Showstack J, Bindman AB, Goldman L. Reorganizing an academic medical service: impact on cost, quality, patient satisfaction, and education. JAMA 1998;279:1560-5.

5. Palmer HC, Armistead NS, Elnicki D, et al. The effect of a hospitalist service with nurse discharge planner on patient care in an academic teaching hospital. Am J Med 2001;111:627-32.

6. Davis KM, Koch KE, Harvey JK, et al. Effects of hospitalists on cost, outcomes, and patient satisfaction in a rural health system. Am J Med 2000;108:621-6.

7. Hackner D, Tu G, Braunstein GD, et al. The value of a hospitalist service: efficient care for the aging population? Chest 2001;119:580-9.

8. Molinari C, Short R. The effects of an HMO-hospitalist program on inpatient utilization. Am J Manag Care 2001;7:1051-17.

9. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

10. Boschert S. “Hospitalists” may be an emerging specialty. Am Med News July 15, 1997;67.

11. Diamond HS, Goldberg E, Janosky JE. The effect of full-time faculty hospitalists on the efficiency of care at a community teaching hospital. Ann Intern Med 1998;129:197-203.

12. Bellet PS, Whitaker RC. Evaluation of a pediatric hospitalist service: impact on length of stay and hospital charges. Pediatrics 2000;105:478-84.

13. Freese RB. Clinical, logistical, and political issues in creating a hospitalist system. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:350-4.

14. Craig D, Hartka L, Likosky WH, et al. Implementation of a hospitalist system in a large health maintenance organization: the Kaiser Permanente experience. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:355-9.

15. Halpert AP, Pearson SD, LeWine HE, Mckean SC. The impact of an inpatient physician program on quality, utilization, and satisfaction. J Manag Care 2000;6:549-55.

16. Tingle LE, Lambert CT. Comparison of a family practice teaching service and a hospitalist model: costs, charges, length of stay, and mortality. Fam Med 2001;33:511-5.

17. Kearns PJ, Wang CC, Morris WJ, et al. Hospital care by hospitalbased and clinic-based faculty: a prospective, controlled trial. Arch Intern Med 2001;161:235-41.

18. Ashton CM, Del Junco DJ, Souchek J, Wray NP, Mansyur CL. The association between the quality of inpatient care and early readmission: a meta-analysis of the evidence. Med Care 1997;35:1044-59.

19. Rhew DC, Goetz MB, Shekelle PG. Evaluating quality indicators for patients with community-acquired pneumonia. Jt Comm J Qual Improv 2001;27:575-90.

20. HCUPnet Halthcare cost and utilization project. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. June 2002. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/data/hcup/hcupnet.htm. Accessed October 8, 2002.

21. Niederman MS, Bass JB, Campbell GD, et al. American Thoracic Society guidelines for the initial management of adults with community-acquired pneumonia: diagnosis, assessment of severity, and initial antimicrobial therapy. Am Rev Respir Dis 1993;148:1418-26.

22. Fine MJ, Auble TE, Yealy DM, et al. A prediction rule to identify lowrisk patients with community-acquired pneumonia. N Engl J Med 1997;336:243-50.

23. Ewig S, Kleinfeld T, Bauer T, Seifert K, Schafer H, Goke N. Comparative validation of prognostic rules for community-acquired pneumonia in an elderly population. Eur Respir J 1999;14:370-5.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

PETER C. SMITH, MD
JOHN M. WESTFALL, MD
RICHARD A. NICHOLAS, MD
Denver, Colorado
From the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center (P.C.S., J.M.W.) and the Rose Family Medicine Residency (R.A.N.), Denver, CO. This work was presented as a work in progress at the Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group in 1999 and as completed research in 2001. Peter C. Smith, MD, received a faculty development grant from the Health Resources and Services Administration. The authors report no conflict of interest. Address reprint requests to Peter C. Smith, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center at Fitzsimmons, PO Box 6508, Mail Stop F496, 12474 E. 19th Avenue, Building 402, Aurora, CO 80045-0508. E-mail: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Page Number
1021-1027
Legacy Keywords
,Hospitalistsfamily practicepneumoniahealth services research. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1021–1027)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

PETER C. SMITH, MD
JOHN M. WESTFALL, MD
RICHARD A. NICHOLAS, MD
Denver, Colorado
From the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center (P.C.S., J.M.W.) and the Rose Family Medicine Residency (R.A.N.), Denver, CO. This work was presented as a work in progress at the Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group in 1999 and as completed research in 2001. Peter C. Smith, MD, received a faculty development grant from the Health Resources and Services Administration. The authors report no conflict of interest. Address reprint requests to Peter C. Smith, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center at Fitzsimmons, PO Box 6508, Mail Stop F496, 12474 E. 19th Avenue, Building 402, Aurora, CO 80045-0508. E-mail: [email protected].

Author and Disclosure Information

PETER C. SMITH, MD
JOHN M. WESTFALL, MD
RICHARD A. NICHOLAS, MD
Denver, Colorado
From the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center (P.C.S., J.M.W.) and the Rose Family Medicine Residency (R.A.N.), Denver, CO. This work was presented as a work in progress at the Annual Meeting of the North American Primary Care Research Group in 1999 and as completed research in 2001. Peter C. Smith, MD, received a faculty development grant from the Health Resources and Services Administration. The authors report no conflict of interest. Address reprint requests to Peter C. Smith, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center at Fitzsimmons, PO Box 6508, Mail Stop F496, 12474 E. 19th Avenue, Building 402, Aurora, CO 80045-0508. E-mail: [email protected].

Article PDF
Article PDF

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Family practice primary care physicians, rotating family practice faculty hospitalists, and full-time specialist hospitalists provide comparable care for inpatients with pneumonia.
  • Subspecialist hospitalists have higher hospital charges and longer lengths of stay and use more resources.
  • The use of hospitalists by hospital systems or insurers should be not be mandated.
  • Hospitalists and primary care physicians can better counsel inpatients about lifestyle modification and end-of-life issues.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To compare the care provided by family practice primary care physicians with that provided by 2 hospitalist models: critical care hospitalists and rotating residency faculty family physician hospitalists.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Retrospective chart review. A health maintenance organization mandated that all patients be admitted to a critical care hospitalist team. The family physician hospitalists admitted all other residency patients and patients of some community family physicians. The primary care physicians admitted all their other patients. We adjusted for disease severity by using the Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, and comorbidities.
  • POPULATION: Adults admitted with pneumonia to our private urban community hospital. Exclusions included patients with nosocomial pneumonia, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary (adjusted for age, sex, comorbidities, and disease severity): hospital charges, length of stay, in-hospital mortality, readmissions, and returns to the emergency room. Secondary: chest radiographs, intensive care use, blood and sputum cultures, compliance with American Thoracic Society guidelines, lifestyle and end-of-life counseling.
  • RESULTS: Of 97 patients, 21 were admitted to the critical care hospitalists, 53 to the family physician hospitalists, and 23 to primary care physicians. The mean charge ($5680) by the primary care physicians was significantly lower than that of the critical care hospitalists ($10,231; P = .005) and trended toward being lower than that of the family physician hospitalists ($7699; P = .08). The patients of critical care and family physician hospitalists had longer mean lengths of stay (critical care hospitalists, 3.8 days; family physician hospitalists, 3.9 days) than did those of the primary care physicians (2.6 days; P = .04 and .01, respectively). Compared with the primary care physicians, the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain at least 2 chest x-rays (odds ratio, 4.1; 95% confidence interval, 1.1–15.5) and trended toward increased odds of lengthy stay in the intensive care unit (odd ratio, 2.9; 95% confidence interval, 0.6–14.6). We found no other significant differences in primary or secondary outcomes.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Claims of better and cheaper care by hospitalists need further investigation. Meanwhile, the use of hospitalists should not be mandated, and the use of family physicians as hospitalists should be considered a good alternative to the use of subspecialists.

The hospitalist movement has promised to improve the quality of inpatient care, increase patient satisfaction, and decrease costs.1 Many hospitals, practices, and managed care corporations have adopted this model of care,2 but whether this model has fulfilled its promises is unknown. Those who favor hospitalists have argued that hospitalists offer more efficient care by increasing quality and decreasing costs. Detractors are concerned about potential substandard quality through aggressive discharge policies and loss of continuity of care. Unfortunately, both positions are based largely on untested assumptions. We identified 6 peer-reviewed articles directly comparing hospitalists and primary care physicians.3-8 Another 314 were descriptive studies, editorials, letters, and news pieces arguing about the potential risks and benefits of the hospitalist movement.

Hospitalists have been described as physicians who spend over one fourth of their time exclusively in the hospital caring for other physicians’ patients only during that admission.9 Others believe the hospitalist movement more accurately encompasses a broad spectrum of how inpatient care is organized,10 including primary care physicians managing their own inpatients and seeing clinic patients, primary care physicians sharing week- or month-long periods of exclusive hospital care with partners, or excluding the primary care physician from inpatient care by using dedicated inpatient-only physicians who may be family physicians, internists, or specialists.

The scant literature comparing care provided by hospitalists and primary care physicians has several methodologic constraints including before and after designs that may have time-effect bias,11-15 inappropriately assigning subspecialists to the primary care group,3 restricting efficiency tools such as nurse managers and discharge planners to the intervention group,4-6 failing to account for differential involvement of house staff,7,11 using possibly unreliable outcomes,8 and relying exclusively on claims data.11,14 Two recent studies avoided many of these pitfalls and found no differences between different types of hospitalists, but did not compare them with primary care physicians.16,17 We designed our study to address multiple methodologic concerns and determine whether differences in outcomes, processes of care, and costs exist between these multiple models of inpatient care.

 

 

Methods

Setting

In 1997 a large regional health maintenance organization in Colorado mandated that all its inpatients be admitted by a pulmonology or critical care hospitalist team to the exclusion of their primary care physicians. Rose Medical Center, a 420-bed private community hospital in Denver, Colorado, serves as a family practice residency training site in which residents care for patients under the guidance of resident faculty and community primary care physicians. We recognized the health maintenance orgaization’s program as a natural experiment and an opportunity to address some of the design limitations of prior studies by comparing the care delivered simultaneously by these 3 inpatient models.

Subjects and study design

We conducted a retrospective cohort study of all patients admitted between April 1997 and March 1998 with a primary diagnosis of pneumonia as identified by codes from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision. We studied pneumonia care because of the high incidence of pneumonia in our institution and the existence of a valid, population-based measure of disease severity, the Pneumonia Severity Index (PSI; see Statistical Methods). In addition, focusing on 1 diagnosis allowed for a direct and detailed analysis of the process of care. To eliminate potential biases produced by different outpatient physician specialties, we excluded patients who did not have a family physician as a primary care provider. Patients also were excluded if they were younger than 18 years, had human immunodeficiency virus or acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, had exclusively nosocomial pneumonia, or had the diagnosis of pneumonia subsequently ruled out. Ninety-seven patients were included. Data were collected by standardized chart abstraction and entered into a Microsoft Access database. The chart abstraction was performed by research assistants who had no knowledge of whether the attending physician was a primary care physician or a hospitalist.

Patients were grouped based on the status of their inpatient attending physicians of record. The critical care hospitalists represented a group of subspecialty critical care pulmonologists contracted by a large health maintenance organization to care for all its inpatients. The family physician hospitalists represented rotating family medicine faculty who worked exclusively in the hospital for 8 weeks each year. Some patients under the care of family physician hospitalists originated from the residency’s continuity clinic, and others came from the practices of approximately 30 community family physicians for whom the family physician hospitalist acts as a hospitalist service. Community family medicine primary care physicians cared for their own patients and continued their outpatient practices. Family medicine house staff was involved in the care of inpatients from all groups.

Patients’ insurance plans rather than physician referral or self-referral determined whether they were assigned to the critical care hospitalist, family physician hospitalist, or primary care physician group. Accordingly, there were instances when a primary care physician had some patients admitted to the critical care hospitalist because the patient was a member of this particular health maintenance organization and also because the physician cared directly for his other patients in the hospital.

Outcome measures

We looked at 5 primary patient- and policy-oriented outcomes that have been validated as indicators of quality of inpatient care: in-hospital mortality, length of stay, hospital charges, 7-day readmissions, and 7- and 30-day returns to the emergency department.18,19 We included Colorado data from the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, when available, to serve as a reference standard.20 In addition, we chose 7 validated secondary “process of care”outcomes21 to further describe the practice behaviors of the 3 groups: documentation of lifestyle modification counseling (tobacco cessation, exercise, etc), documentation of end-of-life counseling, compliance with contemporary guidelines from the American Thoracic Society for treating community-acquired pneumonia,21 length of stay in intensive care, and the use of chest radiographs and blood and sputum cultures.

Statistical methods

All statistical analyses were performed with SAS version 6.12. Patient demographic and clinical characteristics were analyzed with chi-square test and analysis of variance, when appropriate. We controlled for disease severity with the PSI, a well-validated, population-based severity of illness score for inpatients with pneumonia.22,23

Multiple and logistic regressions were used to control for disease severity and potential confounders. Our models included the PSI class and those characteristics that were statistically significantly different (ie, diagnosis of hypertension) or showed a trend toward difference and were felt to be potentially clinically significant (diagnosis of diabetes, effusion on chest x-ray, mental status at admission), in addition to sex and age. Logarithmic transformations of non-normal data were conducted, when appropriate. We eliminated as extreme outliers 3 cases (2 under the care of critical care hospitalists and 1 under the care of family physician hospitalists) whose outcomes were 2 standard deviations or more beyond the mean. For example, 1 patient had a rare clotting disorder, stayed in intensive care for 30 days, required an orphan drug at $6000 per dose, and had charges well in excess of $1 million. This study was approved by the Rose Medical Center and Health One Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Results

Demographic and clinical characteristics

Table 1 provides the demographic and clinical descriptions of patients admitted by the different admitting physician models. Patients in the different groups were similar, with 2 exceptions: hypertension was significantly more common in the critical care hospitalist group than in the other groups (P < .05), and there was a trend toward more diabetes in the critical care hospitalist group that did not quite reach statistical significance. Nonsignificant trends also existed for PSI, effusion on chest x-ray, and mental status, with more effusions and acute mental status changes occurring in the critical care hospitalist group, more chronic altered mental status in the family physician hospitalist group, and greater severity of illness in the critical care hospitalist group. Otherwise, demographics, disease severity, and comorbidities were comparable.

TABLE 1
Demographic and clinical characteristics

 Admission group
VariableCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalistsPrimary care physicians
Total22 (21)54 (53)23 (23)
Demographics
  Age, y70 (4)66 (3)67 (4)
  Male57 (12)62 (33)48 (11)
  Female43 (9)38 (20)52 (12)
Comorbidities
  Hypertension*29 (6)23 (12)54 (12)
  Diabetes§0 (0)9 (5)22 (5)
  Mental status
    Acute changes14 (3)6 (3)0 (0)
    Chronic changes14 (3)26 (14)17 (4)
  Effusion on chest x-ray33 (7)24 (13)17 (4)
  Renal disease10 (2)6 (3)4 (1)
  Liver disease5 (1)2 (1)4 (1)
  Cerebrovascular disease14 (3)11 (6)13 (3)
  Coronary artery disease24 (5)27 (14)22 (5)
  Heart failure24 (5)23 (12)18 (4)
  Cancer0 (0)2 (1)4 (1)
  Nursing home resident9 (2)4 (2)13 (3)
  Smokers19 (4)37 (20)26 (6)
Vital signs/laboratory values
  Heart rate92 (5)94 (3)92 (5)
  Respiratory rate24 (2)24 (1)23 (2)
  Systolic blood pressure124 (6)127 (4)136 (6)
  Temperature (°F)99 (0)99 (0)99 (0)
  Pulse oximetry86 (2)88 (1)89 (2)
  Blood urea nitrogen20 (3)20 (2)22 (3)
  Glucose123 (16)130 (10)154 (16)
  Hematocrit40 (1)41 (1)39 (1)
  Sodium136 (1)136 (1)137 (1)
Disease severity
  PSI, raw data103 (10)85 (6)99 (9)
  PSI risk
     Low10 (2)24 (13)22 (5)
    Moderate29 (6)19 (10)26 (6)
    High62 (13)55 (30)52 (12)
*P = .024.
Percentage (number of patients).
Mean (± standard deviation).
§P = .058; otherwise, P > .05 (chi-square for ordinal and categorical variables, analysis of variance for continuous variables).
PSI, Pneumonia Severity Index.

Primary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalist team had the highest mean hospital charge ($10,231), followed by the family physician hospitalist ($7699) and the primary care physician ($5680) groups (Figure 1). The difference in charges between the primary care physician and the critical care hospitalist groups was statistically significant (P = .005) and approached significance between the primary care physician and family physician hospitalist groups (P = .08). The critical care hospitalist and family physician hospitalist groups had longer mean lengths of stay than did the primary care physician group (P = .04 and .01, respectively; Figure 2). The other primary outcomes were rare: 1 primary care physician patient died (4.5%), 2 critical care hospitalist patients died (9.5%) and no family physician hospitalist patients died; no primary care physician patients were readmitted, 1 critical care hospitalist patient was readmitted (4.8%), and 2 family physician hospitalist patients were readmitted (3.8%). There was 1 return to the emergency room in the cohort, in the family physician hospitalist group (1.9%). No intergroup comparisons between these unadjusted rates were statistically significant (P > .05).

FIGURE 1
Hospital charges (in US dollars; with 95% confidence intervals)*


FIGURE 2
Length of stay (in days; with 95% confidence intervals)*

Secondary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain 2 or more chest x-rays than the primary care physicians. There were nonsignificant trends toward longer stays in intensive care, greater likelihood of obtaining sputum cultures, and documenting end-of-life counseling by the critical care hospitalists compared with the primary care physicians. For the family physician hospitalists, there were nonsignificant trends toward better compliance with American Thoracic Society antibiotic guidelines and greater likelihood of documenting end-of-life and lifestyle modification counseling compared with the primary care physicians (Table 2).

TABLE 2
Secondary “process of care” outcomes*

OutcomePrimary care physiciansCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalists
Chest x-ray (≥2)14.1 (1.1–15.5)0.9 (0.3–2.6)
ICU stay (≥1 d)12.9 (0.6–14.6)0.5 (0.1–3)
ATS guideline adherence11.4 (0.4–5.0)2.3 (0.8–7.0)
Sputum culture obtained12.3 (0.7–8.0)0.6 (0.2–1.7)
Blood culture obtained11.3 (0.4–4.8)1.2 (0.4–3.5)
End-of-life counseling documented13.0 (0.6–14.3)3.1 (0.7–12.9)
Lifestyle modification documented11.1 (0.3–4.5)2.7 (0.8–8.7)
*Data are presented as odds ratio (95% confidence interval). Odds ratios were adjusted for Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, effusion on chest radiography, mental status, hypertension, and diabetes.
Reference group.
ATS, American Thoracic Society; ICU, intensive care unit.

Discussion

Our study provided a unique perspective on the impact of different models of caring for inpatients on the quality, processes, and cost of care. We believe this is the first study to successfully address several methodologic limitations of previous studies: potential time-effect bias, inappropriate controls, differential assignment of house staff and case management resources, unvalidated outcomes, and lack of clinical data.

In addition, we reduced the potential biases inherent in comparing different hospitals and different outpatient physician specialties and used a standardized chart abstraction instrument to avoid the problems inherent in using claims data. As a result, we were able to examine processes of care and use the PSI, an extensively validated tool, to control for disease severity. This study represents an effectiveness study of a real-life intervention by a health maintenance organization to mandate the use of hospitalists. Although the retrospective design of this study may create the potential for bias, there was inadequate advanced notice of the implementation of this hospitalist plan to allow for prospective analysis. Despite not being randomly assigned to 1 of the 3 groups, patients were quite similar with the exceptions of hypertension and possibly diabetes and PSI, which we controlled for in the statistical analysis.

 

 

Unfortunately, this was a small study that lacked sufficient power to detect modest differences between groups because the health maintenance organization sponsoring the critical care hospitalist group abandoned the program after 1 year. In addition, the differences in disease severity might have been significant in a larger sample. However, even after controlling for these differences statistically, we found no large differences for mortality, readmission, or returns to the emergency room.

Despite insufficient power to observe statistically significant differences in these relatively rare but important pneumonia outcomes, we did detect a substantial difference in adjusted hospital charges and a modest difference in length of stay. Subspecialist hospitalists had significantly higher adjusted charges than did primary care family physicians. Although the comparison across groups failed to show statistically significant differences, we did see a trend of increasing charges as the degree of hospitalization increased. These higher costs may be explained in part by primary care physicians advising shorter lengths of stay and the subspecialists’ increased use of multiple chest x-rays and trends toward greater use of other resources (eg, intensive care and blood and sputum cultures). Alternatively, some of the difference in charges may reflect differing levels of continuity; the critical care hospitalists had no outpatient continuity with their inpatients, whereas the family physician hospitalists had continuity relationships with some inpatients and the primary care physicians had relationships with all their inpatients. Thus the primary care physicians and, to a lesser extent, the family physician hospitalists may have had information about prior care. Hence, knowledge of previous antibiotic use might argue for the low yield of blood and sputum cultures, and having obtained an outpatient x-ray might obviate the need for another in the hospital. The critical care hospitalists’ increased length of stay and x-ray use, in conjunction with the trend toward greater use of cultures and intensive care, may in turn reflect different degrees of comfort with uncertainty between family physicians and subspecialists. Also, we examined only hospital charges rather than total costs to the system.

Interestingly, we found a trend showing that family physician hospitalists were more likely to document lifestyle modification counseling than were primary care physicians. This result should be interpreted with some caution. Our findings may indicate a true lack of performance by primary care physicians, or they may show a failure to document advice on the hospital chart, reflecting some aspect of the continuity relationship in which such discussions are relegated to the outpatient setting.We also were surprised to see the trend toward decreased end-of-life counseling by the primary care physicians. This could reflect some adverse effect of continuity, the time constraints imposed on nonhospitalists, or not documenting outpatient counseling on the inpatient record.

There were other potential sources of confounding in this study. All patients in the critical care hospitalist group were members of the same health maintenance organization, which may have introduced unmeasured bias despite our attempts to control for differences between groups. Even though we purposefully avoided differential use of house staff, its involvement in each case may have decreased any potential differences across practices.

We draw 2 important conclusions from our results. First, our findings of increased costs and length of stay for mandated hospitalists without significantly different outcomes support the assertion of the American Academy of Family Physicians, the American College of Physicians–American Society of Internal Medicine, the American Medical Association, and the National Association of Inpatient Physicians: the practice of mandating the use of hospitalists should be abandoned pending larger, more comprehensive contemporaneous trials. Second, if hospitalists are to be employed on a voluntary basis, the use of subspecialists rather than generalists may result in more costly care.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Ralph B. D’Agonstino, Jr., PhD, of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for his invaluable assistance in statistical methods and Cary Foster, MD, and Promoda Mahupatra, MD, for their collection of the data.

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Family practice primary care physicians, rotating family practice faculty hospitalists, and full-time specialist hospitalists provide comparable care for inpatients with pneumonia.
  • Subspecialist hospitalists have higher hospital charges and longer lengths of stay and use more resources.
  • The use of hospitalists by hospital systems or insurers should be not be mandated.
  • Hospitalists and primary care physicians can better counsel inpatients about lifestyle modification and end-of-life issues.

ABSTRACT

  • OBJECTIVES: To compare the care provided by family practice primary care physicians with that provided by 2 hospitalist models: critical care hospitalists and rotating residency faculty family physician hospitalists.
  • STUDY DESIGN: Retrospective chart review. A health maintenance organization mandated that all patients be admitted to a critical care hospitalist team. The family physician hospitalists admitted all other residency patients and patients of some community family physicians. The primary care physicians admitted all their other patients. We adjusted for disease severity by using the Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, and comorbidities.
  • POPULATION: Adults admitted with pneumonia to our private urban community hospital. Exclusions included patients with nosocomial pneumonia, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
  • OUTCOMES MEASURED: Primary (adjusted for age, sex, comorbidities, and disease severity): hospital charges, length of stay, in-hospital mortality, readmissions, and returns to the emergency room. Secondary: chest radiographs, intensive care use, blood and sputum cultures, compliance with American Thoracic Society guidelines, lifestyle and end-of-life counseling.
  • RESULTS: Of 97 patients, 21 were admitted to the critical care hospitalists, 53 to the family physician hospitalists, and 23 to primary care physicians. The mean charge ($5680) by the primary care physicians was significantly lower than that of the critical care hospitalists ($10,231; P = .005) and trended toward being lower than that of the family physician hospitalists ($7699; P = .08). The patients of critical care and family physician hospitalists had longer mean lengths of stay (critical care hospitalists, 3.8 days; family physician hospitalists, 3.9 days) than did those of the primary care physicians (2.6 days; P = .04 and .01, respectively). Compared with the primary care physicians, the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain at least 2 chest x-rays (odds ratio, 4.1; 95% confidence interval, 1.1–15.5) and trended toward increased odds of lengthy stay in the intensive care unit (odd ratio, 2.9; 95% confidence interval, 0.6–14.6). We found no other significant differences in primary or secondary outcomes.
  • CONCLUSIONS: Claims of better and cheaper care by hospitalists need further investigation. Meanwhile, the use of hospitalists should not be mandated, and the use of family physicians as hospitalists should be considered a good alternative to the use of subspecialists.

The hospitalist movement has promised to improve the quality of inpatient care, increase patient satisfaction, and decrease costs.1 Many hospitals, practices, and managed care corporations have adopted this model of care,2 but whether this model has fulfilled its promises is unknown. Those who favor hospitalists have argued that hospitalists offer more efficient care by increasing quality and decreasing costs. Detractors are concerned about potential substandard quality through aggressive discharge policies and loss of continuity of care. Unfortunately, both positions are based largely on untested assumptions. We identified 6 peer-reviewed articles directly comparing hospitalists and primary care physicians.3-8 Another 314 were descriptive studies, editorials, letters, and news pieces arguing about the potential risks and benefits of the hospitalist movement.

Hospitalists have been described as physicians who spend over one fourth of their time exclusively in the hospital caring for other physicians’ patients only during that admission.9 Others believe the hospitalist movement more accurately encompasses a broad spectrum of how inpatient care is organized,10 including primary care physicians managing their own inpatients and seeing clinic patients, primary care physicians sharing week- or month-long periods of exclusive hospital care with partners, or excluding the primary care physician from inpatient care by using dedicated inpatient-only physicians who may be family physicians, internists, or specialists.

The scant literature comparing care provided by hospitalists and primary care physicians has several methodologic constraints including before and after designs that may have time-effect bias,11-15 inappropriately assigning subspecialists to the primary care group,3 restricting efficiency tools such as nurse managers and discharge planners to the intervention group,4-6 failing to account for differential involvement of house staff,7,11 using possibly unreliable outcomes,8 and relying exclusively on claims data.11,14 Two recent studies avoided many of these pitfalls and found no differences between different types of hospitalists, but did not compare them with primary care physicians.16,17 We designed our study to address multiple methodologic concerns and determine whether differences in outcomes, processes of care, and costs exist between these multiple models of inpatient care.

 

 

Methods

Setting

In 1997 a large regional health maintenance organization in Colorado mandated that all its inpatients be admitted by a pulmonology or critical care hospitalist team to the exclusion of their primary care physicians. Rose Medical Center, a 420-bed private community hospital in Denver, Colorado, serves as a family practice residency training site in which residents care for patients under the guidance of resident faculty and community primary care physicians. We recognized the health maintenance orgaization’s program as a natural experiment and an opportunity to address some of the design limitations of prior studies by comparing the care delivered simultaneously by these 3 inpatient models.

Subjects and study design

We conducted a retrospective cohort study of all patients admitted between April 1997 and March 1998 with a primary diagnosis of pneumonia as identified by codes from the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision. We studied pneumonia care because of the high incidence of pneumonia in our institution and the existence of a valid, population-based measure of disease severity, the Pneumonia Severity Index (PSI; see Statistical Methods). In addition, focusing on 1 diagnosis allowed for a direct and detailed analysis of the process of care. To eliminate potential biases produced by different outpatient physician specialties, we excluded patients who did not have a family physician as a primary care provider. Patients also were excluded if they were younger than 18 years, had human immunodeficiency virus or acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, had exclusively nosocomial pneumonia, or had the diagnosis of pneumonia subsequently ruled out. Ninety-seven patients were included. Data were collected by standardized chart abstraction and entered into a Microsoft Access database. The chart abstraction was performed by research assistants who had no knowledge of whether the attending physician was a primary care physician or a hospitalist.

Patients were grouped based on the status of their inpatient attending physicians of record. The critical care hospitalists represented a group of subspecialty critical care pulmonologists contracted by a large health maintenance organization to care for all its inpatients. The family physician hospitalists represented rotating family medicine faculty who worked exclusively in the hospital for 8 weeks each year. Some patients under the care of family physician hospitalists originated from the residency’s continuity clinic, and others came from the practices of approximately 30 community family physicians for whom the family physician hospitalist acts as a hospitalist service. Community family medicine primary care physicians cared for their own patients and continued their outpatient practices. Family medicine house staff was involved in the care of inpatients from all groups.

Patients’ insurance plans rather than physician referral or self-referral determined whether they were assigned to the critical care hospitalist, family physician hospitalist, or primary care physician group. Accordingly, there were instances when a primary care physician had some patients admitted to the critical care hospitalist because the patient was a member of this particular health maintenance organization and also because the physician cared directly for his other patients in the hospital.

Outcome measures

We looked at 5 primary patient- and policy-oriented outcomes that have been validated as indicators of quality of inpatient care: in-hospital mortality, length of stay, hospital charges, 7-day readmissions, and 7- and 30-day returns to the emergency department.18,19 We included Colorado data from the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, when available, to serve as a reference standard.20 In addition, we chose 7 validated secondary “process of care”outcomes21 to further describe the practice behaviors of the 3 groups: documentation of lifestyle modification counseling (tobacco cessation, exercise, etc), documentation of end-of-life counseling, compliance with contemporary guidelines from the American Thoracic Society for treating community-acquired pneumonia,21 length of stay in intensive care, and the use of chest radiographs and blood and sputum cultures.

Statistical methods

All statistical analyses were performed with SAS version 6.12. Patient demographic and clinical characteristics were analyzed with chi-square test and analysis of variance, when appropriate. We controlled for disease severity with the PSI, a well-validated, population-based severity of illness score for inpatients with pneumonia.22,23

Multiple and logistic regressions were used to control for disease severity and potential confounders. Our models included the PSI class and those characteristics that were statistically significantly different (ie, diagnosis of hypertension) or showed a trend toward difference and were felt to be potentially clinically significant (diagnosis of diabetes, effusion on chest x-ray, mental status at admission), in addition to sex and age. Logarithmic transformations of non-normal data were conducted, when appropriate. We eliminated as extreme outliers 3 cases (2 under the care of critical care hospitalists and 1 under the care of family physician hospitalists) whose outcomes were 2 standard deviations or more beyond the mean. For example, 1 patient had a rare clotting disorder, stayed in intensive care for 30 days, required an orphan drug at $6000 per dose, and had charges well in excess of $1 million. This study was approved by the Rose Medical Center and Health One Institutional Review Board.

 

 

Results

Demographic and clinical characteristics

Table 1 provides the demographic and clinical descriptions of patients admitted by the different admitting physician models. Patients in the different groups were similar, with 2 exceptions: hypertension was significantly more common in the critical care hospitalist group than in the other groups (P < .05), and there was a trend toward more diabetes in the critical care hospitalist group that did not quite reach statistical significance. Nonsignificant trends also existed for PSI, effusion on chest x-ray, and mental status, with more effusions and acute mental status changes occurring in the critical care hospitalist group, more chronic altered mental status in the family physician hospitalist group, and greater severity of illness in the critical care hospitalist group. Otherwise, demographics, disease severity, and comorbidities were comparable.

TABLE 1
Demographic and clinical characteristics

 Admission group
VariableCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalistsPrimary care physicians
Total22 (21)54 (53)23 (23)
Demographics
  Age, y70 (4)66 (3)67 (4)
  Male57 (12)62 (33)48 (11)
  Female43 (9)38 (20)52 (12)
Comorbidities
  Hypertension*29 (6)23 (12)54 (12)
  Diabetes§0 (0)9 (5)22 (5)
  Mental status
    Acute changes14 (3)6 (3)0 (0)
    Chronic changes14 (3)26 (14)17 (4)
  Effusion on chest x-ray33 (7)24 (13)17 (4)
  Renal disease10 (2)6 (3)4 (1)
  Liver disease5 (1)2 (1)4 (1)
  Cerebrovascular disease14 (3)11 (6)13 (3)
  Coronary artery disease24 (5)27 (14)22 (5)
  Heart failure24 (5)23 (12)18 (4)
  Cancer0 (0)2 (1)4 (1)
  Nursing home resident9 (2)4 (2)13 (3)
  Smokers19 (4)37 (20)26 (6)
Vital signs/laboratory values
  Heart rate92 (5)94 (3)92 (5)
  Respiratory rate24 (2)24 (1)23 (2)
  Systolic blood pressure124 (6)127 (4)136 (6)
  Temperature (°F)99 (0)99 (0)99 (0)
  Pulse oximetry86 (2)88 (1)89 (2)
  Blood urea nitrogen20 (3)20 (2)22 (3)
  Glucose123 (16)130 (10)154 (16)
  Hematocrit40 (1)41 (1)39 (1)
  Sodium136 (1)136 (1)137 (1)
Disease severity
  PSI, raw data103 (10)85 (6)99 (9)
  PSI risk
     Low10 (2)24 (13)22 (5)
    Moderate29 (6)19 (10)26 (6)
    High62 (13)55 (30)52 (12)
*P = .024.
Percentage (number of patients).
Mean (± standard deviation).
§P = .058; otherwise, P > .05 (chi-square for ordinal and categorical variables, analysis of variance for continuous variables).
PSI, Pneumonia Severity Index.

Primary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalist team had the highest mean hospital charge ($10,231), followed by the family physician hospitalist ($7699) and the primary care physician ($5680) groups (Figure 1). The difference in charges between the primary care physician and the critical care hospitalist groups was statistically significant (P = .005) and approached significance between the primary care physician and family physician hospitalist groups (P = .08). The critical care hospitalist and family physician hospitalist groups had longer mean lengths of stay than did the primary care physician group (P = .04 and .01, respectively; Figure 2). The other primary outcomes were rare: 1 primary care physician patient died (4.5%), 2 critical care hospitalist patients died (9.5%) and no family physician hospitalist patients died; no primary care physician patients were readmitted, 1 critical care hospitalist patient was readmitted (4.8%), and 2 family physician hospitalist patients were readmitted (3.8%). There was 1 return to the emergency room in the cohort, in the family physician hospitalist group (1.9%). No intergroup comparisons between these unadjusted rates were statistically significant (P > .05).

FIGURE 1
Hospital charges (in US dollars; with 95% confidence intervals)*


FIGURE 2
Length of stay (in days; with 95% confidence intervals)*

Secondary outcomes

After controlling for severity of illness and intergroup differences, we found that the critical care hospitalists were more likely to obtain 2 or more chest x-rays than the primary care physicians. There were nonsignificant trends toward longer stays in intensive care, greater likelihood of obtaining sputum cultures, and documenting end-of-life counseling by the critical care hospitalists compared with the primary care physicians. For the family physician hospitalists, there were nonsignificant trends toward better compliance with American Thoracic Society antibiotic guidelines and greater likelihood of documenting end-of-life and lifestyle modification counseling compared with the primary care physicians (Table 2).

TABLE 2
Secondary “process of care” outcomes*

OutcomePrimary care physiciansCritical care hospitalistsFamily physician hospitalists
Chest x-ray (≥2)14.1 (1.1–15.5)0.9 (0.3–2.6)
ICU stay (≥1 d)12.9 (0.6–14.6)0.5 (0.1–3)
ATS guideline adherence11.4 (0.4–5.0)2.3 (0.8–7.0)
Sputum culture obtained12.3 (0.7–8.0)0.6 (0.2–1.7)
Blood culture obtained11.3 (0.4–4.8)1.2 (0.4–3.5)
End-of-life counseling documented13.0 (0.6–14.3)3.1 (0.7–12.9)
Lifestyle modification documented11.1 (0.3–4.5)2.7 (0.8–8.7)
*Data are presented as odds ratio (95% confidence interval). Odds ratios were adjusted for Pneumonia Severity Index, age, sex, effusion on chest radiography, mental status, hypertension, and diabetes.
Reference group.
ATS, American Thoracic Society; ICU, intensive care unit.

Discussion

Our study provided a unique perspective on the impact of different models of caring for inpatients on the quality, processes, and cost of care. We believe this is the first study to successfully address several methodologic limitations of previous studies: potential time-effect bias, inappropriate controls, differential assignment of house staff and case management resources, unvalidated outcomes, and lack of clinical data.

In addition, we reduced the potential biases inherent in comparing different hospitals and different outpatient physician specialties and used a standardized chart abstraction instrument to avoid the problems inherent in using claims data. As a result, we were able to examine processes of care and use the PSI, an extensively validated tool, to control for disease severity. This study represents an effectiveness study of a real-life intervention by a health maintenance organization to mandate the use of hospitalists. Although the retrospective design of this study may create the potential for bias, there was inadequate advanced notice of the implementation of this hospitalist plan to allow for prospective analysis. Despite not being randomly assigned to 1 of the 3 groups, patients were quite similar with the exceptions of hypertension and possibly diabetes and PSI, which we controlled for in the statistical analysis.

 

 

Unfortunately, this was a small study that lacked sufficient power to detect modest differences between groups because the health maintenance organization sponsoring the critical care hospitalist group abandoned the program after 1 year. In addition, the differences in disease severity might have been significant in a larger sample. However, even after controlling for these differences statistically, we found no large differences for mortality, readmission, or returns to the emergency room.

Despite insufficient power to observe statistically significant differences in these relatively rare but important pneumonia outcomes, we did detect a substantial difference in adjusted hospital charges and a modest difference in length of stay. Subspecialist hospitalists had significantly higher adjusted charges than did primary care family physicians. Although the comparison across groups failed to show statistically significant differences, we did see a trend of increasing charges as the degree of hospitalization increased. These higher costs may be explained in part by primary care physicians advising shorter lengths of stay and the subspecialists’ increased use of multiple chest x-rays and trends toward greater use of other resources (eg, intensive care and blood and sputum cultures). Alternatively, some of the difference in charges may reflect differing levels of continuity; the critical care hospitalists had no outpatient continuity with their inpatients, whereas the family physician hospitalists had continuity relationships with some inpatients and the primary care physicians had relationships with all their inpatients. Thus the primary care physicians and, to a lesser extent, the family physician hospitalists may have had information about prior care. Hence, knowledge of previous antibiotic use might argue for the low yield of blood and sputum cultures, and having obtained an outpatient x-ray might obviate the need for another in the hospital. The critical care hospitalists’ increased length of stay and x-ray use, in conjunction with the trend toward greater use of cultures and intensive care, may in turn reflect different degrees of comfort with uncertainty between family physicians and subspecialists. Also, we examined only hospital charges rather than total costs to the system.

Interestingly, we found a trend showing that family physician hospitalists were more likely to document lifestyle modification counseling than were primary care physicians. This result should be interpreted with some caution. Our findings may indicate a true lack of performance by primary care physicians, or they may show a failure to document advice on the hospital chart, reflecting some aspect of the continuity relationship in which such discussions are relegated to the outpatient setting.We also were surprised to see the trend toward decreased end-of-life counseling by the primary care physicians. This could reflect some adverse effect of continuity, the time constraints imposed on nonhospitalists, or not documenting outpatient counseling on the inpatient record.

There were other potential sources of confounding in this study. All patients in the critical care hospitalist group were members of the same health maintenance organization, which may have introduced unmeasured bias despite our attempts to control for differences between groups. Even though we purposefully avoided differential use of house staff, its involvement in each case may have decreased any potential differences across practices.

We draw 2 important conclusions from our results. First, our findings of increased costs and length of stay for mandated hospitalists without significantly different outcomes support the assertion of the American Academy of Family Physicians, the American College of Physicians–American Society of Internal Medicine, the American Medical Association, and the National Association of Inpatient Physicians: the practice of mandating the use of hospitalists should be abandoned pending larger, more comprehensive contemporaneous trials. Second, if hospitalists are to be employed on a voluntary basis, the use of subspecialists rather than generalists may result in more costly care.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Ralph B. D’Agonstino, Jr., PhD, of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for his invaluable assistance in statistical methods and Cary Foster, MD, and Promoda Mahupatra, MD, for their collection of the data.

References

1. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

2. Auerbach AD, Nelson EA, Lindenauer PK, et al. Physician attitudes toward and prevalence of the hospitalist model of care: results of a national survey. Am J Med 2000;109:648-53.

3. Stein MD, Hanson S, Tammaro D, Hanna L, Most AS. Economic effects of community vs hospital-based pneumonia care. J Gen Intern Med 1998;13:774-7.

4. Wachter RM, Katz P, Showstack J, Bindman AB, Goldman L. Reorganizing an academic medical service: impact on cost, quality, patient satisfaction, and education. JAMA 1998;279:1560-5.

5. Palmer HC, Armistead NS, Elnicki D, et al. The effect of a hospitalist service with nurse discharge planner on patient care in an academic teaching hospital. Am J Med 2001;111:627-32.

6. Davis KM, Koch KE, Harvey JK, et al. Effects of hospitalists on cost, outcomes, and patient satisfaction in a rural health system. Am J Med 2000;108:621-6.

7. Hackner D, Tu G, Braunstein GD, et al. The value of a hospitalist service: efficient care for the aging population? Chest 2001;119:580-9.

8. Molinari C, Short R. The effects of an HMO-hospitalist program on inpatient utilization. Am J Manag Care 2001;7:1051-17.

9. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

10. Boschert S. “Hospitalists” may be an emerging specialty. Am Med News July 15, 1997;67.

11. Diamond HS, Goldberg E, Janosky JE. The effect of full-time faculty hospitalists on the efficiency of care at a community teaching hospital. Ann Intern Med 1998;129:197-203.

12. Bellet PS, Whitaker RC. Evaluation of a pediatric hospitalist service: impact on length of stay and hospital charges. Pediatrics 2000;105:478-84.

13. Freese RB. Clinical, logistical, and political issues in creating a hospitalist system. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:350-4.

14. Craig D, Hartka L, Likosky WH, et al. Implementation of a hospitalist system in a large health maintenance organization: the Kaiser Permanente experience. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:355-9.

15. Halpert AP, Pearson SD, LeWine HE, Mckean SC. The impact of an inpatient physician program on quality, utilization, and satisfaction. J Manag Care 2000;6:549-55.

16. Tingle LE, Lambert CT. Comparison of a family practice teaching service and a hospitalist model: costs, charges, length of stay, and mortality. Fam Med 2001;33:511-5.

17. Kearns PJ, Wang CC, Morris WJ, et al. Hospital care by hospitalbased and clinic-based faculty: a prospective, controlled trial. Arch Intern Med 2001;161:235-41.

18. Ashton CM, Del Junco DJ, Souchek J, Wray NP, Mansyur CL. The association between the quality of inpatient care and early readmission: a meta-analysis of the evidence. Med Care 1997;35:1044-59.

19. Rhew DC, Goetz MB, Shekelle PG. Evaluating quality indicators for patients with community-acquired pneumonia. Jt Comm J Qual Improv 2001;27:575-90.

20. HCUPnet Halthcare cost and utilization project. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. June 2002. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/data/hcup/hcupnet.htm. Accessed October 8, 2002.

21. Niederman MS, Bass JB, Campbell GD, et al. American Thoracic Society guidelines for the initial management of adults with community-acquired pneumonia: diagnosis, assessment of severity, and initial antimicrobial therapy. Am Rev Respir Dis 1993;148:1418-26.

22. Fine MJ, Auble TE, Yealy DM, et al. A prediction rule to identify lowrisk patients with community-acquired pneumonia. N Engl J Med 1997;336:243-50.

23. Ewig S, Kleinfeld T, Bauer T, Seifert K, Schafer H, Goke N. Comparative validation of prognostic rules for community-acquired pneumonia in an elderly population. Eur Respir J 1999;14:370-5.

References

1. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

2. Auerbach AD, Nelson EA, Lindenauer PK, et al. Physician attitudes toward and prevalence of the hospitalist model of care: results of a national survey. Am J Med 2000;109:648-53.

3. Stein MD, Hanson S, Tammaro D, Hanna L, Most AS. Economic effects of community vs hospital-based pneumonia care. J Gen Intern Med 1998;13:774-7.

4. Wachter RM, Katz P, Showstack J, Bindman AB, Goldman L. Reorganizing an academic medical service: impact on cost, quality, patient satisfaction, and education. JAMA 1998;279:1560-5.

5. Palmer HC, Armistead NS, Elnicki D, et al. The effect of a hospitalist service with nurse discharge planner on patient care in an academic teaching hospital. Am J Med 2001;111:627-32.

6. Davis KM, Koch KE, Harvey JK, et al. Effects of hospitalists on cost, outcomes, and patient satisfaction in a rural health system. Am J Med 2000;108:621-6.

7. Hackner D, Tu G, Braunstein GD, et al. The value of a hospitalist service: efficient care for the aging population? Chest 2001;119:580-9.

8. Molinari C, Short R. The effects of an HMO-hospitalist program on inpatient utilization. Am J Manag Care 2001;7:1051-17.

9. Wachter RM. An introduction to the hospitalist model. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:338-42.

10. Boschert S. “Hospitalists” may be an emerging specialty. Am Med News July 15, 1997;67.

11. Diamond HS, Goldberg E, Janosky JE. The effect of full-time faculty hospitalists on the efficiency of care at a community teaching hospital. Ann Intern Med 1998;129:197-203.

12. Bellet PS, Whitaker RC. Evaluation of a pediatric hospitalist service: impact on length of stay and hospital charges. Pediatrics 2000;105:478-84.

13. Freese RB. Clinical, logistical, and political issues in creating a hospitalist system. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:350-4.

14. Craig D, Hartka L, Likosky WH, et al. Implementation of a hospitalist system in a large health maintenance organization: the Kaiser Permanente experience. Ann Intern Med 1999;130:355-9.

15. Halpert AP, Pearson SD, LeWine HE, Mckean SC. The impact of an inpatient physician program on quality, utilization, and satisfaction. J Manag Care 2000;6:549-55.

16. Tingle LE, Lambert CT. Comparison of a family practice teaching service and a hospitalist model: costs, charges, length of stay, and mortality. Fam Med 2001;33:511-5.

17. Kearns PJ, Wang CC, Morris WJ, et al. Hospital care by hospitalbased and clinic-based faculty: a prospective, controlled trial. Arch Intern Med 2001;161:235-41.

18. Ashton CM, Del Junco DJ, Souchek J, Wray NP, Mansyur CL. The association between the quality of inpatient care and early readmission: a meta-analysis of the evidence. Med Care 1997;35:1044-59.

19. Rhew DC, Goetz MB, Shekelle PG. Evaluating quality indicators for patients with community-acquired pneumonia. Jt Comm J Qual Improv 2001;27:575-90.

20. HCUPnet Halthcare cost and utilization project. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. June 2002. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/data/hcup/hcupnet.htm. Accessed October 8, 2002.

21. Niederman MS, Bass JB, Campbell GD, et al. American Thoracic Society guidelines for the initial management of adults with community-acquired pneumonia: diagnosis, assessment of severity, and initial antimicrobial therapy. Am Rev Respir Dis 1993;148:1418-26.

22. Fine MJ, Auble TE, Yealy DM, et al. A prediction rule to identify lowrisk patients with community-acquired pneumonia. N Engl J Med 1997;336:243-50.

23. Ewig S, Kleinfeld T, Bauer T, Seifert K, Schafer H, Goke N. Comparative validation of prognostic rules for community-acquired pneumonia in an elderly population. Eur Respir J 1999;14:370-5.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1021-1027
Page Number
1021-1027
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Primary care family physicians and 2 hospitalist models: Comparison of outcomes, processes, and costs
Display Headline
Primary care family physicians and 2 hospitalist models: Comparison of outcomes, processes, and costs
Legacy Keywords
,Hospitalistsfamily practicepneumoniahealth services research. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1021–1027)
Legacy Keywords
,Hospitalistsfamily practicepneumoniahealth services research. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1021–1027)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Effectiveness of a chart prompt about immunizations in an urban health center

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:07
Display Headline
Effectiveness of a chart prompt about immunizations in an urban health center

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether a nurse-initiated chart review and prompt to physicians is an effective method to increase immunization rates.

STUDY DESIGN: This study was a controlled trial with systematic assignment of children to intervention or control groups based on chart number. Each day, a nurse reviewed the charts of children to be seen that day who were in the intervention group. The nurse prepared a 1-page form about the child’s immunization status that requested permission from the physician to administer needed vaccines and attached the form to the chart. The duration of the study period was 1 year.

POPULATION: Nine hundred ninety-seven pediatric patients attending 2 inner-city primary care health centers.

OUTCOME MEASURED: On-time immunization rates in both groups.

RESULTS: Among children eligible to receive vaccines during the study period, a higher percentage in the intervention group received on-time vaccines for diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis-4 (DTP4; 51% vs 36%; P = .03), oral polio vaccine-3 (OPV3; 70% vs 56%, P = .04), and measles/mumps/rubella-1 (42% vs 26%; P = .01) than did children in the control group. No statistically significant differences were noted for DTP3, DTP5, hepatitis B3, or OPV4. No statistically significant difference was noted for the combined series (ie, all age-appropriate immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention).

CONCLUSIONS: The chart prompt increased on-time immunizations for some antigens.

Although immunization rates have increased to record levels, they remain suboptimal. State laws requiring immunizations for school entry help ensure that school-aged children are adequately immunized, but younger children are at risk of inadequate immunization. In 1995, only 74% of children in the United States between the ages of 19 and 35 months had received all immunizations recommended for children 18 months of age.1 A number of studies have focused on the causes of low immunization rates, which include poverty, inadequate clinician knowledge of contraindications, and missed opportunities to vaccinate.2-8 In contrast, higher rates have been found when proactive office procedures-such as reminder systems,9-12 audit and feedback systems,13 and provider prompts,11,14-16-are implemented. The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminder/recall systems improve vaccination coverage in adults, adolescents, and children and strongly recommends their use.17

The aim of this study was to determine whether a chart prompt, ie, a reminder to the patients’ physicians, is an effective method to increase pediatric immunization rates by decreasing missed opportunities. The physicians’ offices in this study had neither a reminder system in place for immunizations nor an existing database that would permit computer generation of such a reminder system for existing pediatric patients. Manual chart review offered the only method to determine immunization rates and to generate prompts.

Methods

Study population

The setting for this study was the St. Margaret Memorial Hospital Family Practice Residency Program. During the study period, 36 residents and 4 fellows saw patients in the 2 Family Health Centers (FHC) of the program. The Lawrenceville Family Health Center (LFHC) is located in the financially disadvantaged Lawrenceville neighborhood of urban Pittsburgh, serving a predominantly white population. In 1994, staff at the LFHC provided care for approximately 715 children younger than 6 years. The Bloomfield-Garfield Family Health Center (BGFHC) serves the urban Pittsburgh neighborhoods of Bloomfield and Garfield. The population served by this FHC is predominantly African American with significant minorities of Asian American and white patients. In 1994, staff at the BGFHC provided care for approximately 315 children younger than 6 years. Previous assessments of immunization rates showed that the LFHC and the BGFHC had significantly different pediatric immunization rates (47% of children fully immunized by their second birthday at LFHC compared with 33% at BGFHC; chart audit performed by I.T.B. in 1993, unpublished data). Charts of children born on or after May 1, 1989, were included in the study. The Institutional Review Board of the University of Pittsburgh approved the study.

Study protocol

The intervention phase of the project was initiated on July 1, 1995, and completed on June 30, 1996. Each patient chart was systematically assigned to the control or intervention group based on the chart number. A random-number table was used to generate the following scheme: children with a chart number ending in 0, 1, 2, 5, or 6 were assigned to the intervention group, and children with a chart number ending in 3, 4, 7, 8, or 9 were assigned to the control group. Each morning, a designated nurse at each FHC generated a list of patients scheduled to be seen that day. The names of patients eligible for the study were highlighted. For each child in the intervention group, the nurse reviewed the immunization record present on the child’s chart. Each participating nurse received instruction in chart review and immunization guidelines from the principal investigator. Based on this chart review, the nurse determined if the child was eligible for any immunizations on that day’s office visit. The 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention18Table 1 was used as the primary guideline. The 1994 RedBook19 was used as the source for answers to questions about the eligibility for immunizations when the 1995 schedule was ambiguous or inappropriate (eg, for a child with delayed immunization or special medical circumstances).

 

 

The nurse completed 1-page forms and attached them to charts of children who might be eligible for immunization on that day’s visit. No form was completed for children who were up to date on immunizations. No chart review was performed that day on children in the control group, and no form was attached to the control group’s charts. The form acted as a prompt for the physician to ask the parent or guardian if the child had received the immunizations in question. If the physician determined there was a valid reason not to administer the vaccines on that visit, the physician noted the reason on the form and checked off the “Do not immunize” option on the form. If there were no contraindications to immunization, and if the parent or guardian gave informed consent for immunization, the physician checked off the “Immunize” option.

Evaluation of intervention

Review of records for all eligible children seen during the study period began in October 1996 and continued through January 1997. All reviews were done at the clinic using a laptop computer for direct entry into an onscreen data entry form. The chart reviewer was blinded as to intervention or control status. The data collected included (1) child’s name; (2) record number; (3) date of birth; (4) dates of vaccine administration for hepatitis B (HEPB),diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis (DTP), oral polio vaccine (OPV), Haemophilus influenzae type B (HIB), and measles/mumps/rubella (MMR); (5) dates of clinic visits within the study period; (6) dates of canceled appointments within the study period; and (7) dates of appointments not canceled and not attended within the study period. The principal investigator (I.T.B.), blinded to control or intervention status, then assessed the completeness of immunization for all vaccines recommended by the 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule based on the child’s age at the end of the study period.

Statistical methods

Chi-square tests were used to test for association between on-time vaccination status and intervention-versus-control group membership. To test for a possible difference in mean age between the 2 groups, a t-test was performed. On-time vaccination for DTP3 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 3.5 months (the earliest age at which properly spaced vaccinations could be accomplished) and 7 months (ie, from the day of the 3.5-month birthday to the day the child turned 7 months old). On-time vaccination for DTP4 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 19 months (ie, from the day of the first birthday to the day the child turned 19 months old). For MMR1, on-time vaccination was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 16 months; for HEPB3, between the ages of 5.9 and 19 months (HEPB3 is not recommended before 6 months of age, but immunization 2 to 3 days early is still likely to be immunogenic); and for OPV3, between the ages of 3.5 and 19 months. On-time vaccination for DTP5 and OPV4 was defined as vaccination occurring between then ages of 4 and 7 years (ie, from the day of the 4-year birthday to the day the child turned 7 years old).

Analyses of on-time vs not-on-time vaccination for DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, MMR1, HEPB3, OPV3, and OPV4 were performed within the subgroups of children who were eligible to receive the vaccine during the study period. All analyses were performed using SAS software (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC).

Immunizations

DTP.Children considered eligible for DTP3 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP3 before the beginning of the study period; had been immunized with DTP2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP4 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP4 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP3 by 7 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP5 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP5 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP4 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study period.

MMR. Children considered eligible for MMR1 immunization had not yet been immunized with MMR1 by the beginning of the study and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

HEBP. Children considered eligible for HEPB3 immunization had not yet been immunized with HEPB3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with HEPB2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 5.9 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

 

 

OPV. Children considered eligible for OPV3 immunization had not yet been immunized with OPV3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study period. Children considered eligible for OPV4 immunization had not been immunized with OPV4 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV3 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study.

Results

A total of 977 charts were reviewed. At the LFHC, 637 charts were reviewed; at the BGFHC, 340 charts were reviewed. Among these 977 children, 448 had been assigned to the intervention group, and 529 had been assigned to the control group. The intervention group did not differ from the control group in mean age at the midpoint of the study (39.1 months vs 38.1 months, respectively; P = .33). The age distribution in each group is provided in Table 2. No statistically significant association was noted between assignment to group and FHC site. At the LFHC, 47% of children had been assigned to the intervention group, and at the BGFHC, 44% of children had been assigned to the intervention group (P = .35).

The intervention and control groups were compared with regard to the timeliness of receipt of DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, HEPB3, MMR1, OPV3, and OPV4 vaccinations as well as completeness of immunization for age. “Up to date for age” was defined as receipt of all immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule for the child’s age at the end of the study period. Results of this comparison are shown in Table 3. Among the subgroup of children eligible to receive DTP4 vaccination during the study period (n = 224), 51% of the intervention group vs 36% of the control group received DTP4 vaccination on time (P = .03). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive MMR1 vaccination during the study period (n = 238), 42% of the intervention group compared with 26% of the control group received MMR1 on time (P = .01). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive OPV3 vaccination during the study period (n = 200), 70% of the intervention group compared with 56% of the control group received OPV3 vaccination on time (P = .04). For DTP3, DTP5, HEPB3, and OPV4 vaccination, no statistically significant difference was noted between intervention and control groups in the percent of children receiving vaccinations on time. Neither was there a statistically significant difference between the intervention and control groups for “up to date for age” (85% vs 80%; P = .09).

The total number of office visits during the study period did not differ between the 2 groups; both the intervention and control groups had a mean of 4 ± 0.1 visits during the study period. The groups also did not differ in the number appointments canceled or number of appointments not kept. A total of 54% of children received at least 1 immunization during the study period; there was no difference between the intervention and control groups (56% and 54%, respectively, P = .51).

Discussion

We found that a nurse-initiated prompt increased on-time vaccinations for DTP4, OPV3, and MMR1 by 14% to 16% by decreasing the number of missed opportunities for vaccination. Multiple studies show missed opportunities to vaccinate at acute care visits for mild illnesses.3,6,20-22 Reasons for such missed opportunities include practice policies against vaccination at acute care visits, time limitations of acute care visits, focus on the initial agenda of the visit, concern about parental expectations, or overly cautious interpretation of contraindications.23 Overcoming missed opportunities to vaccinate can involve a reminder prompt for the clinician as well as clinician education that vaccines may be given during mild acute illness and during most chronic illnesses. The Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice urge that “providers utilize all clinical encounters to screen for needed vaccines and, when indicated, immunize children.”24

Several educational materials-including the Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice, the Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations, and the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) project24-26-address missed opportunities. Gyorkos et al11 found that provider-oriented strategies, primarily chart reminders, increased pooled influenza vaccination rates by 18% (95% CI, 16-20) and pneumococcal vaccination rates by 7.5% (95% CI, 3-12). Other data show increases in pneumococcal vaccination rates of 10% and 41% and in influenza vaccine of 47%.14-16 In 1 private practice, a systematic health maintenance protocol resulted in 95% of patients being offered vaccination compared with 45% of controls.27 The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminders and recall systems improved vaccination coverage and strongly recommends their use.17 Prompts have increased use of some other preventive services such as smoking cessation counseling as well as mammography and colorectal cancer screening.16,28-30

 

 

Strengths of this study include (1) it was a randomized, controlled trial with blinding of the investigators to the patients’ group status and (2) it was conducted in the real-life setting of health centers that serve underprivileged persons in the inner city. One of the limitations of the study is that nurse staffing became short midway through the project, and the prompt sheets were not prepared on some days. Thus, the results likely underestimate the magnitude of the true effect if the intervention had been perfectly staffed; however, the positive effect despite this problem shows the robustness of prompts. Because the study took place only in urban health centers in Pittsburgh, generalizability may be limited.

Another limitation is the length of time since the study was performed. However, national immunization statistics from 2000 (the most recent available data) show that only 76% of children in the United States between 19 and 35 months of age received all the immunizations recommended for children by 18 months of age.1 This is a mere increase of 2 percentage points since 1995, the year in which this study was started. Since that time more vaccines have come into routine use, making it more difficult for children to be up to date on their immunizations. The health center sites used for this study still do not have computerized databases that allow for computer generation of vaccine reminders or recalls.

Because the greatest improvement was seen regarding immunizations given during the second year of life, when rates of age-appropriate immunizations tend to decrease, it might be reasonable to implement this type of an intervention focused on the age group of 12 to 24 months. This would allow limited resources to be concentrated on the population most likely to benefit.

References

1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National, state and urban area vaccination coverage levels among children 19-35 months-United States 2000. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2001;50:637-41.

2. Taylor JA, Darden PM, Slora E, et al. The influence of provider behavior, parental characteristics, and a public policy initiative on the immunization status of children followed by private pediatricians: a study from pediatric research in office settings. Pediatrics 1997;99:209-15.

3. Cutts FT, Orenstein WA, Bernier RH. Causes of low preschool immunization coverage in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health 1992;13:385-98.

4. McConnochie KM, Roghmann KJ. Immunization opportunities missed among urban poor children. Pediatrics 1992;89(6 Pt 1):1019-26.

5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccination coverage by race/ethnicity and poverty level among children aged 19-35 months-United States, 1996. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1997;46:963-70.

6. Szilagyi PG, Rodewald LE, Humiston SG, et al. Missed opportunities for childhood vaccinations in office practices and the effect on vaccination status. Pediatrics 1993;91:1-7.

7. Holt E, Guyer B, Hughart N, et al. The contribution of missed opportunities to childhood underimmunization in Baltimore. Pediatrics 1996;97:474-80.

8. Fairbrother G, Friedman S, DuMont KA, et al. Markers for primary care: missed opportunities to immunize and screen for lead and tuberculosis by private physicians servicing large numbers of inner-city Medicaid-eligible children. Pediatrics 1996;97:785-90.

9. Alto WA, Fury D, Condo A, et al. Improving the immunization coverage of children less than 7 years old in a family practice residency. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:472-7.

10. Linkins RW, Dini EF, Watson G, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of computer-generated telephone messages in increasing immunization visits among preschool children. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 1994;148:908-14.

11. Gyorkos TW, Tannenbaum TN, Abrahamowicz M, et al. Evaluation of the effectiveness of immunization delivery methods. Can J Public Health 1994;85(suppl 1):S14-30.

12. Szilagyi PG, Bordley WC, Vann JC, et al. The effectiveness of patient reminder/recall interventions on immunization rates: a critical review of the literature [poster symposium presentation]. 38th Annual Meeting of the Ambulatory Pediatric Association/Society for Pediatric Research, New Orleans, May 1, 1998.

13. LeBaron CW, Chaney M, Baughman AL, et al. Impact of measurement and feedback on vaccination coverage in public clinics, 1988-1994. JAMA 1997;277:631-5.

14. Tobacman JK. Increased use of pneumococcal vaccination in a medicine clinic following initiation of a quality assessment monitor. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 1992;13:144-6.

15. Clancy CM, Gelfman D, Poses RM. A strategy to improve the utilization of pneumococcal vaccine. J Gen Intern Med 1992;7:14-8.

16. Harris RP, O’Malley MS, Fletcher SW, et al. Prompting physicians for preventive procedures: a five-year study of manual and computer reminders. Am J Prev Med 1990;6:145-52.

17. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccine-preventable diseases: improving vaccination coverage in children, adolescents, and adults. A report on recommendations of the Task Force on Community Preventive Services. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1999;48:1-15.

18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule-United States, 1995. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995;44(no.RR-5):2.-

19. Peter G. ed. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. 23rd ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994.

20. Gamertsfelder DA, Zimmerman RK, DeSensi EG. Immunization barriers in a family practice residency clinic. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:100-4.

21. Wood D, Pereyra M, Halfon N, et al. Vaccination levels in Los Angeles public health centers: the contribution of missed opportunities to vaccinate and other factors. Am J Public Health 1995;85:850-3.

22. National Immunization Program. Impact of missed opportunities to vaccinate preschool-aged children on vaccination coverage levels-selected U.S. sites, 1991-1992. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43:709-12.

23. Zimmerman RK, Schlesselman JJ, Baird AL, et al. A national survey to understand why physicians limit childhood immunizations. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1997;151:657-64.

24. National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, GA: Public Health Service; 1993.

25. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; 1996.

26. Zimmerman RK, Barker WH, Strikas RA, et al. Developing curricula to promote preventive medicine skills: the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) Project. JAMA 1997;278:705-11.

27. Hahn DL, Berger MG. Implementation of a systematic health maintenance protocol in a private practice. J Fam Pract 1990;31:492-504.

28. McPhee SJ, Bird JA, Fordham D, et al. Promoting cancer prevention activities by primary care physicians. Results of a randomized, controlled trial. JAMA 1991;266:538-44.

29. Shea S, DuMouchel W, Bahamonde L. A meta-analysis of 16 randomized controlled trials to evaluate computer-based clinical reminder systems for preventive care in the ambulatory setting. J Am Med Inform Assoc 1996;3:399-409.

30. Dietrich AJ, Carney PA, Winchell CW, et al. An office systems approach to cancer prevention in primary care. Cancer Pract 1997;5:375-81.

Address reprint requests to Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH, Department of Family Medicine, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, 3518 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15261. E-mail address: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH
Richard Kent Zimmerman, MD, MPH
A. Tammy, PhD
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
From the Department of Family Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, School of Medicine (I.T.B., R.K.Z., T.A.S.) and the Department of Health Services Administration, Graduate School of Public Health (R.K.Z.), University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. This research was funded by a grant from the Aetna Foundation. The authors report no competing interests.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Page Number
1-1
Legacy Keywords
,Chart promptimmunizationsurban health services. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH
Richard Kent Zimmerman, MD, MPH
A. Tammy, PhD
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
From the Department of Family Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, School of Medicine (I.T.B., R.K.Z., T.A.S.) and the Department of Health Services Administration, Graduate School of Public Health (R.K.Z.), University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. This research was funded by a grant from the Aetna Foundation. The authors report no competing interests.

Author and Disclosure Information

Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH
Richard Kent Zimmerman, MD, MPH
A. Tammy, PhD
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
From the Department of Family Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, School of Medicine (I.T.B., R.K.Z., T.A.S.) and the Department of Health Services Administration, Graduate School of Public Health (R.K.Z.), University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. This research was funded by a grant from the Aetna Foundation. The authors report no competing interests.

Article PDF
Article PDF

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether a nurse-initiated chart review and prompt to physicians is an effective method to increase immunization rates.

STUDY DESIGN: This study was a controlled trial with systematic assignment of children to intervention or control groups based on chart number. Each day, a nurse reviewed the charts of children to be seen that day who were in the intervention group. The nurse prepared a 1-page form about the child’s immunization status that requested permission from the physician to administer needed vaccines and attached the form to the chart. The duration of the study period was 1 year.

POPULATION: Nine hundred ninety-seven pediatric patients attending 2 inner-city primary care health centers.

OUTCOME MEASURED: On-time immunization rates in both groups.

RESULTS: Among children eligible to receive vaccines during the study period, a higher percentage in the intervention group received on-time vaccines for diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis-4 (DTP4; 51% vs 36%; P = .03), oral polio vaccine-3 (OPV3; 70% vs 56%, P = .04), and measles/mumps/rubella-1 (42% vs 26%; P = .01) than did children in the control group. No statistically significant differences were noted for DTP3, DTP5, hepatitis B3, or OPV4. No statistically significant difference was noted for the combined series (ie, all age-appropriate immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention).

CONCLUSIONS: The chart prompt increased on-time immunizations for some antigens.

Although immunization rates have increased to record levels, they remain suboptimal. State laws requiring immunizations for school entry help ensure that school-aged children are adequately immunized, but younger children are at risk of inadequate immunization. In 1995, only 74% of children in the United States between the ages of 19 and 35 months had received all immunizations recommended for children 18 months of age.1 A number of studies have focused on the causes of low immunization rates, which include poverty, inadequate clinician knowledge of contraindications, and missed opportunities to vaccinate.2-8 In contrast, higher rates have been found when proactive office procedures-such as reminder systems,9-12 audit and feedback systems,13 and provider prompts,11,14-16-are implemented. The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminder/recall systems improve vaccination coverage in adults, adolescents, and children and strongly recommends their use.17

The aim of this study was to determine whether a chart prompt, ie, a reminder to the patients’ physicians, is an effective method to increase pediatric immunization rates by decreasing missed opportunities. The physicians’ offices in this study had neither a reminder system in place for immunizations nor an existing database that would permit computer generation of such a reminder system for existing pediatric patients. Manual chart review offered the only method to determine immunization rates and to generate prompts.

Methods

Study population

The setting for this study was the St. Margaret Memorial Hospital Family Practice Residency Program. During the study period, 36 residents and 4 fellows saw patients in the 2 Family Health Centers (FHC) of the program. The Lawrenceville Family Health Center (LFHC) is located in the financially disadvantaged Lawrenceville neighborhood of urban Pittsburgh, serving a predominantly white population. In 1994, staff at the LFHC provided care for approximately 715 children younger than 6 years. The Bloomfield-Garfield Family Health Center (BGFHC) serves the urban Pittsburgh neighborhoods of Bloomfield and Garfield. The population served by this FHC is predominantly African American with significant minorities of Asian American and white patients. In 1994, staff at the BGFHC provided care for approximately 315 children younger than 6 years. Previous assessments of immunization rates showed that the LFHC and the BGFHC had significantly different pediatric immunization rates (47% of children fully immunized by their second birthday at LFHC compared with 33% at BGFHC; chart audit performed by I.T.B. in 1993, unpublished data). Charts of children born on or after May 1, 1989, were included in the study. The Institutional Review Board of the University of Pittsburgh approved the study.

Study protocol

The intervention phase of the project was initiated on July 1, 1995, and completed on June 30, 1996. Each patient chart was systematically assigned to the control or intervention group based on the chart number. A random-number table was used to generate the following scheme: children with a chart number ending in 0, 1, 2, 5, or 6 were assigned to the intervention group, and children with a chart number ending in 3, 4, 7, 8, or 9 were assigned to the control group. Each morning, a designated nurse at each FHC generated a list of patients scheduled to be seen that day. The names of patients eligible for the study were highlighted. For each child in the intervention group, the nurse reviewed the immunization record present on the child’s chart. Each participating nurse received instruction in chart review and immunization guidelines from the principal investigator. Based on this chart review, the nurse determined if the child was eligible for any immunizations on that day’s office visit. The 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention18Table 1 was used as the primary guideline. The 1994 RedBook19 was used as the source for answers to questions about the eligibility for immunizations when the 1995 schedule was ambiguous or inappropriate (eg, for a child with delayed immunization or special medical circumstances).

 

 

The nurse completed 1-page forms and attached them to charts of children who might be eligible for immunization on that day’s visit. No form was completed for children who were up to date on immunizations. No chart review was performed that day on children in the control group, and no form was attached to the control group’s charts. The form acted as a prompt for the physician to ask the parent or guardian if the child had received the immunizations in question. If the physician determined there was a valid reason not to administer the vaccines on that visit, the physician noted the reason on the form and checked off the “Do not immunize” option on the form. If there were no contraindications to immunization, and if the parent or guardian gave informed consent for immunization, the physician checked off the “Immunize” option.

Evaluation of intervention

Review of records for all eligible children seen during the study period began in October 1996 and continued through January 1997. All reviews were done at the clinic using a laptop computer for direct entry into an onscreen data entry form. The chart reviewer was blinded as to intervention or control status. The data collected included (1) child’s name; (2) record number; (3) date of birth; (4) dates of vaccine administration for hepatitis B (HEPB),diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis (DTP), oral polio vaccine (OPV), Haemophilus influenzae type B (HIB), and measles/mumps/rubella (MMR); (5) dates of clinic visits within the study period; (6) dates of canceled appointments within the study period; and (7) dates of appointments not canceled and not attended within the study period. The principal investigator (I.T.B.), blinded to control or intervention status, then assessed the completeness of immunization for all vaccines recommended by the 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule based on the child’s age at the end of the study period.

Statistical methods

Chi-square tests were used to test for association between on-time vaccination status and intervention-versus-control group membership. To test for a possible difference in mean age between the 2 groups, a t-test was performed. On-time vaccination for DTP3 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 3.5 months (the earliest age at which properly spaced vaccinations could be accomplished) and 7 months (ie, from the day of the 3.5-month birthday to the day the child turned 7 months old). On-time vaccination for DTP4 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 19 months (ie, from the day of the first birthday to the day the child turned 19 months old). For MMR1, on-time vaccination was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 16 months; for HEPB3, between the ages of 5.9 and 19 months (HEPB3 is not recommended before 6 months of age, but immunization 2 to 3 days early is still likely to be immunogenic); and for OPV3, between the ages of 3.5 and 19 months. On-time vaccination for DTP5 and OPV4 was defined as vaccination occurring between then ages of 4 and 7 years (ie, from the day of the 4-year birthday to the day the child turned 7 years old).

Analyses of on-time vs not-on-time vaccination for DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, MMR1, HEPB3, OPV3, and OPV4 were performed within the subgroups of children who were eligible to receive the vaccine during the study period. All analyses were performed using SAS software (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC).

Immunizations

DTP.Children considered eligible for DTP3 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP3 before the beginning of the study period; had been immunized with DTP2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP4 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP4 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP3 by 7 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP5 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP5 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP4 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study period.

MMR. Children considered eligible for MMR1 immunization had not yet been immunized with MMR1 by the beginning of the study and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

HEBP. Children considered eligible for HEPB3 immunization had not yet been immunized with HEPB3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with HEPB2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 5.9 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

 

 

OPV. Children considered eligible for OPV3 immunization had not yet been immunized with OPV3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study period. Children considered eligible for OPV4 immunization had not been immunized with OPV4 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV3 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study.

Results

A total of 977 charts were reviewed. At the LFHC, 637 charts were reviewed; at the BGFHC, 340 charts were reviewed. Among these 977 children, 448 had been assigned to the intervention group, and 529 had been assigned to the control group. The intervention group did not differ from the control group in mean age at the midpoint of the study (39.1 months vs 38.1 months, respectively; P = .33). The age distribution in each group is provided in Table 2. No statistically significant association was noted between assignment to group and FHC site. At the LFHC, 47% of children had been assigned to the intervention group, and at the BGFHC, 44% of children had been assigned to the intervention group (P = .35).

The intervention and control groups were compared with regard to the timeliness of receipt of DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, HEPB3, MMR1, OPV3, and OPV4 vaccinations as well as completeness of immunization for age. “Up to date for age” was defined as receipt of all immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule for the child’s age at the end of the study period. Results of this comparison are shown in Table 3. Among the subgroup of children eligible to receive DTP4 vaccination during the study period (n = 224), 51% of the intervention group vs 36% of the control group received DTP4 vaccination on time (P = .03). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive MMR1 vaccination during the study period (n = 238), 42% of the intervention group compared with 26% of the control group received MMR1 on time (P = .01). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive OPV3 vaccination during the study period (n = 200), 70% of the intervention group compared with 56% of the control group received OPV3 vaccination on time (P = .04). For DTP3, DTP5, HEPB3, and OPV4 vaccination, no statistically significant difference was noted between intervention and control groups in the percent of children receiving vaccinations on time. Neither was there a statistically significant difference between the intervention and control groups for “up to date for age” (85% vs 80%; P = .09).

The total number of office visits during the study period did not differ between the 2 groups; both the intervention and control groups had a mean of 4 ± 0.1 visits during the study period. The groups also did not differ in the number appointments canceled or number of appointments not kept. A total of 54% of children received at least 1 immunization during the study period; there was no difference between the intervention and control groups (56% and 54%, respectively, P = .51).

Discussion

We found that a nurse-initiated prompt increased on-time vaccinations for DTP4, OPV3, and MMR1 by 14% to 16% by decreasing the number of missed opportunities for vaccination. Multiple studies show missed opportunities to vaccinate at acute care visits for mild illnesses.3,6,20-22 Reasons for such missed opportunities include practice policies against vaccination at acute care visits, time limitations of acute care visits, focus on the initial agenda of the visit, concern about parental expectations, or overly cautious interpretation of contraindications.23 Overcoming missed opportunities to vaccinate can involve a reminder prompt for the clinician as well as clinician education that vaccines may be given during mild acute illness and during most chronic illnesses. The Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice urge that “providers utilize all clinical encounters to screen for needed vaccines and, when indicated, immunize children.”24

Several educational materials-including the Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice, the Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations, and the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) project24-26-address missed opportunities. Gyorkos et al11 found that provider-oriented strategies, primarily chart reminders, increased pooled influenza vaccination rates by 18% (95% CI, 16-20) and pneumococcal vaccination rates by 7.5% (95% CI, 3-12). Other data show increases in pneumococcal vaccination rates of 10% and 41% and in influenza vaccine of 47%.14-16 In 1 private practice, a systematic health maintenance protocol resulted in 95% of patients being offered vaccination compared with 45% of controls.27 The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminders and recall systems improved vaccination coverage and strongly recommends their use.17 Prompts have increased use of some other preventive services such as smoking cessation counseling as well as mammography and colorectal cancer screening.16,28-30

 

 

Strengths of this study include (1) it was a randomized, controlled trial with blinding of the investigators to the patients’ group status and (2) it was conducted in the real-life setting of health centers that serve underprivileged persons in the inner city. One of the limitations of the study is that nurse staffing became short midway through the project, and the prompt sheets were not prepared on some days. Thus, the results likely underestimate the magnitude of the true effect if the intervention had been perfectly staffed; however, the positive effect despite this problem shows the robustness of prompts. Because the study took place only in urban health centers in Pittsburgh, generalizability may be limited.

Another limitation is the length of time since the study was performed. However, national immunization statistics from 2000 (the most recent available data) show that only 76% of children in the United States between 19 and 35 months of age received all the immunizations recommended for children by 18 months of age.1 This is a mere increase of 2 percentage points since 1995, the year in which this study was started. Since that time more vaccines have come into routine use, making it more difficult for children to be up to date on their immunizations. The health center sites used for this study still do not have computerized databases that allow for computer generation of vaccine reminders or recalls.

Because the greatest improvement was seen regarding immunizations given during the second year of life, when rates of age-appropriate immunizations tend to decrease, it might be reasonable to implement this type of an intervention focused on the age group of 12 to 24 months. This would allow limited resources to be concentrated on the population most likely to benefit.

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether a nurse-initiated chart review and prompt to physicians is an effective method to increase immunization rates.

STUDY DESIGN: This study was a controlled trial with systematic assignment of children to intervention or control groups based on chart number. Each day, a nurse reviewed the charts of children to be seen that day who were in the intervention group. The nurse prepared a 1-page form about the child’s immunization status that requested permission from the physician to administer needed vaccines and attached the form to the chart. The duration of the study period was 1 year.

POPULATION: Nine hundred ninety-seven pediatric patients attending 2 inner-city primary care health centers.

OUTCOME MEASURED: On-time immunization rates in both groups.

RESULTS: Among children eligible to receive vaccines during the study period, a higher percentage in the intervention group received on-time vaccines for diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis-4 (DTP4; 51% vs 36%; P = .03), oral polio vaccine-3 (OPV3; 70% vs 56%, P = .04), and measles/mumps/rubella-1 (42% vs 26%; P = .01) than did children in the control group. No statistically significant differences were noted for DTP3, DTP5, hepatitis B3, or OPV4. No statistically significant difference was noted for the combined series (ie, all age-appropriate immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention).

CONCLUSIONS: The chart prompt increased on-time immunizations for some antigens.

Although immunization rates have increased to record levels, they remain suboptimal. State laws requiring immunizations for school entry help ensure that school-aged children are adequately immunized, but younger children are at risk of inadequate immunization. In 1995, only 74% of children in the United States between the ages of 19 and 35 months had received all immunizations recommended for children 18 months of age.1 A number of studies have focused on the causes of low immunization rates, which include poverty, inadequate clinician knowledge of contraindications, and missed opportunities to vaccinate.2-8 In contrast, higher rates have been found when proactive office procedures-such as reminder systems,9-12 audit and feedback systems,13 and provider prompts,11,14-16-are implemented. The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminder/recall systems improve vaccination coverage in adults, adolescents, and children and strongly recommends their use.17

The aim of this study was to determine whether a chart prompt, ie, a reminder to the patients’ physicians, is an effective method to increase pediatric immunization rates by decreasing missed opportunities. The physicians’ offices in this study had neither a reminder system in place for immunizations nor an existing database that would permit computer generation of such a reminder system for existing pediatric patients. Manual chart review offered the only method to determine immunization rates and to generate prompts.

Methods

Study population

The setting for this study was the St. Margaret Memorial Hospital Family Practice Residency Program. During the study period, 36 residents and 4 fellows saw patients in the 2 Family Health Centers (FHC) of the program. The Lawrenceville Family Health Center (LFHC) is located in the financially disadvantaged Lawrenceville neighborhood of urban Pittsburgh, serving a predominantly white population. In 1994, staff at the LFHC provided care for approximately 715 children younger than 6 years. The Bloomfield-Garfield Family Health Center (BGFHC) serves the urban Pittsburgh neighborhoods of Bloomfield and Garfield. The population served by this FHC is predominantly African American with significant minorities of Asian American and white patients. In 1994, staff at the BGFHC provided care for approximately 315 children younger than 6 years. Previous assessments of immunization rates showed that the LFHC and the BGFHC had significantly different pediatric immunization rates (47% of children fully immunized by their second birthday at LFHC compared with 33% at BGFHC; chart audit performed by I.T.B. in 1993, unpublished data). Charts of children born on or after May 1, 1989, were included in the study. The Institutional Review Board of the University of Pittsburgh approved the study.

Study protocol

The intervention phase of the project was initiated on July 1, 1995, and completed on June 30, 1996. Each patient chart was systematically assigned to the control or intervention group based on the chart number. A random-number table was used to generate the following scheme: children with a chart number ending in 0, 1, 2, 5, or 6 were assigned to the intervention group, and children with a chart number ending in 3, 4, 7, 8, or 9 were assigned to the control group. Each morning, a designated nurse at each FHC generated a list of patients scheduled to be seen that day. The names of patients eligible for the study were highlighted. For each child in the intervention group, the nurse reviewed the immunization record present on the child’s chart. Each participating nurse received instruction in chart review and immunization guidelines from the principal investigator. Based on this chart review, the nurse determined if the child was eligible for any immunizations on that day’s office visit. The 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention18Table 1 was used as the primary guideline. The 1994 RedBook19 was used as the source for answers to questions about the eligibility for immunizations when the 1995 schedule was ambiguous or inappropriate (eg, for a child with delayed immunization or special medical circumstances).

 

 

The nurse completed 1-page forms and attached them to charts of children who might be eligible for immunization on that day’s visit. No form was completed for children who were up to date on immunizations. No chart review was performed that day on children in the control group, and no form was attached to the control group’s charts. The form acted as a prompt for the physician to ask the parent or guardian if the child had received the immunizations in question. If the physician determined there was a valid reason not to administer the vaccines on that visit, the physician noted the reason on the form and checked off the “Do not immunize” option on the form. If there were no contraindications to immunization, and if the parent or guardian gave informed consent for immunization, the physician checked off the “Immunize” option.

Evaluation of intervention

Review of records for all eligible children seen during the study period began in October 1996 and continued through January 1997. All reviews were done at the clinic using a laptop computer for direct entry into an onscreen data entry form. The chart reviewer was blinded as to intervention or control status. The data collected included (1) child’s name; (2) record number; (3) date of birth; (4) dates of vaccine administration for hepatitis B (HEPB),diphtheria/tetanus/pertussis (DTP), oral polio vaccine (OPV), Haemophilus influenzae type B (HIB), and measles/mumps/rubella (MMR); (5) dates of clinic visits within the study period; (6) dates of canceled appointments within the study period; and (7) dates of appointments not canceled and not attended within the study period. The principal investigator (I.T.B.), blinded to control or intervention status, then assessed the completeness of immunization for all vaccines recommended by the 1995 Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule based on the child’s age at the end of the study period.

Statistical methods

Chi-square tests were used to test for association between on-time vaccination status and intervention-versus-control group membership. To test for a possible difference in mean age between the 2 groups, a t-test was performed. On-time vaccination for DTP3 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 3.5 months (the earliest age at which properly spaced vaccinations could be accomplished) and 7 months (ie, from the day of the 3.5-month birthday to the day the child turned 7 months old). On-time vaccination for DTP4 was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 19 months (ie, from the day of the first birthday to the day the child turned 19 months old). For MMR1, on-time vaccination was defined as vaccination occurring between the ages of 12 and 16 months; for HEPB3, between the ages of 5.9 and 19 months (HEPB3 is not recommended before 6 months of age, but immunization 2 to 3 days early is still likely to be immunogenic); and for OPV3, between the ages of 3.5 and 19 months. On-time vaccination for DTP5 and OPV4 was defined as vaccination occurring between then ages of 4 and 7 years (ie, from the day of the 4-year birthday to the day the child turned 7 years old).

Analyses of on-time vs not-on-time vaccination for DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, MMR1, HEPB3, OPV3, and OPV4 were performed within the subgroups of children who were eligible to receive the vaccine during the study period. All analyses were performed using SAS software (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC).

Immunizations

DTP.Children considered eligible for DTP3 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP3 before the beginning of the study period; had been immunized with DTP2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP4 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP4 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP3 by 7 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study. Children considered eligible for DTP5 immunization had not yet been immunized with DTP5 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with DTP4 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study period.

MMR. Children considered eligible for MMR1 immunization had not yet been immunized with MMR1 by the beginning of the study and were at least 12 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

HEBP. Children considered eligible for HEPB3 immunization had not yet been immunized with HEPB3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with HEPB2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 5.9 months old by 1 month before the end of the study.

 

 

OPV. Children considered eligible for OPV3 immunization had not yet been immunized with OPV3 before the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV2 by 3 months before the end of the study period; and were at least 3.5 months old by 1 month before the end of the study period. Children considered eligible for OPV4 immunization had not been immunized with OPV4 by the beginning of the study; had been immunized with OPV3 before age 4 years; and were at least 4 years old by 1 month before the end of the study.

Results

A total of 977 charts were reviewed. At the LFHC, 637 charts were reviewed; at the BGFHC, 340 charts were reviewed. Among these 977 children, 448 had been assigned to the intervention group, and 529 had been assigned to the control group. The intervention group did not differ from the control group in mean age at the midpoint of the study (39.1 months vs 38.1 months, respectively; P = .33). The age distribution in each group is provided in Table 2. No statistically significant association was noted between assignment to group and FHC site. At the LFHC, 47% of children had been assigned to the intervention group, and at the BGFHC, 44% of children had been assigned to the intervention group (P = .35).

The intervention and control groups were compared with regard to the timeliness of receipt of DTP3, DTP4, DTP5, HEPB3, MMR1, OPV3, and OPV4 vaccinations as well as completeness of immunization for age. “Up to date for age” was defined as receipt of all immunizations as recommended by the 1995 Childhood Immunization Schedule for the child’s age at the end of the study period. Results of this comparison are shown in Table 3. Among the subgroup of children eligible to receive DTP4 vaccination during the study period (n = 224), 51% of the intervention group vs 36% of the control group received DTP4 vaccination on time (P = .03). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive MMR1 vaccination during the study period (n = 238), 42% of the intervention group compared with 26% of the control group received MMR1 on time (P = .01). For the subgroup of children eligible to receive OPV3 vaccination during the study period (n = 200), 70% of the intervention group compared with 56% of the control group received OPV3 vaccination on time (P = .04). For DTP3, DTP5, HEPB3, and OPV4 vaccination, no statistically significant difference was noted between intervention and control groups in the percent of children receiving vaccinations on time. Neither was there a statistically significant difference between the intervention and control groups for “up to date for age” (85% vs 80%; P = .09).

The total number of office visits during the study period did not differ between the 2 groups; both the intervention and control groups had a mean of 4 ± 0.1 visits during the study period. The groups also did not differ in the number appointments canceled or number of appointments not kept. A total of 54% of children received at least 1 immunization during the study period; there was no difference between the intervention and control groups (56% and 54%, respectively, P = .51).

Discussion

We found that a nurse-initiated prompt increased on-time vaccinations for DTP4, OPV3, and MMR1 by 14% to 16% by decreasing the number of missed opportunities for vaccination. Multiple studies show missed opportunities to vaccinate at acute care visits for mild illnesses.3,6,20-22 Reasons for such missed opportunities include practice policies against vaccination at acute care visits, time limitations of acute care visits, focus on the initial agenda of the visit, concern about parental expectations, or overly cautious interpretation of contraindications.23 Overcoming missed opportunities to vaccinate can involve a reminder prompt for the clinician as well as clinician education that vaccines may be given during mild acute illness and during most chronic illnesses. The Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice urge that “providers utilize all clinical encounters to screen for needed vaccines and, when indicated, immunize children.”24

Several educational materials-including the Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practice, the Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations, and the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) project24-26-address missed opportunities. Gyorkos et al11 found that provider-oriented strategies, primarily chart reminders, increased pooled influenza vaccination rates by 18% (95% CI, 16-20) and pneumococcal vaccination rates by 7.5% (95% CI, 3-12). Other data show increases in pneumococcal vaccination rates of 10% and 41% and in influenza vaccine of 47%.14-16 In 1 private practice, a systematic health maintenance protocol resulted in 95% of patients being offered vaccination compared with 45% of controls.27 The Task Force on Community Preventive Services found that provider reminders and recall systems improved vaccination coverage and strongly recommends their use.17 Prompts have increased use of some other preventive services such as smoking cessation counseling as well as mammography and colorectal cancer screening.16,28-30

 

 

Strengths of this study include (1) it was a randomized, controlled trial with blinding of the investigators to the patients’ group status and (2) it was conducted in the real-life setting of health centers that serve underprivileged persons in the inner city. One of the limitations of the study is that nurse staffing became short midway through the project, and the prompt sheets were not prepared on some days. Thus, the results likely underestimate the magnitude of the true effect if the intervention had been perfectly staffed; however, the positive effect despite this problem shows the robustness of prompts. Because the study took place only in urban health centers in Pittsburgh, generalizability may be limited.

Another limitation is the length of time since the study was performed. However, national immunization statistics from 2000 (the most recent available data) show that only 76% of children in the United States between 19 and 35 months of age received all the immunizations recommended for children by 18 months of age.1 This is a mere increase of 2 percentage points since 1995, the year in which this study was started. Since that time more vaccines have come into routine use, making it more difficult for children to be up to date on their immunizations. The health center sites used for this study still do not have computerized databases that allow for computer generation of vaccine reminders or recalls.

Because the greatest improvement was seen regarding immunizations given during the second year of life, when rates of age-appropriate immunizations tend to decrease, it might be reasonable to implement this type of an intervention focused on the age group of 12 to 24 months. This would allow limited resources to be concentrated on the population most likely to benefit.

References

1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National, state and urban area vaccination coverage levels among children 19-35 months-United States 2000. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2001;50:637-41.

2. Taylor JA, Darden PM, Slora E, et al. The influence of provider behavior, parental characteristics, and a public policy initiative on the immunization status of children followed by private pediatricians: a study from pediatric research in office settings. Pediatrics 1997;99:209-15.

3. Cutts FT, Orenstein WA, Bernier RH. Causes of low preschool immunization coverage in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health 1992;13:385-98.

4. McConnochie KM, Roghmann KJ. Immunization opportunities missed among urban poor children. Pediatrics 1992;89(6 Pt 1):1019-26.

5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccination coverage by race/ethnicity and poverty level among children aged 19-35 months-United States, 1996. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1997;46:963-70.

6. Szilagyi PG, Rodewald LE, Humiston SG, et al. Missed opportunities for childhood vaccinations in office practices and the effect on vaccination status. Pediatrics 1993;91:1-7.

7. Holt E, Guyer B, Hughart N, et al. The contribution of missed opportunities to childhood underimmunization in Baltimore. Pediatrics 1996;97:474-80.

8. Fairbrother G, Friedman S, DuMont KA, et al. Markers for primary care: missed opportunities to immunize and screen for lead and tuberculosis by private physicians servicing large numbers of inner-city Medicaid-eligible children. Pediatrics 1996;97:785-90.

9. Alto WA, Fury D, Condo A, et al. Improving the immunization coverage of children less than 7 years old in a family practice residency. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:472-7.

10. Linkins RW, Dini EF, Watson G, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of computer-generated telephone messages in increasing immunization visits among preschool children. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 1994;148:908-14.

11. Gyorkos TW, Tannenbaum TN, Abrahamowicz M, et al. Evaluation of the effectiveness of immunization delivery methods. Can J Public Health 1994;85(suppl 1):S14-30.

12. Szilagyi PG, Bordley WC, Vann JC, et al. The effectiveness of patient reminder/recall interventions on immunization rates: a critical review of the literature [poster symposium presentation]. 38th Annual Meeting of the Ambulatory Pediatric Association/Society for Pediatric Research, New Orleans, May 1, 1998.

13. LeBaron CW, Chaney M, Baughman AL, et al. Impact of measurement and feedback on vaccination coverage in public clinics, 1988-1994. JAMA 1997;277:631-5.

14. Tobacman JK. Increased use of pneumococcal vaccination in a medicine clinic following initiation of a quality assessment monitor. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 1992;13:144-6.

15. Clancy CM, Gelfman D, Poses RM. A strategy to improve the utilization of pneumococcal vaccine. J Gen Intern Med 1992;7:14-8.

16. Harris RP, O’Malley MS, Fletcher SW, et al. Prompting physicians for preventive procedures: a five-year study of manual and computer reminders. Am J Prev Med 1990;6:145-52.

17. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccine-preventable diseases: improving vaccination coverage in children, adolescents, and adults. A report on recommendations of the Task Force on Community Preventive Services. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1999;48:1-15.

18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule-United States, 1995. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995;44(no.RR-5):2.-

19. Peter G. ed. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. 23rd ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994.

20. Gamertsfelder DA, Zimmerman RK, DeSensi EG. Immunization barriers in a family practice residency clinic. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:100-4.

21. Wood D, Pereyra M, Halfon N, et al. Vaccination levels in Los Angeles public health centers: the contribution of missed opportunities to vaccinate and other factors. Am J Public Health 1995;85:850-3.

22. National Immunization Program. Impact of missed opportunities to vaccinate preschool-aged children on vaccination coverage levels-selected U.S. sites, 1991-1992. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43:709-12.

23. Zimmerman RK, Schlesselman JJ, Baird AL, et al. A national survey to understand why physicians limit childhood immunizations. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1997;151:657-64.

24. National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, GA: Public Health Service; 1993.

25. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; 1996.

26. Zimmerman RK, Barker WH, Strikas RA, et al. Developing curricula to promote preventive medicine skills: the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) Project. JAMA 1997;278:705-11.

27. Hahn DL, Berger MG. Implementation of a systematic health maintenance protocol in a private practice. J Fam Pract 1990;31:492-504.

28. McPhee SJ, Bird JA, Fordham D, et al. Promoting cancer prevention activities by primary care physicians. Results of a randomized, controlled trial. JAMA 1991;266:538-44.

29. Shea S, DuMouchel W, Bahamonde L. A meta-analysis of 16 randomized controlled trials to evaluate computer-based clinical reminder systems for preventive care in the ambulatory setting. J Am Med Inform Assoc 1996;3:399-409.

30. Dietrich AJ, Carney PA, Winchell CW, et al. An office systems approach to cancer prevention in primary care. Cancer Pract 1997;5:375-81.

Address reprint requests to Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH, Department of Family Medicine, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, 3518 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15261. E-mail address: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

References

1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National, state and urban area vaccination coverage levels among children 19-35 months-United States 2000. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2001;50:637-41.

2. Taylor JA, Darden PM, Slora E, et al. The influence of provider behavior, parental characteristics, and a public policy initiative on the immunization status of children followed by private pediatricians: a study from pediatric research in office settings. Pediatrics 1997;99:209-15.

3. Cutts FT, Orenstein WA, Bernier RH. Causes of low preschool immunization coverage in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health 1992;13:385-98.

4. McConnochie KM, Roghmann KJ. Immunization opportunities missed among urban poor children. Pediatrics 1992;89(6 Pt 1):1019-26.

5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccination coverage by race/ethnicity and poverty level among children aged 19-35 months-United States, 1996. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1997;46:963-70.

6. Szilagyi PG, Rodewald LE, Humiston SG, et al. Missed opportunities for childhood vaccinations in office practices and the effect on vaccination status. Pediatrics 1993;91:1-7.

7. Holt E, Guyer B, Hughart N, et al. The contribution of missed opportunities to childhood underimmunization in Baltimore. Pediatrics 1996;97:474-80.

8. Fairbrother G, Friedman S, DuMont KA, et al. Markers for primary care: missed opportunities to immunize and screen for lead and tuberculosis by private physicians servicing large numbers of inner-city Medicaid-eligible children. Pediatrics 1996;97:785-90.

9. Alto WA, Fury D, Condo A, et al. Improving the immunization coverage of children less than 7 years old in a family practice residency. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:472-7.

10. Linkins RW, Dini EF, Watson G, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of computer-generated telephone messages in increasing immunization visits among preschool children. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 1994;148:908-14.

11. Gyorkos TW, Tannenbaum TN, Abrahamowicz M, et al. Evaluation of the effectiveness of immunization delivery methods. Can J Public Health 1994;85(suppl 1):S14-30.

12. Szilagyi PG, Bordley WC, Vann JC, et al. The effectiveness of patient reminder/recall interventions on immunization rates: a critical review of the literature [poster symposium presentation]. 38th Annual Meeting of the Ambulatory Pediatric Association/Society for Pediatric Research, New Orleans, May 1, 1998.

13. LeBaron CW, Chaney M, Baughman AL, et al. Impact of measurement and feedback on vaccination coverage in public clinics, 1988-1994. JAMA 1997;277:631-5.

14. Tobacman JK. Increased use of pneumococcal vaccination in a medicine clinic following initiation of a quality assessment monitor. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 1992;13:144-6.

15. Clancy CM, Gelfman D, Poses RM. A strategy to improve the utilization of pneumococcal vaccine. J Gen Intern Med 1992;7:14-8.

16. Harris RP, O’Malley MS, Fletcher SW, et al. Prompting physicians for preventive procedures: a five-year study of manual and computer reminders. Am J Prev Med 1990;6:145-52.

17. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Vaccine-preventable diseases: improving vaccination coverage in children, adolescents, and adults. A report on recommendations of the Task Force on Community Preventive Services. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1999;48:1-15.

18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommended childhood immunization schedule-United States, 1995. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1995;44(no.RR-5):2.-

19. Peter G. ed. 1994 Red Book: Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. 23rd ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 1994.

20. Gamertsfelder DA, Zimmerman RK, DeSensi EG. Immunization barriers in a family practice residency clinic. J Am Board Fam Pract 1994;7:100-4.

21. Wood D, Pereyra M, Halfon N, et al. Vaccination levels in Los Angeles public health centers: the contribution of missed opportunities to vaccinate and other factors. Am J Public Health 1995;85:850-3.

22. National Immunization Program. Impact of missed opportunities to vaccinate preschool-aged children on vaccination coverage levels-selected U.S. sites, 1991-1992. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43:709-12.

23. Zimmerman RK, Schlesselman JJ, Baird AL, et al. A national survey to understand why physicians limit childhood immunizations. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 1997;151:657-64.

24. National Vaccine Advisory Committee. Standards for Pediatric Immunization Practices. Atlanta, GA: Public Health Service; 1993.

25. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Guide to Contraindications to Childhood Vaccinations. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services; 1996.

26. Zimmerman RK, Barker WH, Strikas RA, et al. Developing curricula to promote preventive medicine skills: the Teaching Immunization for Medical Education (TIME) Project. JAMA 1997;278:705-11.

27. Hahn DL, Berger MG. Implementation of a systematic health maintenance protocol in a private practice. J Fam Pract 1990;31:492-504.

28. McPhee SJ, Bird JA, Fordham D, et al. Promoting cancer prevention activities by primary care physicians. Results of a randomized, controlled trial. JAMA 1991;266:538-44.

29. Shea S, DuMouchel W, Bahamonde L. A meta-analysis of 16 randomized controlled trials to evaluate computer-based clinical reminder systems for preventive care in the ambulatory setting. J Am Med Inform Assoc 1996;3:399-409.

30. Dietrich AJ, Carney PA, Winchell CW, et al. An office systems approach to cancer prevention in primary care. Cancer Pract 1997;5:375-81.

Address reprint requests to Ilene Timko Burns, MD, MPH, Department of Family Medicine, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, 3518 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15261. E-mail address: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1-1
Page Number
1-1
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Effectiveness of a chart prompt about immunizations in an urban health center
Display Headline
Effectiveness of a chart prompt about immunizations in an urban health center
Legacy Keywords
,Chart promptimmunizationsurban health services. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Legacy Keywords
,Chart promptimmunizationsurban health services. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Stages of change analysis of smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 13:07
Display Headline
Stages of change analysis of smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether smokers at clinics providing care for the medically underserved can be characterized according to the transtheoretical stages of change model.
STUDY DESIGN: Prospective, descriptive study.
POPULATION: Smokers in the waiting rooms of clinics providing care for the medically underserved.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: Standardized questionnaires that assessed stages of change, processes of change, decisional balance, and self-efficacy and temptation.
RESULTS: The smoking rate of subjects interviewed at 4 clinics was 44%. Two hundred current smokers completed the questionnaires. Smokers claiming that they planned to quit within 6 months scored higher on experiential process statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. They also scored higher on behavioral statements related to quitting. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas the statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same. Fifty-five percent of the smokers were smoking a pack or more each day and reported smoking more during negative situations and from habit than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day.
CONCLUSIONS: Smokers planning to quit who still smoke at least a pack a day may benefit from counseling to decrease smoking for specific reasons or from pharmacologic aids. Smokers at the clinics who planned to quit smoking reported experiences and behaviors that were consistent with their stated desire to quit and should be counseled in the same fashion as smokers from more traditional practices.

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Smokers planning to quit smoking within 6 months scored higher on statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same.
  • Smokers attending clinics for the underserved should be counseled to quit smoking in the same manner as smokers from the general population.

Cigarette smoking is a modifiable behavior and the chief preventable cause of illness and death in the United States.1,2 The rate of smoking dropped from 40% to 25% between the mid-1960s and 1997, but this decrease was not uniform across all segments of the population.3,4 In 1997, college graduates had a smoking rate of about 12%, whereas high school graduates had a smoking rate of 28%, and those with less than a high school education had a smoking rate of 35%.4 If these differences continue, a significant social divide will develop in this country with smoking, and the diseases resulting from smoking, found predominantly among the more poorly educated and socioeconomically disadvantaged members of society.5

Epidemiologic data indicate that approximately 70% of smokers want to quit and about 40% try to quit each year.6-8 Federal guidelines stress the importance of providing counseling to every smoker at every office visit.8,9 A growing area of research concerns the kind of information that should be provided to these patients, and whether information should be tailored to individual or group characteristics.10,11 An area that could be targeted is willingness to modify behavior according to the stages of change construct from the transtheoretical model.12,13 According to this model, smokers in the precontemplation stage do not intend to quit smoking within 6 months, contemplators are thinking about quitting within the next 6 months, and smokers in the preparation stage intend to quit within 30 days and have made a quit attempt at some time in the past. This model also proposes processes, derived from a comparative analysis of leading theories of psychotherapy and behavior change, that people use when they think about smoking.13,14 These constructs (processes of change, assessment of the pros and cons of smoking, and efficacy and temptation) are characteristically associated with smokers at different stages of change. For example, a crossover in assessment of the pros and cons of smoking across the stages of change is observed in cross-sectional studies so that the pros of smoking outweigh the cons for smokers in the precontemplation stage, but the cons outweigh the pros for smokers in the preparation stage.12

Proponents of this model argue that information should be tailored to match an individual’s stage of change and that the processes of change characteristic of the different stages should be used to move people to a more forward stage and, ultimately, to behavioral change.13,14 The model proposes that people may make progress to a more forward stage of change but also may relapse (eg, quit smoking and then start again), and that information should be provided to the patient’s current stage. These proponents argue that using this model, rather than applying an action approach to all smokers, regardless of their willingness to consider changing their behavior, leads to increased behavioral change.13,14 In response to this model, concern has been raised about the theoretical validity of the model,15 whether stage of change is the best predictor of future behavioral change,16,17 and whether the identified processes can be used to predict forward stage progression.18 From a practical point of view, the model is clinically appealing, and suggestions for incorporating the model into counseling approaches are beginning to appear in the literature.19 Research continues to focus on the issue of whether information that is matched to individual or group characteristics, including stages of change, is more effective than information that is not, and, although preliminary, the research to date supports the idea that tailored information is more effective.10,20

 

 

As the effectiveness of tailored information continues to be tested, an important issue that remains to be addressed is whether the identified constructs associated with the stages of change also hold in socioeconomically disadvantaged groups of people. The term medically underserved is used to describe people with a low socioeconomic status who have reduced access to health care and a higher prevalence and worse prognosis of disease, including preventable diseases.21 Smoking within this population occurs within a framework of social inequalities that may affect morbidity and mortality more directly and may lead to problems that are more immediate or require more complex management22,23; however, the presence of these medical problems should not preclude the provision of preventive health care, including smoking cessation advice. If the transtheoretical model is increasingly used as the basis for developing smoking cessation guidelines for use with all smokers, then it should first be determined whether the processes of change that are characteristic of smokers in the general population are also characteristic of smokers who are medically underserved.

Materials And Methods

Subjects

People older than 18 years were interviewed at 4 clinics providing care for the medically underserved in Northeast Ohio over a 6-week period. Medicaid covered 20% of the patients at 1 clinic and 8% of the patients at another clinic; 1 clinic did not accept payment of any kind and the other 3 accepted fees on a sliding scale. Approximately 20% of the funding in 1 clinic was from private insurance. Two of the clinics excluded patients with income exceeding 200% of the Federal Poverty Guideline. Two female, Caucasian medical students employed for a summer fellowship conducted one-on-one interviews in English. Eligible subjects included patients and those accompanying patients in the waiting rooms of these clinics. None of the people approached appeared acutely ill to the medical students. This study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine and informed consent was obtained.

Questionnaires

Subjects were asked demographic questions, questions about their smoking histories, current smoking habits, whether they lived with people who smoked, and whether their health care provider had ever advised them to quit smoking. Measures based on the transtheoretical model (short form versions) that have been widely used and validated were used to assess subjects’ stages of change,12,24 processes of change,25 decisional balance (pros and cons of smoking),26 and level of temptation and efficacy about smoking cessation.27 The decisional balance questions were not designed to assess which pros and cons of smoking were most important to patients, but whether cons of smoking were rated as more important than pros of smoking by patients stating their willingness to quit smoking and whether the reverse was true in patients who stated they would not quit smoking in the near future. A detailed overview of the transtheoretical model, development of the questionnaires, and the questionnaires themselves are available at the University of Rhode Island’s Cancer Prevention Research Center Web site.28

Analysis

Data were recorded by the interviewers on Trans-Optic forms and then scanned into an ASCII database. Data analysis was performed with SAS software (SAS Institute, Cary, NC). Ten experiential processes questions, 10 behavioral processes questions, 6 decisional balance questions, and 9 self-efficacy/temptation questions were asked. Subscale scores were generated for the processes of change (5 subgroups each for experiential and behavioral processes), decisional balance (2 subgroups, pros and cons), and self-efficacy/temptation (3 subgroups: social situations, negative situations, and habit). Individual item scores ranged from 1 to 5, with increasing numbers indicating that the process was of greater importance. A 2-way analysis of variance was conducted to measure differences among smokers in the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages and how those responses differed between those who smoked a pack or more each day and those who smoked less than a pack a day. The interaction effect between stages of change and amount smoked was also included in the model. Post hoc analyses were conducted with the Tukey-Student range test.

Results

Subjects

A total of 523 people were approached by the interviewers. Sixty-six (13%) refused to participate (66% were female). Of the remaining 457 people, 173 (38%) had never smoked, 39 (9%) quit smoking more than 5 years previously, and 245 (54%) were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years. Four cases were lost due to incomplete collection of information. The percentages of patients in each stage of change are presented in the Figure.

The final study sample consisted of 200 current smokers: 16% were in the preparation stage, 47% were in the contemplation stage, and 38% were in the precontemplation stage.

 

 

Characteristics

There were no differences in sex, race, and age of smokers or in the responses to questions about their smoking across the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages Table 1. Ninety smokers smoked less than a pack a day; 110 smoked at least a pack a day. Less than a third of the smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (31%), whereas most smokers planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (58%). However, within the group of smokers who claimed that they were going to quit within 30 days (preparation), only 41% smoked less than a pack a day.

Experiential processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) reported that they had experiences that were consistent with quitting more often than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (precontemplation; Table 2). There were no significant differences between subjects who claimed they planned to quit within 30 days and those planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation vs preparation).

Behavioral processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) scored higher on statements related to quitting than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months Table 3. There were no significant differences between subjects in the contemplation and preparation stages.

Pros vs cons of smoking

There were no differences in the response of smokers who were (contemplation and preparation) or were not (precontemplation) planning to quit on how important the pros of smoking were to their decision to smoke Table 4. In contrast, smokers who were planning to quit rated statements about the cons of smoking as more important to their decision to smoke than did smokers who were not planning to quit.

In relative terms, the pros of smoking were more important than the cons of smoking to smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.8, P < .001). This effect was reversed in smokers planning to quit. Smokers planning to quit within 6 months reported that the cons were slightly, but significantly, more important than the pros of smoking (contemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 2.2, P < .03). This reversal was even more pronounced in smokers claiming they would quit within 30 days (preparation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.5, P < .002).

Self-efficacy and temptation

Subjects who planned to quit were significantly more likely to claim they were tempted to smoke in social situations than were people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (F = 4.69, P < .02). There was no effect of intention to quit on claims that negative situations tempted subjects to smoke, and there was no effect of intention to quit on claims that subjects smoked from habit.

Amount smoked per day

Responses within each category also were examined as a function of the number of cigarettes smoked per day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day claimed that they were more tempted to smoke when they were angry (F = 8.8, P < .005) or frustrated (F = 5.6, P < .02) than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day had higher scores on the habit statements than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. They were more tempted to smoke when they first got up in the morning (F = 16.1, P < .001), over coffee (F = 9.1, P < .003), and when they realized they had not smoked for awhile (F = 8.6, P < .005).

Smokers who smoked more than a pack a day reported that the pros of smoking were more important to them than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 5.56, P < .02). This effect was due primarily to the heavier smokers reporting that they were relaxed and therefore more pleasant when they smoked (F = 9.08, P < .003). There was an interaction effect as smokers who were planning to quit but still smoked more than a pack a day rated the pros of smoking the same as those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 3.3, P < .05). There was no effect of number of cigarettes smoked each day on the statements relating to the cons of smoking.

The scores on the questions related to behavioral processes that are consistent with quitting were higher for those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 9.45, P < .003). This was due primarily to those smokers scoring higher on the statements that they “think about something else” or “do something else” instead of smoking (F = 7.95, P < .01). There was no difference between those who smoked more or less than a pack a day on any statements related to the experiential processes involved in quitting.

 

 

Discussion

The smoking rates of people attending clinics providing care for the medically underserved were higher than national figures for people with less than a high school education (44% vs 35%).4 In agreement with previous findings, however, the majority of the smokers had tried to quit smoking at some time in the past or wanted to quit at some point within the next 6 months Table 1.6-8 Only 75 of 245 people who were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years stated that they were not planning to quit within 6 months Figure 1. Most patients therefore were interested in smoking cessation, which may serve as reinforcement for the physician to continue to provide smoking cessation counseling. Approximately 60% of the current smokers reported that they had ever been counseled to quit smoking Table 1, which is similar to figures reported in larger scale studies (approximately 50% of smokers who visited a physician during the previous year received smoking cessation advice),29,30 but this counseling rate is less than optimal. Constraints inherent in primary care practices that limit the time available for preventive services are recognized,31 but additional constraints may be operating in the provision of health care for the medically underserved. Health care providers may be hesitant about providing smoking cessation advice because they believe that the underserved have more immediate health care needs that have to be met and have a different outlook on smoking that precludes them from responding to a brief intervention about smoking.21,23 Data from this study, however, suggest that patients attending these clinics are responding to the information provided and should be counseled about smoking cessation.

The distribution of smokers in the stages of change was similar to figures in previous studies, suggesting that approximately 40% of smokers are in the precontemplation stage, 40% are in the contemplation stage, and 20% are in the preparation stage.24 People who reported that they were planning to quit in the near future (within 30 days or within 6 months) differed consistently from people who claimed that they would not quit within 6 months. They were more likely to report having experiences that are consistent with quitting (both experientially and behaviorally) than people who were not planning to quit. They recalled information they had been given about the benefits of quitting and reacted emotionally to the warnings about smoking, reported that they got upset and felt disappointed in themselves when they thought about smoking, were embarrassed to have to smoke, and were aware that their smoking bothers other people. These are all areas that can be used as the basis for providing counseling advice. In contrast, smokers in the precontemplation stage responded to many questions in a manner that indicated they were accepting of their smoking and that their smoking did not bother others ( Table 2,Table 3,Table 4). These findings would appear consistent with the transtheoretical model in identifying a group of people resistant to the idea of behavior change. Research is needed to determine which processes will best motivate precontemplators to change their assessment of their behavior, so that they become more willing to contemplate change.

People planning to quit reported that statements concerning the cons of smoking were more important to them than were statements concerning the pros of smoking. This effect has been seen in almost all studies and appears to represent a reliable difference between people in the precontemplation stage and those in the preparation stage.13 There were no differences, however, in the response of smokers who were and were not planning to quit on the assessment of the pros of smoking. It may be that the positive aspects of smoking are more accepted. This possibility suggests that interventions should focus on reinforcing the negative aspects of smoking. Although this study provides examples of statements that these smokers agree with Table 4, further work should be conducted to determine whether there are specific negative aspects of smoking that may have more relevance to people from this population (eg, health consequences rather than social consequences).

There were no clear-cut differences between people who claimed they would quit within 30 days and people who claimed they would quit within 6 months. There may not have been a strong distinction between within 1 month and within 6 months in this group, and further research may provide information as to whether the time frames currently used in the transtheoretical model represent real differences to smokers or whether cutoffs of 30 days or 6 months are arbitrary.15 It may be that the idea of quitting within the near future (within 6 months) vs not quitting is of primary importance.

 

 

A variable that may contribute to high smoking rates in this population is the number of cigarettes smoked each day. Almost half (46%) of the people who claimed that they planned to quit within the near future were still smoking more than a pack each day. Heavier smokers in this study were more tempted to smoke when they were angry or frustrated and from habit. Level of addiction (which includes amount smoked each day) is a strong predictor of quit attempts.16 Perhaps the level of addiction should be addressed separately from willingness to quit smoking within this population. Pharmacologic aids or counseling in using other strategies to decrease smoking from frustration or habit may enable smokers to act on their decision to quit smoking and make smoking cessation attempts. Further advances in smoking cessation practices that are dependent on pharmacologic agents should take into account the ability of this population to obtain these aids.

A limitation of this study is the small geographic area represented. Further work should be conducted with other groups of medically underserved smokers (more rural and more urban populations) to determine whether these results can be generalized.

Research is currently being conducted on the degree to which tailored information enhances the effectiveness of smoking cessation advice.10,11,32 Federal guidelines focus on distinguishing between smokers who are and are not willing to quit,8 and they provide suggestions for counseling. However, identifying salient characteristics of subgroups that can be used to design information to increase smoking cessation has great appeal. Examples include reinforcing the negative consequences of smoking for people in the precontemplation stage, suggesting mechanisms other than smoking to cope with stress for people in the contemplation stage, providing concrete suggestions or pharmaceutical help for people in the preparation stage, and encouragement for people in the action stage. Part of the driving force for this research is the possibility that the information can be used in a variety of formats, including computer-generated tailored messages.33,34 Data from this study suggest that smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved are processing information about smoking in a manner similar to that of the general population. Although there may be some differences in the specific type of information that has relevance to this group, these smokers should be able to profit from research that identifies which processes are most effective in motivating subgroups defined by their willingness to consider quitting smoking. Smokers in this population may present with problems that require immediate and comprehensive management, but they should also be provided with preventive health care counseling.

References

1. US Department of Health and Human Services. Healthy People 2000. National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; 1990.

2. McGinnis M, Foege WH. Actual causes of death in the United States. JAMA. 1993;270:2207-12.

3. Giovino GA, Schooley MW, Zhu B-P, et al. Surveillance for Selected Tobacco-Use behaviors-United States, 1900-1994. CDC Surveillance Summaries, November 18, 1994. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43(SS-3):1-43.

4. US Department of Health and Human Services Reducing Tobacco Use: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, GA: US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health; 2000.

5. Fiore MC. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. The epidemiology of tobacco use. Med Clin North Am. 1992;76:289-303.

6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Smoking cessation during previous year among adults-United States, 1990 and 1991. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1993;42:504-7.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Cigarette smoking among adults-United States, 1995. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1997;46:1217-20.

8. Fiore MC, Bailey WC, Cohen SJ, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2000.

9. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Smoking cessation, clinical practice guideline. JAMA. 1996;275:1270-80.

10. Skinner CS, Campbell MK, Rimer BK, Curry S, Prochaska JO. How effective is tailored print communication? Ann Behav Med. 1999;21:290-8.

11. DiClemente CC, Marinilli AS, Singh M, Bellino LE. The role of feedback in the process of health behavior change. Am J Health Behav. 2001;25:217-27.

12. DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Fairhurst SC, Velicer WF, Velasquez MM, Rossi JS. The process of smoking cessation: an analysis of precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages of change. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1991;59:295-304.

13. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48.

14. Prochaska JO, DiClemente CC, Norcross JC. In search of how people change. Applications to addictive behavior. Am Psychol. 1992;47:1102-14.

15. Sutton S. A critical review of the transtheoretical model applied to smoking cessation. In: Norman P, Abraham C, Conner M, eds. Understanding and Changing Health Behavior: From Health Beliefs to Self-Regulation. Reading: Harwood Academic Press; 2000: 207-25.

16. Farkas AJ, Pierce JP, Zhu S-H, et al. Addiction versus stages of change models in predicting smoking cessation. Addiction. 1996;91:1271-80.

17. Pierce JP, Farkas AJ, Gilpin EA. Beyond stages of change: the quitting continuum measures progress towards successful smoking cessation. Addiction. 1998;93:277-86.

18. Herzog TA, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Linnan LA, Shadel WG. Do processes of change predict smoking stage movements? A prospective analysis of the transtheoretical model. Health Psychol. 1999;18:369-75.

19. Levinson W, Cohen MS. To change or not to change: “sounds like you have a dilemma.” Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:386-91.

20. Lancaster T, Stead LF. Self-help interventions for smoking cessation. In: The Cochrane Library, Issue 4, 2001. Oxford, England: Update Software.

21. Reilly BM, Schiff G, Conway T. Primary care for the medically underserved: challenges and opportunities. Dis Mon. 1998;44:320-46.

22. Lantz PM, House JS, Lepkowski JM, Williams DR, Mero RP, Chen J. Socioeconomic factors, health behaviors and mortality: results from a nationally representative prospective study of US adults. JAMA. 1998;279:1703-8.

23. Fiscella K. Is lower socio income associated with greater biopsychosocial morbidity? Implications for physicians working with underserved patients. J Fam Pract. 1999;48:372-7.

24. Velicer WF, Fava J, Prochaska JO, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Pierce JP. Distribution of smokers by stage in three representative samples. Prev Med. 1995;24:401-11.

25. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Fava JL. Measuring the processes of change: applications to the cessation of smoking. J Consul Clin Psychol. 1988;56:520-8.

26. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Brandenberg N. A decisional balance measure for assessing and predicting smoking status. J Person Social Psychol. 1985;48:1279-89.

27. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Rossi JS, Prochaska JO. Relapse situations and self-efficacy: an integrative model. Addict Behav. 1990;15:271-83.

28. Cancer Prevention Research Center. Home of the transtheoretical model. Available at: http://www.uri.edu/research/cprc/

29. Goldstein MG, Niaura R, Willey-Lessne C, et al. Physicians counseling smokers. A population based survey of patients’ perceptions of health care provider-delivered smoking cessation interventions. Arch Intern Med. 1997;157:1313-19.

30. Doescher MP, Saver BG. Physicians’ advice to quit smoking. The glass remains half empty. J Fam Pract. 2000;49:543-7.

31. Jaen CR, Stange K, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract. 1994;38:166-71.

32. Ashworth P. Breakthrough or bandwagon? Are interventions tailored to stage of change more effective than non-staged interventions? Health Educ J. 1997;56:166-74.

33. Velicer WF, Prochaska JO. An expert system for smoking cessation. Patient Educ Counsel. 1999;36:119-29.

34. Revere D, Dunbar PJ. Review of computer-generated outpatient health behavior interventions: clinical encounters “in absentia.” J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2001;8:62-79.

Address reprint requests to: Karen M. Gil, PhD, F-236, PO Box 95, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine, Rootstown, OH 44272-0095. E-mail: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Karen M. Gil, PhD
Susan Labuda Schrop, MS
Sarah C. Kline, BS
Emily A. Kimble, BS
Gary McCord, MA
Kenelm F. McCormick, MD
Valerie J. Gilchrist, MD
Rootstown, Ohio
From the Office of Research and Sponsored Programs and the Departments of Behavioral Sciences (K.M.G.) and Family Medicine (S.L.S., G.M., K.F.M., V.J.G), Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine (S.C.K., E.A.K.), Rootstown, OH. This article was presented previously as “Changing Health Behavior in Patients at Underserved Clinics” (poster presented at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Patient Education Conference; November 2002; Albuquerque, NM) and “Decisional Balance in Smokers Seeking Medical Care at Clinics for the Underserved” (presented at the 19th Annual Meeting of the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Northeast Region; October 2000; Philadelphia, PA). The authors report no competing interests. Partial funding was provided by the Summer Research Fellowship Program, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Publications
Page Number
1-1
Legacy Keywords
,Smoking cessationmodels (theoretical)medically underinsured. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Karen M. Gil, PhD
Susan Labuda Schrop, MS
Sarah C. Kline, BS
Emily A. Kimble, BS
Gary McCord, MA
Kenelm F. McCormick, MD
Valerie J. Gilchrist, MD
Rootstown, Ohio
From the Office of Research and Sponsored Programs and the Departments of Behavioral Sciences (K.M.G.) and Family Medicine (S.L.S., G.M., K.F.M., V.J.G), Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine (S.C.K., E.A.K.), Rootstown, OH. This article was presented previously as “Changing Health Behavior in Patients at Underserved Clinics” (poster presented at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Patient Education Conference; November 2002; Albuquerque, NM) and “Decisional Balance in Smokers Seeking Medical Care at Clinics for the Underserved” (presented at the 19th Annual Meeting of the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Northeast Region; October 2000; Philadelphia, PA). The authors report no competing interests. Partial funding was provided by the Summer Research Fellowship Program, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine.

Author and Disclosure Information

Karen M. Gil, PhD
Susan Labuda Schrop, MS
Sarah C. Kline, BS
Emily A. Kimble, BS
Gary McCord, MA
Kenelm F. McCormick, MD
Valerie J. Gilchrist, MD
Rootstown, Ohio
From the Office of Research and Sponsored Programs and the Departments of Behavioral Sciences (K.M.G.) and Family Medicine (S.L.S., G.M., K.F.M., V.J.G), Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine (S.C.K., E.A.K.), Rootstown, OH. This article was presented previously as “Changing Health Behavior in Patients at Underserved Clinics” (poster presented at the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Patient Education Conference; November 2002; Albuquerque, NM) and “Decisional Balance in Smokers Seeking Medical Care at Clinics for the Underserved” (presented at the 19th Annual Meeting of the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, Northeast Region; October 2000; Philadelphia, PA). The authors report no competing interests. Partial funding was provided by the Summer Research Fellowship Program, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine.

Article PDF
Article PDF

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether smokers at clinics providing care for the medically underserved can be characterized according to the transtheoretical stages of change model.
STUDY DESIGN: Prospective, descriptive study.
POPULATION: Smokers in the waiting rooms of clinics providing care for the medically underserved.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: Standardized questionnaires that assessed stages of change, processes of change, decisional balance, and self-efficacy and temptation.
RESULTS: The smoking rate of subjects interviewed at 4 clinics was 44%. Two hundred current smokers completed the questionnaires. Smokers claiming that they planned to quit within 6 months scored higher on experiential process statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. They also scored higher on behavioral statements related to quitting. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas the statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same. Fifty-five percent of the smokers were smoking a pack or more each day and reported smoking more during negative situations and from habit than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day.
CONCLUSIONS: Smokers planning to quit who still smoke at least a pack a day may benefit from counseling to decrease smoking for specific reasons or from pharmacologic aids. Smokers at the clinics who planned to quit smoking reported experiences and behaviors that were consistent with their stated desire to quit and should be counseled in the same fashion as smokers from more traditional practices.

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Smokers planning to quit smoking within 6 months scored higher on statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same.
  • Smokers attending clinics for the underserved should be counseled to quit smoking in the same manner as smokers from the general population.

Cigarette smoking is a modifiable behavior and the chief preventable cause of illness and death in the United States.1,2 The rate of smoking dropped from 40% to 25% between the mid-1960s and 1997, but this decrease was not uniform across all segments of the population.3,4 In 1997, college graduates had a smoking rate of about 12%, whereas high school graduates had a smoking rate of 28%, and those with less than a high school education had a smoking rate of 35%.4 If these differences continue, a significant social divide will develop in this country with smoking, and the diseases resulting from smoking, found predominantly among the more poorly educated and socioeconomically disadvantaged members of society.5

Epidemiologic data indicate that approximately 70% of smokers want to quit and about 40% try to quit each year.6-8 Federal guidelines stress the importance of providing counseling to every smoker at every office visit.8,9 A growing area of research concerns the kind of information that should be provided to these patients, and whether information should be tailored to individual or group characteristics.10,11 An area that could be targeted is willingness to modify behavior according to the stages of change construct from the transtheoretical model.12,13 According to this model, smokers in the precontemplation stage do not intend to quit smoking within 6 months, contemplators are thinking about quitting within the next 6 months, and smokers in the preparation stage intend to quit within 30 days and have made a quit attempt at some time in the past. This model also proposes processes, derived from a comparative analysis of leading theories of psychotherapy and behavior change, that people use when they think about smoking.13,14 These constructs (processes of change, assessment of the pros and cons of smoking, and efficacy and temptation) are characteristically associated with smokers at different stages of change. For example, a crossover in assessment of the pros and cons of smoking across the stages of change is observed in cross-sectional studies so that the pros of smoking outweigh the cons for smokers in the precontemplation stage, but the cons outweigh the pros for smokers in the preparation stage.12

Proponents of this model argue that information should be tailored to match an individual’s stage of change and that the processes of change characteristic of the different stages should be used to move people to a more forward stage and, ultimately, to behavioral change.13,14 The model proposes that people may make progress to a more forward stage of change but also may relapse (eg, quit smoking and then start again), and that information should be provided to the patient’s current stage. These proponents argue that using this model, rather than applying an action approach to all smokers, regardless of their willingness to consider changing their behavior, leads to increased behavioral change.13,14 In response to this model, concern has been raised about the theoretical validity of the model,15 whether stage of change is the best predictor of future behavioral change,16,17 and whether the identified processes can be used to predict forward stage progression.18 From a practical point of view, the model is clinically appealing, and suggestions for incorporating the model into counseling approaches are beginning to appear in the literature.19 Research continues to focus on the issue of whether information that is matched to individual or group characteristics, including stages of change, is more effective than information that is not, and, although preliminary, the research to date supports the idea that tailored information is more effective.10,20

 

 

As the effectiveness of tailored information continues to be tested, an important issue that remains to be addressed is whether the identified constructs associated with the stages of change also hold in socioeconomically disadvantaged groups of people. The term medically underserved is used to describe people with a low socioeconomic status who have reduced access to health care and a higher prevalence and worse prognosis of disease, including preventable diseases.21 Smoking within this population occurs within a framework of social inequalities that may affect morbidity and mortality more directly and may lead to problems that are more immediate or require more complex management22,23; however, the presence of these medical problems should not preclude the provision of preventive health care, including smoking cessation advice. If the transtheoretical model is increasingly used as the basis for developing smoking cessation guidelines for use with all smokers, then it should first be determined whether the processes of change that are characteristic of smokers in the general population are also characteristic of smokers who are medically underserved.

Materials And Methods

Subjects

People older than 18 years were interviewed at 4 clinics providing care for the medically underserved in Northeast Ohio over a 6-week period. Medicaid covered 20% of the patients at 1 clinic and 8% of the patients at another clinic; 1 clinic did not accept payment of any kind and the other 3 accepted fees on a sliding scale. Approximately 20% of the funding in 1 clinic was from private insurance. Two of the clinics excluded patients with income exceeding 200% of the Federal Poverty Guideline. Two female, Caucasian medical students employed for a summer fellowship conducted one-on-one interviews in English. Eligible subjects included patients and those accompanying patients in the waiting rooms of these clinics. None of the people approached appeared acutely ill to the medical students. This study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine and informed consent was obtained.

Questionnaires

Subjects were asked demographic questions, questions about their smoking histories, current smoking habits, whether they lived with people who smoked, and whether their health care provider had ever advised them to quit smoking. Measures based on the transtheoretical model (short form versions) that have been widely used and validated were used to assess subjects’ stages of change,12,24 processes of change,25 decisional balance (pros and cons of smoking),26 and level of temptation and efficacy about smoking cessation.27 The decisional balance questions were not designed to assess which pros and cons of smoking were most important to patients, but whether cons of smoking were rated as more important than pros of smoking by patients stating their willingness to quit smoking and whether the reverse was true in patients who stated they would not quit smoking in the near future. A detailed overview of the transtheoretical model, development of the questionnaires, and the questionnaires themselves are available at the University of Rhode Island’s Cancer Prevention Research Center Web site.28

Analysis

Data were recorded by the interviewers on Trans-Optic forms and then scanned into an ASCII database. Data analysis was performed with SAS software (SAS Institute, Cary, NC). Ten experiential processes questions, 10 behavioral processes questions, 6 decisional balance questions, and 9 self-efficacy/temptation questions were asked. Subscale scores were generated for the processes of change (5 subgroups each for experiential and behavioral processes), decisional balance (2 subgroups, pros and cons), and self-efficacy/temptation (3 subgroups: social situations, negative situations, and habit). Individual item scores ranged from 1 to 5, with increasing numbers indicating that the process was of greater importance. A 2-way analysis of variance was conducted to measure differences among smokers in the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages and how those responses differed between those who smoked a pack or more each day and those who smoked less than a pack a day. The interaction effect between stages of change and amount smoked was also included in the model. Post hoc analyses were conducted with the Tukey-Student range test.

Results

Subjects

A total of 523 people were approached by the interviewers. Sixty-six (13%) refused to participate (66% were female). Of the remaining 457 people, 173 (38%) had never smoked, 39 (9%) quit smoking more than 5 years previously, and 245 (54%) were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years. Four cases were lost due to incomplete collection of information. The percentages of patients in each stage of change are presented in the Figure.

The final study sample consisted of 200 current smokers: 16% were in the preparation stage, 47% were in the contemplation stage, and 38% were in the precontemplation stage.

 

 

Characteristics

There were no differences in sex, race, and age of smokers or in the responses to questions about their smoking across the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages Table 1. Ninety smokers smoked less than a pack a day; 110 smoked at least a pack a day. Less than a third of the smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (31%), whereas most smokers planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (58%). However, within the group of smokers who claimed that they were going to quit within 30 days (preparation), only 41% smoked less than a pack a day.

Experiential processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) reported that they had experiences that were consistent with quitting more often than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (precontemplation; Table 2). There were no significant differences between subjects who claimed they planned to quit within 30 days and those planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation vs preparation).

Behavioral processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) scored higher on statements related to quitting than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months Table 3. There were no significant differences between subjects in the contemplation and preparation stages.

Pros vs cons of smoking

There were no differences in the response of smokers who were (contemplation and preparation) or were not (precontemplation) planning to quit on how important the pros of smoking were to their decision to smoke Table 4. In contrast, smokers who were planning to quit rated statements about the cons of smoking as more important to their decision to smoke than did smokers who were not planning to quit.

In relative terms, the pros of smoking were more important than the cons of smoking to smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.8, P < .001). This effect was reversed in smokers planning to quit. Smokers planning to quit within 6 months reported that the cons were slightly, but significantly, more important than the pros of smoking (contemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 2.2, P < .03). This reversal was even more pronounced in smokers claiming they would quit within 30 days (preparation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.5, P < .002).

Self-efficacy and temptation

Subjects who planned to quit were significantly more likely to claim they were tempted to smoke in social situations than were people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (F = 4.69, P < .02). There was no effect of intention to quit on claims that negative situations tempted subjects to smoke, and there was no effect of intention to quit on claims that subjects smoked from habit.

Amount smoked per day

Responses within each category also were examined as a function of the number of cigarettes smoked per day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day claimed that they were more tempted to smoke when they were angry (F = 8.8, P < .005) or frustrated (F = 5.6, P < .02) than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day had higher scores on the habit statements than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. They were more tempted to smoke when they first got up in the morning (F = 16.1, P < .001), over coffee (F = 9.1, P < .003), and when they realized they had not smoked for awhile (F = 8.6, P < .005).

Smokers who smoked more than a pack a day reported that the pros of smoking were more important to them than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 5.56, P < .02). This effect was due primarily to the heavier smokers reporting that they were relaxed and therefore more pleasant when they smoked (F = 9.08, P < .003). There was an interaction effect as smokers who were planning to quit but still smoked more than a pack a day rated the pros of smoking the same as those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 3.3, P < .05). There was no effect of number of cigarettes smoked each day on the statements relating to the cons of smoking.

The scores on the questions related to behavioral processes that are consistent with quitting were higher for those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 9.45, P < .003). This was due primarily to those smokers scoring higher on the statements that they “think about something else” or “do something else” instead of smoking (F = 7.95, P < .01). There was no difference between those who smoked more or less than a pack a day on any statements related to the experiential processes involved in quitting.

 

 

Discussion

The smoking rates of people attending clinics providing care for the medically underserved were higher than national figures for people with less than a high school education (44% vs 35%).4 In agreement with previous findings, however, the majority of the smokers had tried to quit smoking at some time in the past or wanted to quit at some point within the next 6 months Table 1.6-8 Only 75 of 245 people who were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years stated that they were not planning to quit within 6 months Figure 1. Most patients therefore were interested in smoking cessation, which may serve as reinforcement for the physician to continue to provide smoking cessation counseling. Approximately 60% of the current smokers reported that they had ever been counseled to quit smoking Table 1, which is similar to figures reported in larger scale studies (approximately 50% of smokers who visited a physician during the previous year received smoking cessation advice),29,30 but this counseling rate is less than optimal. Constraints inherent in primary care practices that limit the time available for preventive services are recognized,31 but additional constraints may be operating in the provision of health care for the medically underserved. Health care providers may be hesitant about providing smoking cessation advice because they believe that the underserved have more immediate health care needs that have to be met and have a different outlook on smoking that precludes them from responding to a brief intervention about smoking.21,23 Data from this study, however, suggest that patients attending these clinics are responding to the information provided and should be counseled about smoking cessation.

The distribution of smokers in the stages of change was similar to figures in previous studies, suggesting that approximately 40% of smokers are in the precontemplation stage, 40% are in the contemplation stage, and 20% are in the preparation stage.24 People who reported that they were planning to quit in the near future (within 30 days or within 6 months) differed consistently from people who claimed that they would not quit within 6 months. They were more likely to report having experiences that are consistent with quitting (both experientially and behaviorally) than people who were not planning to quit. They recalled information they had been given about the benefits of quitting and reacted emotionally to the warnings about smoking, reported that they got upset and felt disappointed in themselves when they thought about smoking, were embarrassed to have to smoke, and were aware that their smoking bothers other people. These are all areas that can be used as the basis for providing counseling advice. In contrast, smokers in the precontemplation stage responded to many questions in a manner that indicated they were accepting of their smoking and that their smoking did not bother others ( Table 2,Table 3,Table 4). These findings would appear consistent with the transtheoretical model in identifying a group of people resistant to the idea of behavior change. Research is needed to determine which processes will best motivate precontemplators to change their assessment of their behavior, so that they become more willing to contemplate change.

People planning to quit reported that statements concerning the cons of smoking were more important to them than were statements concerning the pros of smoking. This effect has been seen in almost all studies and appears to represent a reliable difference between people in the precontemplation stage and those in the preparation stage.13 There were no differences, however, in the response of smokers who were and were not planning to quit on the assessment of the pros of smoking. It may be that the positive aspects of smoking are more accepted. This possibility suggests that interventions should focus on reinforcing the negative aspects of smoking. Although this study provides examples of statements that these smokers agree with Table 4, further work should be conducted to determine whether there are specific negative aspects of smoking that may have more relevance to people from this population (eg, health consequences rather than social consequences).

There were no clear-cut differences between people who claimed they would quit within 30 days and people who claimed they would quit within 6 months. There may not have been a strong distinction between within 1 month and within 6 months in this group, and further research may provide information as to whether the time frames currently used in the transtheoretical model represent real differences to smokers or whether cutoffs of 30 days or 6 months are arbitrary.15 It may be that the idea of quitting within the near future (within 6 months) vs not quitting is of primary importance.

 

 

A variable that may contribute to high smoking rates in this population is the number of cigarettes smoked each day. Almost half (46%) of the people who claimed that they planned to quit within the near future were still smoking more than a pack each day. Heavier smokers in this study were more tempted to smoke when they were angry or frustrated and from habit. Level of addiction (which includes amount smoked each day) is a strong predictor of quit attempts.16 Perhaps the level of addiction should be addressed separately from willingness to quit smoking within this population. Pharmacologic aids or counseling in using other strategies to decrease smoking from frustration or habit may enable smokers to act on their decision to quit smoking and make smoking cessation attempts. Further advances in smoking cessation practices that are dependent on pharmacologic agents should take into account the ability of this population to obtain these aids.

A limitation of this study is the small geographic area represented. Further work should be conducted with other groups of medically underserved smokers (more rural and more urban populations) to determine whether these results can be generalized.

Research is currently being conducted on the degree to which tailored information enhances the effectiveness of smoking cessation advice.10,11,32 Federal guidelines focus on distinguishing between smokers who are and are not willing to quit,8 and they provide suggestions for counseling. However, identifying salient characteristics of subgroups that can be used to design information to increase smoking cessation has great appeal. Examples include reinforcing the negative consequences of smoking for people in the precontemplation stage, suggesting mechanisms other than smoking to cope with stress for people in the contemplation stage, providing concrete suggestions or pharmaceutical help for people in the preparation stage, and encouragement for people in the action stage. Part of the driving force for this research is the possibility that the information can be used in a variety of formats, including computer-generated tailored messages.33,34 Data from this study suggest that smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved are processing information about smoking in a manner similar to that of the general population. Although there may be some differences in the specific type of information that has relevance to this group, these smokers should be able to profit from research that identifies which processes are most effective in motivating subgroups defined by their willingness to consider quitting smoking. Smokers in this population may present with problems that require immediate and comprehensive management, but they should also be provided with preventive health care counseling.

ABSTRACT

OBJECTIVE: To determine whether smokers at clinics providing care for the medically underserved can be characterized according to the transtheoretical stages of change model.
STUDY DESIGN: Prospective, descriptive study.
POPULATION: Smokers in the waiting rooms of clinics providing care for the medically underserved.
OUTCOMES MEASURED: Standardized questionnaires that assessed stages of change, processes of change, decisional balance, and self-efficacy and temptation.
RESULTS: The smoking rate of subjects interviewed at 4 clinics was 44%. Two hundred current smokers completed the questionnaires. Smokers claiming that they planned to quit within 6 months scored higher on experiential process statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. They also scored higher on behavioral statements related to quitting. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas the statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same. Fifty-five percent of the smokers were smoking a pack or more each day and reported smoking more during negative situations and from habit than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day.
CONCLUSIONS: Smokers planning to quit who still smoke at least a pack a day may benefit from counseling to decrease smoking for specific reasons or from pharmacologic aids. Smokers at the clinics who planned to quit smoking reported experiences and behaviors that were consistent with their stated desire to quit and should be counseled in the same fashion as smokers from more traditional practices.

KEY POINTS FOR CLINICIANS

  • Smokers planning to quit smoking within 6 months scored higher on statements that are consistent with quitting smoking than did smokers who claimed they were not planning to quit within 6 months. Concerns about the negative aspects of smoking were more important to smokers planning to quit than to smokers not planning to quit, whereas statements assessing positive aspects of smoking were rated the same.
  • Smokers attending clinics for the underserved should be counseled to quit smoking in the same manner as smokers from the general population.

Cigarette smoking is a modifiable behavior and the chief preventable cause of illness and death in the United States.1,2 The rate of smoking dropped from 40% to 25% between the mid-1960s and 1997, but this decrease was not uniform across all segments of the population.3,4 In 1997, college graduates had a smoking rate of about 12%, whereas high school graduates had a smoking rate of 28%, and those with less than a high school education had a smoking rate of 35%.4 If these differences continue, a significant social divide will develop in this country with smoking, and the diseases resulting from smoking, found predominantly among the more poorly educated and socioeconomically disadvantaged members of society.5

Epidemiologic data indicate that approximately 70% of smokers want to quit and about 40% try to quit each year.6-8 Federal guidelines stress the importance of providing counseling to every smoker at every office visit.8,9 A growing area of research concerns the kind of information that should be provided to these patients, and whether information should be tailored to individual or group characteristics.10,11 An area that could be targeted is willingness to modify behavior according to the stages of change construct from the transtheoretical model.12,13 According to this model, smokers in the precontemplation stage do not intend to quit smoking within 6 months, contemplators are thinking about quitting within the next 6 months, and smokers in the preparation stage intend to quit within 30 days and have made a quit attempt at some time in the past. This model also proposes processes, derived from a comparative analysis of leading theories of psychotherapy and behavior change, that people use when they think about smoking.13,14 These constructs (processes of change, assessment of the pros and cons of smoking, and efficacy and temptation) are characteristically associated with smokers at different stages of change. For example, a crossover in assessment of the pros and cons of smoking across the stages of change is observed in cross-sectional studies so that the pros of smoking outweigh the cons for smokers in the precontemplation stage, but the cons outweigh the pros for smokers in the preparation stage.12

Proponents of this model argue that information should be tailored to match an individual’s stage of change and that the processes of change characteristic of the different stages should be used to move people to a more forward stage and, ultimately, to behavioral change.13,14 The model proposes that people may make progress to a more forward stage of change but also may relapse (eg, quit smoking and then start again), and that information should be provided to the patient’s current stage. These proponents argue that using this model, rather than applying an action approach to all smokers, regardless of their willingness to consider changing their behavior, leads to increased behavioral change.13,14 In response to this model, concern has been raised about the theoretical validity of the model,15 whether stage of change is the best predictor of future behavioral change,16,17 and whether the identified processes can be used to predict forward stage progression.18 From a practical point of view, the model is clinically appealing, and suggestions for incorporating the model into counseling approaches are beginning to appear in the literature.19 Research continues to focus on the issue of whether information that is matched to individual or group characteristics, including stages of change, is more effective than information that is not, and, although preliminary, the research to date supports the idea that tailored information is more effective.10,20

 

 

As the effectiveness of tailored information continues to be tested, an important issue that remains to be addressed is whether the identified constructs associated with the stages of change also hold in socioeconomically disadvantaged groups of people. The term medically underserved is used to describe people with a low socioeconomic status who have reduced access to health care and a higher prevalence and worse prognosis of disease, including preventable diseases.21 Smoking within this population occurs within a framework of social inequalities that may affect morbidity and mortality more directly and may lead to problems that are more immediate or require more complex management22,23; however, the presence of these medical problems should not preclude the provision of preventive health care, including smoking cessation advice. If the transtheoretical model is increasingly used as the basis for developing smoking cessation guidelines for use with all smokers, then it should first be determined whether the processes of change that are characteristic of smokers in the general population are also characteristic of smokers who are medically underserved.

Materials And Methods

Subjects

People older than 18 years were interviewed at 4 clinics providing care for the medically underserved in Northeast Ohio over a 6-week period. Medicaid covered 20% of the patients at 1 clinic and 8% of the patients at another clinic; 1 clinic did not accept payment of any kind and the other 3 accepted fees on a sliding scale. Approximately 20% of the funding in 1 clinic was from private insurance. Two of the clinics excluded patients with income exceeding 200% of the Federal Poverty Guideline. Two female, Caucasian medical students employed for a summer fellowship conducted one-on-one interviews in English. Eligible subjects included patients and those accompanying patients in the waiting rooms of these clinics. None of the people approached appeared acutely ill to the medical students. This study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine and informed consent was obtained.

Questionnaires

Subjects were asked demographic questions, questions about their smoking histories, current smoking habits, whether they lived with people who smoked, and whether their health care provider had ever advised them to quit smoking. Measures based on the transtheoretical model (short form versions) that have been widely used and validated were used to assess subjects’ stages of change,12,24 processes of change,25 decisional balance (pros and cons of smoking),26 and level of temptation and efficacy about smoking cessation.27 The decisional balance questions were not designed to assess which pros and cons of smoking were most important to patients, but whether cons of smoking were rated as more important than pros of smoking by patients stating their willingness to quit smoking and whether the reverse was true in patients who stated they would not quit smoking in the near future. A detailed overview of the transtheoretical model, development of the questionnaires, and the questionnaires themselves are available at the University of Rhode Island’s Cancer Prevention Research Center Web site.28

Analysis

Data were recorded by the interviewers on Trans-Optic forms and then scanned into an ASCII database. Data analysis was performed with SAS software (SAS Institute, Cary, NC). Ten experiential processes questions, 10 behavioral processes questions, 6 decisional balance questions, and 9 self-efficacy/temptation questions were asked. Subscale scores were generated for the processes of change (5 subgroups each for experiential and behavioral processes), decisional balance (2 subgroups, pros and cons), and self-efficacy/temptation (3 subgroups: social situations, negative situations, and habit). Individual item scores ranged from 1 to 5, with increasing numbers indicating that the process was of greater importance. A 2-way analysis of variance was conducted to measure differences among smokers in the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages and how those responses differed between those who smoked a pack or more each day and those who smoked less than a pack a day. The interaction effect between stages of change and amount smoked was also included in the model. Post hoc analyses were conducted with the Tukey-Student range test.

Results

Subjects

A total of 523 people were approached by the interviewers. Sixty-six (13%) refused to participate (66% were female). Of the remaining 457 people, 173 (38%) had never smoked, 39 (9%) quit smoking more than 5 years previously, and 245 (54%) were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years. Four cases were lost due to incomplete collection of information. The percentages of patients in each stage of change are presented in the Figure.

The final study sample consisted of 200 current smokers: 16% were in the preparation stage, 47% were in the contemplation stage, and 38% were in the precontemplation stage.

 

 

Characteristics

There were no differences in sex, race, and age of smokers or in the responses to questions about their smoking across the precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages Table 1. Ninety smokers smoked less than a pack a day; 110 smoked at least a pack a day. Less than a third of the smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (31%), whereas most smokers planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation) smoked less than a pack a day (58%). However, within the group of smokers who claimed that they were going to quit within 30 days (preparation), only 41% smoked less than a pack a day.

Experiential processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) reported that they had experiences that were consistent with quitting more often than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (precontemplation; Table 2). There were no significant differences between subjects who claimed they planned to quit within 30 days and those planning to quit within 6 months (contemplation vs preparation).

Behavioral processes

Smokers planning to quit (contemplation and preparation) scored higher on statements related to quitting than did people who were not planning to quit within 6 months Table 3. There were no significant differences between subjects in the contemplation and preparation stages.

Pros vs cons of smoking

There were no differences in the response of smokers who were (contemplation and preparation) or were not (precontemplation) planning to quit on how important the pros of smoking were to their decision to smoke Table 4. In contrast, smokers who were planning to quit rated statements about the cons of smoking as more important to their decision to smoke than did smokers who were not planning to quit.

In relative terms, the pros of smoking were more important than the cons of smoking to smokers who were not planning to quit (precontemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.8, P < .001). This effect was reversed in smokers planning to quit. Smokers planning to quit within 6 months reported that the cons were slightly, but significantly, more important than the pros of smoking (contemplation group, pros vs cons, t = 2.2, P < .03). This reversal was even more pronounced in smokers claiming they would quit within 30 days (preparation group, pros vs cons, t = 3.5, P < .002).

Self-efficacy and temptation

Subjects who planned to quit were significantly more likely to claim they were tempted to smoke in social situations than were people who were not planning to quit within 6 months (F = 4.69, P < .02). There was no effect of intention to quit on claims that negative situations tempted subjects to smoke, and there was no effect of intention to quit on claims that subjects smoked from habit.

Amount smoked per day

Responses within each category also were examined as a function of the number of cigarettes smoked per day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day claimed that they were more tempted to smoke when they were angry (F = 8.8, P < .005) or frustrated (F = 5.6, P < .02) than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. Smokers who smoked a pack or more a day had higher scores on the habit statements than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day. They were more tempted to smoke when they first got up in the morning (F = 16.1, P < .001), over coffee (F = 9.1, P < .003), and when they realized they had not smoked for awhile (F = 8.6, P < .005).

Smokers who smoked more than a pack a day reported that the pros of smoking were more important to them than did smokers who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 5.56, P < .02). This effect was due primarily to the heavier smokers reporting that they were relaxed and therefore more pleasant when they smoked (F = 9.08, P < .003). There was an interaction effect as smokers who were planning to quit but still smoked more than a pack a day rated the pros of smoking the same as those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 3.3, P < .05). There was no effect of number of cigarettes smoked each day on the statements relating to the cons of smoking.

The scores on the questions related to behavioral processes that are consistent with quitting were higher for those who smoked less than a pack a day (F = 9.45, P < .003). This was due primarily to those smokers scoring higher on the statements that they “think about something else” or “do something else” instead of smoking (F = 7.95, P < .01). There was no difference between those who smoked more or less than a pack a day on any statements related to the experiential processes involved in quitting.

 

 

Discussion

The smoking rates of people attending clinics providing care for the medically underserved were higher than national figures for people with less than a high school education (44% vs 35%).4 In agreement with previous findings, however, the majority of the smokers had tried to quit smoking at some time in the past or wanted to quit at some point within the next 6 months Table 1.6-8 Only 75 of 245 people who were current smokers or had quit within the past 5 years stated that they were not planning to quit within 6 months Figure 1. Most patients therefore were interested in smoking cessation, which may serve as reinforcement for the physician to continue to provide smoking cessation counseling. Approximately 60% of the current smokers reported that they had ever been counseled to quit smoking Table 1, which is similar to figures reported in larger scale studies (approximately 50% of smokers who visited a physician during the previous year received smoking cessation advice),29,30 but this counseling rate is less than optimal. Constraints inherent in primary care practices that limit the time available for preventive services are recognized,31 but additional constraints may be operating in the provision of health care for the medically underserved. Health care providers may be hesitant about providing smoking cessation advice because they believe that the underserved have more immediate health care needs that have to be met and have a different outlook on smoking that precludes them from responding to a brief intervention about smoking.21,23 Data from this study, however, suggest that patients attending these clinics are responding to the information provided and should be counseled about smoking cessation.

The distribution of smokers in the stages of change was similar to figures in previous studies, suggesting that approximately 40% of smokers are in the precontemplation stage, 40% are in the contemplation stage, and 20% are in the preparation stage.24 People who reported that they were planning to quit in the near future (within 30 days or within 6 months) differed consistently from people who claimed that they would not quit within 6 months. They were more likely to report having experiences that are consistent with quitting (both experientially and behaviorally) than people who were not planning to quit. They recalled information they had been given about the benefits of quitting and reacted emotionally to the warnings about smoking, reported that they got upset and felt disappointed in themselves when they thought about smoking, were embarrassed to have to smoke, and were aware that their smoking bothers other people. These are all areas that can be used as the basis for providing counseling advice. In contrast, smokers in the precontemplation stage responded to many questions in a manner that indicated they were accepting of their smoking and that their smoking did not bother others ( Table 2,Table 3,Table 4). These findings would appear consistent with the transtheoretical model in identifying a group of people resistant to the idea of behavior change. Research is needed to determine which processes will best motivate precontemplators to change their assessment of their behavior, so that they become more willing to contemplate change.

People planning to quit reported that statements concerning the cons of smoking were more important to them than were statements concerning the pros of smoking. This effect has been seen in almost all studies and appears to represent a reliable difference between people in the precontemplation stage and those in the preparation stage.13 There were no differences, however, in the response of smokers who were and were not planning to quit on the assessment of the pros of smoking. It may be that the positive aspects of smoking are more accepted. This possibility suggests that interventions should focus on reinforcing the negative aspects of smoking. Although this study provides examples of statements that these smokers agree with Table 4, further work should be conducted to determine whether there are specific negative aspects of smoking that may have more relevance to people from this population (eg, health consequences rather than social consequences).

There were no clear-cut differences between people who claimed they would quit within 30 days and people who claimed they would quit within 6 months. There may not have been a strong distinction between within 1 month and within 6 months in this group, and further research may provide information as to whether the time frames currently used in the transtheoretical model represent real differences to smokers or whether cutoffs of 30 days or 6 months are arbitrary.15 It may be that the idea of quitting within the near future (within 6 months) vs not quitting is of primary importance.

 

 

A variable that may contribute to high smoking rates in this population is the number of cigarettes smoked each day. Almost half (46%) of the people who claimed that they planned to quit within the near future were still smoking more than a pack each day. Heavier smokers in this study were more tempted to smoke when they were angry or frustrated and from habit. Level of addiction (which includes amount smoked each day) is a strong predictor of quit attempts.16 Perhaps the level of addiction should be addressed separately from willingness to quit smoking within this population. Pharmacologic aids or counseling in using other strategies to decrease smoking from frustration or habit may enable smokers to act on their decision to quit smoking and make smoking cessation attempts. Further advances in smoking cessation practices that are dependent on pharmacologic agents should take into account the ability of this population to obtain these aids.

A limitation of this study is the small geographic area represented. Further work should be conducted with other groups of medically underserved smokers (more rural and more urban populations) to determine whether these results can be generalized.

Research is currently being conducted on the degree to which tailored information enhances the effectiveness of smoking cessation advice.10,11,32 Federal guidelines focus on distinguishing between smokers who are and are not willing to quit,8 and they provide suggestions for counseling. However, identifying salient characteristics of subgroups that can be used to design information to increase smoking cessation has great appeal. Examples include reinforcing the negative consequences of smoking for people in the precontemplation stage, suggesting mechanisms other than smoking to cope with stress for people in the contemplation stage, providing concrete suggestions or pharmaceutical help for people in the preparation stage, and encouragement for people in the action stage. Part of the driving force for this research is the possibility that the information can be used in a variety of formats, including computer-generated tailored messages.33,34 Data from this study suggest that smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved are processing information about smoking in a manner similar to that of the general population. Although there may be some differences in the specific type of information that has relevance to this group, these smokers should be able to profit from research that identifies which processes are most effective in motivating subgroups defined by their willingness to consider quitting smoking. Smokers in this population may present with problems that require immediate and comprehensive management, but they should also be provided with preventive health care counseling.

References

1. US Department of Health and Human Services. Healthy People 2000. National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; 1990.

2. McGinnis M, Foege WH. Actual causes of death in the United States. JAMA. 1993;270:2207-12.

3. Giovino GA, Schooley MW, Zhu B-P, et al. Surveillance for Selected Tobacco-Use behaviors-United States, 1900-1994. CDC Surveillance Summaries, November 18, 1994. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43(SS-3):1-43.

4. US Department of Health and Human Services Reducing Tobacco Use: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, GA: US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health; 2000.

5. Fiore MC. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. The epidemiology of tobacco use. Med Clin North Am. 1992;76:289-303.

6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Smoking cessation during previous year among adults-United States, 1990 and 1991. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1993;42:504-7.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Cigarette smoking among adults-United States, 1995. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1997;46:1217-20.

8. Fiore MC, Bailey WC, Cohen SJ, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2000.

9. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Smoking cessation, clinical practice guideline. JAMA. 1996;275:1270-80.

10. Skinner CS, Campbell MK, Rimer BK, Curry S, Prochaska JO. How effective is tailored print communication? Ann Behav Med. 1999;21:290-8.

11. DiClemente CC, Marinilli AS, Singh M, Bellino LE. The role of feedback in the process of health behavior change. Am J Health Behav. 2001;25:217-27.

12. DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Fairhurst SC, Velicer WF, Velasquez MM, Rossi JS. The process of smoking cessation: an analysis of precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages of change. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1991;59:295-304.

13. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48.

14. Prochaska JO, DiClemente CC, Norcross JC. In search of how people change. Applications to addictive behavior. Am Psychol. 1992;47:1102-14.

15. Sutton S. A critical review of the transtheoretical model applied to smoking cessation. In: Norman P, Abraham C, Conner M, eds. Understanding and Changing Health Behavior: From Health Beliefs to Self-Regulation. Reading: Harwood Academic Press; 2000: 207-25.

16. Farkas AJ, Pierce JP, Zhu S-H, et al. Addiction versus stages of change models in predicting smoking cessation. Addiction. 1996;91:1271-80.

17. Pierce JP, Farkas AJ, Gilpin EA. Beyond stages of change: the quitting continuum measures progress towards successful smoking cessation. Addiction. 1998;93:277-86.

18. Herzog TA, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Linnan LA, Shadel WG. Do processes of change predict smoking stage movements? A prospective analysis of the transtheoretical model. Health Psychol. 1999;18:369-75.

19. Levinson W, Cohen MS. To change or not to change: “sounds like you have a dilemma.” Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:386-91.

20. Lancaster T, Stead LF. Self-help interventions for smoking cessation. In: The Cochrane Library, Issue 4, 2001. Oxford, England: Update Software.

21. Reilly BM, Schiff G, Conway T. Primary care for the medically underserved: challenges and opportunities. Dis Mon. 1998;44:320-46.

22. Lantz PM, House JS, Lepkowski JM, Williams DR, Mero RP, Chen J. Socioeconomic factors, health behaviors and mortality: results from a nationally representative prospective study of US adults. JAMA. 1998;279:1703-8.

23. Fiscella K. Is lower socio income associated with greater biopsychosocial morbidity? Implications for physicians working with underserved patients. J Fam Pract. 1999;48:372-7.

24. Velicer WF, Fava J, Prochaska JO, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Pierce JP. Distribution of smokers by stage in three representative samples. Prev Med. 1995;24:401-11.

25. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Fava JL. Measuring the processes of change: applications to the cessation of smoking. J Consul Clin Psychol. 1988;56:520-8.

26. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Brandenberg N. A decisional balance measure for assessing and predicting smoking status. J Person Social Psychol. 1985;48:1279-89.

27. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Rossi JS, Prochaska JO. Relapse situations and self-efficacy: an integrative model. Addict Behav. 1990;15:271-83.

28. Cancer Prevention Research Center. Home of the transtheoretical model. Available at: http://www.uri.edu/research/cprc/

29. Goldstein MG, Niaura R, Willey-Lessne C, et al. Physicians counseling smokers. A population based survey of patients’ perceptions of health care provider-delivered smoking cessation interventions. Arch Intern Med. 1997;157:1313-19.

30. Doescher MP, Saver BG. Physicians’ advice to quit smoking. The glass remains half empty. J Fam Pract. 2000;49:543-7.

31. Jaen CR, Stange K, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract. 1994;38:166-71.

32. Ashworth P. Breakthrough or bandwagon? Are interventions tailored to stage of change more effective than non-staged interventions? Health Educ J. 1997;56:166-74.

33. Velicer WF, Prochaska JO. An expert system for smoking cessation. Patient Educ Counsel. 1999;36:119-29.

34. Revere D, Dunbar PJ. Review of computer-generated outpatient health behavior interventions: clinical encounters “in absentia.” J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2001;8:62-79.

Address reprint requests to: Karen M. Gil, PhD, F-236, PO Box 95, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine, Rootstown, OH 44272-0095. E-mail: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

References

1. US Department of Health and Human Services. Healthy People 2000. National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; 1990.

2. McGinnis M, Foege WH. Actual causes of death in the United States. JAMA. 1993;270:2207-12.

3. Giovino GA, Schooley MW, Zhu B-P, et al. Surveillance for Selected Tobacco-Use behaviors-United States, 1900-1994. CDC Surveillance Summaries, November 18, 1994. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1994;43(SS-3):1-43.

4. US Department of Health and Human Services Reducing Tobacco Use: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, GA: US Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health; 2000.

5. Fiore MC. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. The epidemiology of tobacco use. Med Clin North Am. 1992;76:289-303.

6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Smoking cessation during previous year among adults-United States, 1990 and 1991. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1993;42:504-7.

7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Cigarette smoking among adults-United States, 1995. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1997;46:1217-20.

8. Fiore MC, Bailey WC, Cohen SJ, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2000.

9. Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. Smoking cessation, clinical practice guideline. JAMA. 1996;275:1270-80.

10. Skinner CS, Campbell MK, Rimer BK, Curry S, Prochaska JO. How effective is tailored print communication? Ann Behav Med. 1999;21:290-8.

11. DiClemente CC, Marinilli AS, Singh M, Bellino LE. The role of feedback in the process of health behavior change. Am J Health Behav. 2001;25:217-27.

12. DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Fairhurst SC, Velicer WF, Velasquez MM, Rossi JS. The process of smoking cessation: an analysis of precontemplation, contemplation, and preparation stages of change. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1991;59:295-304.

13. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48.

14. Prochaska JO, DiClemente CC, Norcross JC. In search of how people change. Applications to addictive behavior. Am Psychol. 1992;47:1102-14.

15. Sutton S. A critical review of the transtheoretical model applied to smoking cessation. In: Norman P, Abraham C, Conner M, eds. Understanding and Changing Health Behavior: From Health Beliefs to Self-Regulation. Reading: Harwood Academic Press; 2000: 207-25.

16. Farkas AJ, Pierce JP, Zhu S-H, et al. Addiction versus stages of change models in predicting smoking cessation. Addiction. 1996;91:1271-80.

17. Pierce JP, Farkas AJ, Gilpin EA. Beyond stages of change: the quitting continuum measures progress towards successful smoking cessation. Addiction. 1998;93:277-86.

18. Herzog TA, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Linnan LA, Shadel WG. Do processes of change predict smoking stage movements? A prospective analysis of the transtheoretical model. Health Psychol. 1999;18:369-75.

19. Levinson W, Cohen MS. To change or not to change: “sounds like you have a dilemma.” Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:386-91.

20. Lancaster T, Stead LF. Self-help interventions for smoking cessation. In: The Cochrane Library, Issue 4, 2001. Oxford, England: Update Software.

21. Reilly BM, Schiff G, Conway T. Primary care for the medically underserved: challenges and opportunities. Dis Mon. 1998;44:320-46.

22. Lantz PM, House JS, Lepkowski JM, Williams DR, Mero RP, Chen J. Socioeconomic factors, health behaviors and mortality: results from a nationally representative prospective study of US adults. JAMA. 1998;279:1703-8.

23. Fiscella K. Is lower socio income associated with greater biopsychosocial morbidity? Implications for physicians working with underserved patients. J Fam Pract. 1999;48:372-7.

24. Velicer WF, Fava J, Prochaska JO, Abrams DB, Emmons KM, Pierce JP. Distribution of smokers by stage in three representative samples. Prev Med. 1995;24:401-11.

25. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Fava JL. Measuring the processes of change: applications to the cessation of smoking. J Consul Clin Psychol. 1988;56:520-8.

26. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Prochaska JO, Brandenberg N. A decisional balance measure for assessing and predicting smoking status. J Person Social Psychol. 1985;48:1279-89.

27. Velicer WF, DiClemente CC, Rossi JS, Prochaska JO. Relapse situations and self-efficacy: an integrative model. Addict Behav. 1990;15:271-83.

28. Cancer Prevention Research Center. Home of the transtheoretical model. Available at: http://www.uri.edu/research/cprc/

29. Goldstein MG, Niaura R, Willey-Lessne C, et al. Physicians counseling smokers. A population based survey of patients’ perceptions of health care provider-delivered smoking cessation interventions. Arch Intern Med. 1997;157:1313-19.

30. Doescher MP, Saver BG. Physicians’ advice to quit smoking. The glass remains half empty. J Fam Pract. 2000;49:543-7.

31. Jaen CR, Stange K, Nutting PA. Competing demands of primary care: a model for the delivery of clinical preventive services. J Fam Pract. 1994;38:166-71.

32. Ashworth P. Breakthrough or bandwagon? Are interventions tailored to stage of change more effective than non-staged interventions? Health Educ J. 1997;56:166-74.

33. Velicer WF, Prochaska JO. An expert system for smoking cessation. Patient Educ Counsel. 1999;36:119-29.

34. Revere D, Dunbar PJ. Review of computer-generated outpatient health behavior interventions: clinical encounters “in absentia.” J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2001;8:62-79.

Address reprint requests to: Karen M. Gil, PhD, F-236, PO Box 95, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine, Rootstown, OH 44272-0095. E-mail: [email protected].

To submit a letter to the editor on this topic, click here: [email protected].

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 51(12)
Page Number
1-1
Page Number
1-1
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Stages of change analysis of smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved
Display Headline
Stages of change analysis of smokers attending clinics for the medically underserved
Legacy Keywords
,Smoking cessationmodels (theoretical)medically underinsured. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Legacy Keywords
,Smoking cessationmodels (theoretical)medically underinsured. (J Fam Pract 2002; 51:1018)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media